Home

BIM-Dr.D - CSI International

1. RESTORE NOP UPSI 111 PRINT YES BLOCKSIZE 65496 RESTORE VSAM RFILE A AUTO YES RESTORE VSAM RFILE B AUTO YES USEREXIT NF USER1 RESTORE VSAM RFILE C AUTO YES USEREXIT NF USER2 RESTORE NOP TAPE RUN amp Expanded function user exit If the user exit is to generate some or all of the records to be restored by Dr D the following user exit format should be used Two basic types of user exits are provided In I O mode there is no Dr D tape involved The user program receives from or presents to the Dr D operation the logical record and accomplishes any other desired processing In EX mode a Dr D format tape is involved and the user program is presented with the logical record as it is in transit to or from the disk file Page 100 User Exits BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Note That the user exits to examine a data tape being saved or restored are not provided Further there is no provision for deleting or adding a logical record in EX mode and no data alteration is possible These provisions must be made in a program to invoke user exits 1 An entry point named USEREXIT must be provided and linkage established to a common area for Dr D control data This area consists of 256 bytes in the following format The Dr D parameter card for this operation 80 bytes DTF name 7 bytes Disk file ide
2. AF 3 JOB RESTORE AND BUILD MULTIPLE AIX S DLBL IJSYSUC VSAM USER CATALOG VSAM DLBL AIX0101 DATA MASTER AIX ONE VSAM DLBL AIX0102 DATA MASTER AIX TWO VSAM DLBL AIX0103 DATA MASTER AIX THREE VSAM DLBL BASE DATA MASTER BASE VSA TLBL TAPEIN DATA MASTER BASE ASSGN SYS008 280 input tape DLBL SORTWK1 0 EXTENT SYS010 WORKO1 ASSGN DISK VOL WORKO1 SHR EXEC DRD SIZE 1400 FUNCTION BUILDAIX RF BASE AF 3 VA YES AB 500 Example 7 Build multiple altemate indexes via multiple builds In this example AIX0101 and AIX0102 are built from the save of VSAM base cluster BASE1 AIX0201 and AIX0202 are built from the save of VSAM base cluster BASE2 JOB SAVE TWO BASE DLBL IJ 1 BA CLUS ERS AND B SYSUC VSAM USER CATALOG VSAM AIX0101 DATA MAS ER AIX ONE VSAM AIX0102 DATA MAS ER AIX TWO VSAM AIX0201 EMP MASTER AIX ONE VSAM AIX0202 EMP MASTER AIX TWO VSAM 1 BA SE1 DATA MASTER BASE VSAM A GA EN et et SE Ea EE Wu wW ww w w w w OPHUVDUUUVY Qe Z 1 SO EX EN EX EC DR FU FU CTION BUII CTION BUII RIWK1 0 SYS010 WORKO1 D SIZE 1400K SE2 EMP MASTE
3. JOB DELETE TEST RUN NO FILES DELETED EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION DELETE RVOLSER DISK0O1 FDELETE TEST PARTIAL SELECT PAYROLL ERMINATES FILE SELECTIO TERMINATES EXECUTION amp After checking the file list the job is resubmitted as follows JOB DELETE FILES S TERMINATES EXECUTION EXEC RD SIZE 200K ON DELETE RVOLSER DISKO1 FDELETE DELETE PARTIAL SELECT FILE SELECTION amp Please note that any file can be deleted with this function even if it is secured or is VSAM space use VSAM YES FSECURED YES also that some VSE system files have VSAM VTOC designations Page 90 NON VSAM SD and DA Data Files BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 2 Test run of the DELETE function with REVERSE specified no files will be deleted The following example produces a list of files that have been slotted for deletion the first run will not delete the files but will show the file id s that would have been if FD D had been specified instead of FD T JOB TEST OF DELETE FUNCTION WITH REVERSE EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION DELETE RVOL 111111 PARTIAL SELECT FDELETE TEST DATA FILE1 GL SYS PERMANENT REVERS
4. JOB L25 SHORT ASSGN SYS008 280 TLBL TAPEIN CORE LIB DLBL IJSYSCL PCIL 99 360 SD EXTENT 111111 1 0 20 1000 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE PCORE LIB NEW DIRTRKS 20 ME FCOBOL SSBCOB SSBFCMUL Page 170 Stabilized Components BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 26 Rebuild Private Core Image Library This example rebuilds the Private Core Image library as in example 25 restoring all the phases except the FCOBOL ones JOB L26 ASSGN SYS008 280 TLBL TAPEIN CORE LIB DLBL IJSYSCL PCIL 99 360 SD EXTENT 111111 1 0 20 1000 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE PCORE LIB NEW DIRTRKS 20 MEMBER REJECT FCOBOL amp Example 27 Rebuild Private Core Image library Same as above except this example adds the FCOBOL members to USRCL1 and excludes FCOBOL50 JOB L27 ASSGN SYS008 280 TLBL TAPEIN CORE LIB DLBL USRCL1 USER PCL LIBDEF CL TO USRCL1 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE PCORE LIB ADD MEMBER SELECT FCOBOL FCOBOL50 REVERSE amp Summary of Control Card Format for Member Select Select or Reject Members of a Library RESTOR
5. ELOCATE FROM SA CURRI ENT JOB EXAMPLE 8 RESTORE amp R TLBL TAPEI ASSGN SYS008 280 TC REW SYSO08 DLBL SDFILE NEW VERSION OF FILE EXTENT SYS002 1 0 557000 500 ASSGN SYS002 223 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE NOP UPSI 011 REST CUR RFILENAME SDFILE SIDENT SAVED FILE ID RESTORE NOPERATION TAPE RUN Individual files may be restored from the backup produced by the Volume SAVE CURRENT method by specifying the file ID of the saved file SIDENT The file may be relocated to a new location by use of the RF parameter but even if restoring to the original location the RFILENAME is required to avoid the possibility of restoring to the wrong area WARNING IF RF AND SI ARE NOT ENTERED A VOLUME RESTORE OCCURS Example 9 Individual file restore from SAVE C URRENT backup CKD DISK ONLY Individual files may be restored from the backup produced by the volume SAVE CURRENT method by specifying the PARTIAL parameter and the ID s of the file s to be restored set globals restore th select fil select fil nd selection unload the tape 0 EW V 15 500 EW V AS AS SGN SYS003 224 EX EC DRD SIZE 200K RE NOP UPSI 011 PRINT YES ERSION OF FILE1 ERSION OF FILE2 F SYS003 1 0 15 500 SGN SYS002 223
6. Example 6 Image or logical tape copy with modification MODIFY YES is specified along with pairs of search and replace contol cards JOB COPY TAPE WITH MODIFY ASSGN SYS006 182 SECOND OUTPUT TAPE ASSGN SYS007 181 OUTPUT TAPE DRIVE ASSGN SYS008 180 PUT TAPE DRIVE UPSI 1111 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION CTAPE MODIFY YE search gt C OLD DATA replace gt C NEW DATA search gt X 05060708 replace gt X AABCDEFFEF amp Page 150 Dr D Tape Copy Feature BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Dr D Tape Test Feature This feature allows tapes to be tested by writing the chosen blocksize continuously over the length of the reel or cartridge A report is produced showing the number of erase gaps and unrecoverable errors encountered for each cartridge or reel If a VOLI is found on the tape it is printed on the report and retained on the tape If no VOL1is found one is created using the sequence number listed on the report as the VOLUME SERIAL number of the tape If the starting VOLSER is entered using VOLSER nnnnnn then each tape volume serial number is generated starting at the entered number and is incremented by one for each tape processed For each tape tested a map is printed showing how the errors are distributed over the tape Each position of the map is a percentage point for showing
7. FUNCTION PUNCH SVOLSER DISKO01 PARTIAL SELECT PAYROLL SYS ERMINATE SELECTION ERMINATE EXECUTION amp NON VSAM SD and DA Data Files Page 93 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE MINI DISK Create Function The usual method of MINI DISK creation requires that the DSF utility be used to initialized the mini a function not currently in VSE This function diminates that limitation by creating the mini disk directly under VSE The real disk that is to contain the new mini disk s must be attached to VSE in read write mode and be in a device up state so that an assignment can be made to it by VSE The user must define the mini disk real start and end addresses via the RBEGIN and RHALT keywords A VSE MVS type VTOC is created at the end of the disk with a one cylinder size for CKD or a one Cl size for FBA The VOLSER of the created mini disk is specified via the VOLOUT keyword If the size or location of the created mini disk VTOC is inadequate use the FUNCTION VTOCM OVE to adjust it once the mini is attached to VSE For this function to be most effective the VSE system destined to use the created mini disk should have a number of dummy PUBS physical unit blocks that can be used for attaching the newly created mini disk s The VM USERDIRECT can be updated without a re ip of VSE but if no spare PUBS are available a re ipl after
8. Stabilized Components Page 157 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Restoring A Library as a System Library Specifying COPY RESTORE SC SR SS SP will COPY RESTORE a system CORE RELO SOURCE or PROC library respectively In order to restore a system library you must have a SYSRES pack resident or non resident to restore to Specifying LIB O OLD will restore the library on top of the old corresponding library on the SYSRES pack using the same library size and number of directory tracks Specifying LIB A ADD will add the saved library to the old corresponding library on the SYSRES pack The default is LIB O If you are restoring a system core image library Dr D assumes it will reside on the pack pointed to by SYS002 If you are restoring any other type of system library Dr D will assume the target disk to be pointed to by SYSRES Having the default of SYSO02 for system core will reduce the chances of accidentally corrupting SYSRES You may override these assumed default SYS numbers by specifying a RSYSNO SYSXXxX on the control card Example 10 Save System Relocatable library This example saves a system relocatable library JOB L10 SAVE SYSTE ASSGN SYS007 280 TLBL TAPEOUT MY EXEC DRD SIZE 200 SAVE SRELO Example 11 Restore System Relocatable library This example restores a system relocatable library JOB L1
9. SAVE RESTORE COPY XX ETC OPERATOR XXX XXX Specify Contol Card Count E COPY XX E CARDCOUNT NN Alter Bloc ksize E COPY XX ETC BLOCKSIZE NNNNN Invoke Compression on Tape Nocatee net thaw SAVE SOMETHING ETC CPRESS YES Spec ify Input Disk Volume Serial Number E COPY XX ETC SVOLSER XXXXXX Spec ify Output Disk Volume Serial Number E COPY XX ETC RVOLSER XXXXXX Page 120 Miscellaneous Operations BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Working With Tape Files Summary of Control Card Formats for Tape Functions Set Tape DDNAME To Other Than Assumed ETC TDDNAME DDDDDDD Set Tape SYSNOS To Other Than Assumed SA RE SOMETHING E oe EOUT SYSXXX TAPETWO SYSYYY TAPEIN SYS2Z2Z Check Contol Card Sequence SAVE SOMETHING ETC SEQUENCE NN RESTORE SOMETHING COP Y SOMETHING Close Output Tape Prior To Saving E REW E RUN E NOREWIND RESTORE SOMETHING ETC TAPE REWIND APE RUN APE NOREWIND Position Input Tape Prior to Restoring ETC SKIPFILES NNN FINDF ILE XXXXXXX In
10. It is very important to keep the save and restore control cards in the same sequence In order to prevent accidental permutation of the control cards use the SEQUENCE NN operand On the save side the sequence number if specified Page 122 Miscellaneous Operations BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE is checked against the one internally generated for the Dr D HDR record A no match indicates an error EXEC DRD SIZE E DATA SFILE E F E 01 CARDCOUNT 03 E DATA SFILE E EQUENCE 03 lt ERROR INDICATE E DATA SFILE E ENCE 02 Likewise on the restore side the sequence number if specified is checked against the onein the Dr D HDR record EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE DATA RFILE FILEX SEQUENCE 01 CARDCOUNT 03 RESTORE DATA RFILE FILEZ SEQUENCE 03 lt ERROR INDICATED RESTORE DATA RFILE FILEY SEQUENCE 02 While many different types of saves may be performed during the execution of Dr D they are all embedded within one DOS tape file The use of SKIP NNN or FIND XXXXXxX allows users to specify which file within a Dr D save single execution with which to begin restoring This operation allows a user to restore selective files from the save tape The SKIP command starts with the first file saved and reads until the skip NNN is satisfied The FI
11. unload the tape gt RE NO TA RU Example 7 Restore Mini Disks This example uses a tape created by the SAVE ALL method The tape contains a number of VM mini disks and will be used to selectively restore mini disks 1 2 and 3 The 3rd disk is to be relocated to a new physical location JOB EXAMPLE 7 ASSGN SYS008 280 TC REW SYSO08 TLBL TAPEI EXEC DRD SIZE 200K set global options gt EST NOP UPSI 111 PRI restore the disk gt EST ALL RV VMSRES AR cyl 100 thru 130 gt 0000 13014 cyl 200 thru 249 gt 0000 24914 cyl 300 to cyl 400 gt 0000 30014 TO K4000 nd selection gt unload the tape gt E NOP TAPE RUN Note That the 3rd mini disk that was saved from cylinder 300 is restored to cylinder 400 and that the virtual cylinder number is retained Kept Whenever using the AREA SELECT REJECT parameter that comments must not be added to the area selector card s Volume Functions Page 53 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 8 Individual file restore FBA DISK ONLY This example performs an SAVE CURRENT BACKUP Be DLBL for file gt JA FBA extent gt assign an FBA disk gt set globals gt restore the fil gt unload the tape gt amp individual file restore from an FBA disk
12. W ll Note that the time stamp is entered as hex code Miscellaneous Functions Page 115 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 13 Selective Save Assume a 3375 SYSRES with three files that never expire SYSTEM residence SYSTEM recorder and POWER VS queue This example executes a SAVE CUR on the SYSRES pack but ignores the POWER VS queue E13 SYSO 07 280 1 TAPEO DRD S UT SYSRES SAVE 1 IZE 200K EXPIRE D RIDENT POWI RENT SSYSNO SYSR ES ER VS QUE E RSYSNO SYSRES DATE EXPIRDATE RIDENT POWER VS QUE E RSYSNO SYSRES DATE Summary of Control Card Fomat for Alter Expiration Date Alter Expiration Date Default RSYSNO SYS002 EXPIRDATE ENT XXX XXX RSYSNO SYSXXX DAT Page 116 Miscellaneous Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Misc ellaneous Operations This section discusses the following operands Posting a message to the operator Specifying a control card count Altering the blocksize Specifying tape compression Specifying Disk Volume Serial Numbers Posting a Message to the Operator Specifying OP SOM E MESSAGE causes Dr D to log out an operator message on SYSLOG This operand may
13. TLBL TAPEIN DLBL UCAT1 VSAM USER CATALOG ONE VSAM DLBL UCAT2 VSAM USER CATALOG TWO VSAM EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE NOP BLOCKSIZE 65496 UPSI 111 RESTORE LOGICAL RCATDDNAME UCAT1 PARTIAL SELECT ASSOC YES CUR STAT FILE P TEST S PRMASTER T PRMASTER P PAYROLL MASTER amp Note That the word PRMASTER may appear anywhere in the ID and that the T card removes it followed by prefixing of PAYROLL MASTER CAUTION If the ID generated by the rename process matches an existing file in the target catalog that file will be replaced by the renamed file If you are unsure of the outcome restore to a test catalog first Example 7 VSAM save selecting with SVOLSER Use of the SVOLSER parameter allows files within a catalog to be selected if they fully or partially reside on a particular disk JOB VSAM SELECTION BY VOLUME ERIAL NUMBE ASSGN SYS007 TAPE TLBL TAPEOU DLBL UCAT2 VSAM USER CATALOG TWO VSAM EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE NOPERATION BLOCKSIZE 65496 UPSI 111 SAVE LOGICAL SCAT UCAT2 SVOL VSAM01 ASSOC YES PARTIAL SE SAVE NOP TAP Page 20 VSAM Data File Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 8 Restore one disk of a full catalog A full catalog backup may be restored so that only files that fully or partially resided on a particula
14. SYS007 280 output tape VSAM Data File Functions Page 45 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 9 Build multiple altemate indexes via multiple builds and with non contiguous keys Use the UNIQUE keyword to cause each key to be made unique by adding a key suffix In this example AIX0101 and AIX0102 are built from the save of VSAM base cluster BASE1 AIX0201 and AIX0202 are built from the save of VSAM base cluster BASE2 JOB SAVE TWO BASE 1 ERS AND BUILD MULTIPLE AIX S BL IJSYSUC VSAM ER CATALOG VSAM AIX0101 DATA ER AIX ONE VSAM AIX0102 DATA ER AIX TWO VSAM AIX0201 EMP ER AIX ONE VSAM 1 ATX0202 EMP ER AIX TWO VSAM BASE1 DATA MASTER BASE VSAM BASE2 EMP MASTER BASE VSAM APEOUT MASTER BACKUP SYS007 280 output tape SORTWK1 0 SYS010 WORKOL SYS010 DISK VOL WORKO1 SHR DRD SIZE 1400K CTION BUILDAIX SF BASE1 AF 2 VA YES AB 200 PA SE KEY 1 4 100 10 150 5 UNIQUE YES n Qe D D D D D D D T A D WaW w w D vn x vH Q Pai Q NCTION BUILDAIX SF BASE2 AF 2 VA YES AB 200 UNIQUE KEY 10 2 1 3 25 6 UNIQUE NO NOOWNOCOFWE ANNQG QANFBFG Build AIX Record Selection Starting with DR D version 6 2
15. EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION DF1IX RV POOL01 FSECURED YES VSAM YES TERMINATES EXECUTION amp Example 2 Update the expiration date of files expiring in 1999 The following example updates the expiration date of all files in the VTOC of the disk SYSWK1 Any file having an expiration date equal to or greater than 99 001 has its expiration date set to 99 366 permanent non expiring JOB DATEFIX2 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION DF1X RV SYSWK1 FSECURED YES VSAM YES DATE 99001 TERMINATES EXECUTION amp Page 96 NON VSAM SD and DA Data Files BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 3 Update the expiration date of selected files The following example updates the expiration date of all files in the VTOCs of the disks DISKO1 and DISKO2 having file ids starting with PAYROLL and expiration dates starting in 1990 JOB DATEFIX3 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K UNCTION DF IX RV DISK01 DISK02 DATE 90001 PARTIAL SELE Q F PAYROLL T amp ERMINATE EXECUTION NON VSAM SD and DA Data Files Page 97 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE User Exits User Exit Func tions Two types of user exits are provided by Dr D the first allows user programs to Inspect Modify or Delete logical records durin
16. DDD is the Julian day of year If the date is relative the format is DDD and DDD is the number of days relative to the IPL date In either case the entered date may be suffixed with H HM M where HH is the hour of the day 00 23 and MM is the minute of the hour 00 59 If the HHMM is not entered the hour and minute are set to 0000 If the date is prefixed by gt greater than then the member file is selected only if its time stamp is greater than that entered If the date is prefixed by lt less than then the member file is selected only if its time stamp is less than that entered If neither lt or gt is used then the member file is selected only if its time stamp year and day are equal to that entered and the hour and minute are not used for selection Examples TS 0 select if stamped today TS gt 1 1200 select if stamped after yesterday at 12 noon TS gt 6 select if stamped in the last seven days TS 91100 select if stamped on the 100th day of 1991 TS gt 91100 1450 select if stamped after 2 50 pm on 91 100 TS lt 91100 select if stamped before 91 100 In order to fully understand this keyword it is suggested that you first use it with the FUNCTION DIRECTORY and FUNCTION amp CAT since both reports list the time stamp of the file member UPSI NNNNNNNN GLOBAL For Dr D this allows the UPSI to be specified on the control card rather than in the job stream UNIQUE YES NO A UNIQUE
17. JOB SAVE BASE CLUSTER amp BUILD AIX 1 IJSYSUC VSAM USER CATALOG VSAM ATX0101 DATA MASTER AIX VSAM BASE DATA MASTER BASE VSAM A MASTER BASE output tape SYSO001 WORKOL ces yas SYS001 DISK VOL WORKO1 SHR SORTWK2 0 SYS002 WORK0O1 ASSGN SYS002 DISK VOL WORK02 SHR EXEC DRD SIZE 1400K FUNCTION BUILDAIX SF BASE AF 1 VA YES AB 200 WORK 2 1 Example 3 Build altemate index during dummy save of base cluster This example illustrates how to build an alternate index by just reading the base cluster The output tape is assigned to ignore to indicate to Dr D that this a dummy save VSAM Data File Functions Page 41 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE JOB BUILD AIX BY READING BASE CLUSTER DLBL IJSYSUC VSAM USER CATALOG VSAM DLBL AIX0101 DATA MASTER AIX VSA DLBL BASE DATA MASTER BASE VSAM ASSGN SYS007 IGN output tape DLBL SORTWK1 0 EXTENT SYS010 WORKO1 ASSGN SYS010 DISK VOL WORKO1 SHR EXEC DRD SIZE 1400K FUNCTION BUILDAIX SF BASE AF 1 VA YES AB 200 Page 42 VSAM Data File Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 4 Build altemate index during restore of base cluster This example builds an alternate
18. OLD SYS001 SYS NUMBER SYS001 ENTER NEW syso00 SYSnnn Changes the assumed value for keyword SS SY Snnn is the user system limit OLD SYS002 SYS NUMBER SYS002 ENTER NEW syso00 SyYSnnn Changes the assumed value for keyword RS SYSnnn is the user system limit OLD VUSE OPTION CANCEL ENTER NEW CANCEL OPERATOR IGNORE SAVE NULL Changes the assumed value for keyword VU OLD CONTROL TABLE SIZE 004088 ENTER NEW 4088 65496 Changes the size of the table used to store control statements when UPSI xxxxxxl is set Allows more statements to be entered The execute size must increase by the increase in size OLD REPORT SYS NUMBER SYSLST ENTER NEW syso00 SYSnnn or SYSLST Changes the assumed SYS number for print output SYSnnn is the user system limit OLD DOCTOR 126 PRINT OPTION YES ENTER NEW YES NO Determines whether the DOCTOR 126 message prints OLD DOCTOR 149 PRINT OPTION YES ENTER NEW YES NO Determines whether the DOCTOR 149 message prints Page 200 Appendix II Setting Assumed Options BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE PEPESE DRZAP DISPLAY ALLOWABLE ENTRY OLD DRD POOL OPTION NO ENTER NEW YES NO Determines whether the DRD DISK POOL feature is to be invoked for non VSAM file functions OLD ASSOCIATIONS OPTION NO ENTER NEW YES NO Changes the assumed value for keyword AS
19. Saving Restoring Copying VM Mini Disk Example 10 Physically save selected VM Mini disks This example saves areas of a disk containing VM mini disks The disk is a 3390 VM sysres with anumber of CMS mini disks after the sysres area JOB P10 SAVE VM MINI DISKS TLBL TAPEOUT ASSGN SYS007 280 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K set global options gt SAVE NOP UPSI 111 PRINT YES CP YES save the disk area gt SAVE PHYSICAL SVOL VMPRES SBEGIN 27100 SH 45714 rewind the tape gt SAVE NOPERATION TAPE REW Example 11 Physically restore selected VM Mini disks This example restores the selected mini disks from the tape saved in example 10 The mini disk at cylinder 271 273 is restored to its original location while the one cylinder mini at cylinder 288 is moved to cylinder 101 keeping its original virtual disk count areas as backed up JOB P11 SELECTIVE RESTORE OF VM MINI DISKS TLBL TAPEI BSSGN SYS008 280 ASSGN SYS002 352 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K set global options gt RESTORE NOP UPSI 011 PRINT YES restor gt RE PHYS RBEGIN 27100 RHALT 45714 AREA SELECT select cyl 271 273 gt 27100 27314 cyl 288 to cyl 101 gt 28800 28814 TO K10100 nd selection gt amp Page 64 Volume Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE
20. Introduction Page5 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE How to Save Restore or Copy To SAVE disk files to tape specify SAVE on the control card To RESTORE files back to disk specify the RESTORE parameter In some cases SAVE or RESTORE is used when no user data is involved For example SAVESPL is used to place the Dr D standalone supervisor on a backup tape RESTORE ERASE is used to specify that areas of disk are to be cleared and RESTORE PUTLABEL is used to put a label in aVTOC The SAVE RESTORE N OPERATION command is used to tell Dr D that there will be no save restore operation performed The SA RE NOP statement is used before and after the actual save restore operation on it Global Keywords are specified such as block size upsi bits tape compression and print options just to name a few On the second NOP statement the tape operation to be performed is specified as TA REwind TA NORewind or TA RUn unload This is usually followed by a and amp which terminates the Dr D execution The NOPERATION command like other commands in the manual may be abbreviated to NOP or NO to prevent lengthy JCL coding In order to accomplish a Copy Disk to Disk simply list all the operands necessary to perform a SAVE and a RESTORE on the same control card Example 1 Save Disk to Tape ENT SVOLSER 111111 Example 2 Restore to Disk RESTORE CURRENT RVOL
21. OLD GETVIS RESERVE SIZE K 00000 ENTER 000 999 NEW Changes the assumed value for keyword GR OLD RETURN CODE OPTION ENTER NEW YES NO Changes the assumed value for keyword RP OLD CTL LST SYS NUMBER NONE ENTER NEW sys000 SYSnnn Changes the assumed value for keyword LS SY Snnn is the user system limit At this point you may restart the process by entering R or hit enter to end the session You may also at any time during the session enter EN D to terminate the session and save the changes made or you may enter QUIT to terminate without saving the changes Appendix II Setting Assumed Options Page 201 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Appendix Ill Dr D POOLS Feature For non VSAM file functions the DRDPOOLS feature allows up to ten pool identifiers each with up to thirty disks assigned to it Once established and the DRD pool option is set DRD will convert any pool id entered via the SVOLSER or RVOLSER keywords to the disk volsers defined by the user The pool ids and their associated disk volsers are entered via the DRZAP utility in much the same way that the assumed options are set described earlier in this section The entered data is stored in a PHASE called DRDPOOLS provided with DRD To update the pool information in the DRDPOOLS PHASE invoke DRZAP and enter the usual library sublibrary phase information for example PRD2 DRDV643 DRDPOOLS Then ent
22. O O iID VERSION OF FILE VERSION OF FILE ESTORE NOP TAP RE CURRENT PARTIAL SE LECT al 2 E RUN SDFIL SDFIL Page 54 Volume Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Note The DLBL name is coded on the file selector within the signs and that SY S002 must be assigned to the first disk being restored to WARNING IF PARTIAL SELECT IS NOT ENTERED A VOLUME RESTORE OCCURS Starting with DR D version 6 19 files save from CKD disk using the SAVE CURRENT method may also be restored by the RESTORE SD or the RESTORE DATA method The backup must have been produced by V619 or later JOB EXAMPLE 9A R F ES FROM SAV TLBL TAPEI ASSGN SYS008 280 TC REW SYS008 DLBL SDFILE1 NEW VERSION OF FILE EXTE SYS002 1 0 15 500 DLBL SDFILE2 NEW VERSION OF FILE EXTE SYS003 1 0 15 500 ASSGN SYS002 223 ASSGN SYS003 224 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K set globals ESTORE NOP UPSI 111 PRINT YES restore thru liocs gt ESTORE SD RF SDFILE1 FI OLD VERSION OF FIL restore thru piocs gt ESTORE DA RF SDFILE2 FI OLD VERSION OF FIL unload the tape ESTORE NOP TAPE RU Compacting Reorganizing disk or pools Reorganization compacting of disk manager pool space on CKD disk can be achieved with a minimal impact on pr
23. TLBL TDIO0003 LABS SAMPLES FILE DLB DLBL FIL2 ASSISAM VSAM CAT IJSYSUJ DLBL FIL3 CAMAST FOUR SIX VSAM CAT IJSYSUJI DLBL FIL4 LABS SAMPLES FILE VSAM CAT IJUSYSUJ EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FIL1 AR CUST NA VSAM CAT IJSYSUJ RESTORE VSAM RFILE FIL1 DTAPE YES TAPE REW UPSI 111 RESTORE VSAM RFILE FIL2 DTAPE YES RESTORE VSAM RFILE FIL3 DTAPE YES RESTORE VSAM RFILE FIL4 DTAPE YES RESTORE NOP TAPE RUN amp Page 134 Dr D Data Tape Feature BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 3 Save two SD Files with Data Tape feature This example saves two SD files using the Data Tape feature JOB SAVE AND RESTORE SD FILES USING THE DATA TAPE FEATURE ASSGN SYS007 181 MTC REW 181 DLBL FIL1 FIXED BLOCKED SAM FILE SD EXTENT SYS001 1 0 15 300 DLBL FIL2 VARIABLE BLOCKED SAM FILE SD EXTENT SYS001 1 0 4500 6000 BL TAPEOUT FIXED BLOCKED SAM FILE TLBL TDO0001 VARIABLE BLOCKED SAM FILE EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE DATA SFILE FIL1 DTAPE YES TAPE REW UPSI 111 SAVE DATA SFILE FIL2 DIAPE YES SAVE NOP TAPE REW Example 4 R
24. DLBL SYSLIB VSE SP LIBRARY EXTENT FBA250 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE LIBRARY UPSI 111 RESTORE NOP TAPE RUN Page 106 VSE SP Library Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 3 Save selected Members This example saves selected members of a VSE SP library but only members changed in the preceding 7 days JOB SAVE SELECTED MEMBERS OF A VSE SP LIBRARY TLBL TAPEOUT DLBL SYSLIB VSE SP LIBRARY EXTENT SYS001 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE LIBRARY UPSI 111 MEMBER SELECT TSTAMP gt 6 PRS260 UB LIBRARY SELECTOR n PHASE EMBER TYPE SELECTOR EEES A SELECT ALL MEMBERS OF PR 260 PHASE IE SELECT ANOTHER TYPE DTF SELECT DTF S IN PR 260 E END OF SELECTORS SAVE NOP TAPE REW Example 4 Restore selected Members This example restores selected members to a new sub library JOB RESTORE SELECTED MEMBERS TLBL TAPEI DLBL SYSLIB VSE SP LIBRARY EXTENT SYS001 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE LIBRARY UPSI 111 MEMBER SELECT PRS260 SUB LIBRARY PRS
25. Example 1 Punch IDCAMS definitions selectively PAYROLL SYS EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCT ION PUNCH SCATDDNAME IJSYSCT PARTIAL SELECT ASSOC YES COBOL TEST x ERMINATE SELECTION ERMINATE EXECUTION Q Example 2 Punch IDCAMS definitions for a full catalog JOB DR D PUNCH ENTIRE CATALOG EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCT ION PUNCH SCATDDNAME IJSYSCT amp You may also Punch DLBL and EXTENT JCL statements from the VTOC of one or more disks This is almost identical to SAVE _OGICAL VTOC with the same file selection capability The only difference is that no files are saved and FUNCTION PUNCH is used instead of SAVE LOGICAL Example 3 Punch the VTOC ofa selected disk EXEC DRD SIZE 200K JOB PUNCH THE VTOC OF A SELECTED DISK FUNCTION PUNCH SVOLSER 111111 amp Page 92 NON VSAM SD and DA Data Files JOB DR D PUNCH SELECTIVE amp BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 4 Punch only files associated with a disk JOB PUNCH ONLY FILES USING DISK VOLSER CDK201 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION PUNCH SVOLSER DISK0O1 CKD201 VOLSELECT CDK201 amp Example 5 Punch selected files JOB DR D PUNCH SELECTED FILES EXEC DRD SIZE 200K
26. Changes the assumed tape DD name OLD TAPEOUT SYS NUMBER SYS007 ENTER NEW SYS000 SYSnnn Changes the assumed value for keyword TO SY Snnn is the user system limit OLD TAPEOUT DDNAME TAPEOUT ENTER NEW 1 7 CHARACTER STRING Changes the assumed tape DD name Appendix II Setting Assumed Options Page 199 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE ALLOWABLE ENTRY OLD TAPETWO SYS NUMBER SYS006 ENTER NEW syso00 SYSnnn Changes the assumed value for keyword TT SY Snnn is the user system limit OLD TAPETWO DDNAME TAPETWO ENTER NEW 1 7 CHARACTER STRING Changes the assumed tape DD name OLD TAPE0O03 SYS NUMBER SYS005 ENTER NEW syso00 SYSnnn Changes the assumed value for keyword T3 SY Snnn is the user system limit OLD TAPEO03 DDNAME TAPE003 ENTER NEW 1 7 CHARACTER STRING Changes the assumed tape DD name OLD FAST OPTION YES ENTER NEW YES NO Changes the assumed value for keyword FAST OLD COMPRESS OPTION NO ENTER NEW YES NO Changes the assumed value for keyword CP OLD VSAM FILE DELETE FUNCTION RESET ENTER NEW RESET DELETE CONSOLIDATE Changes the assumed value for keyword FD OLD AUTO ASSIGNMENT OPTION YES ENTER NEW NO YES This option should be NO if a disk manager system is used OLD VARIABLE OPTION NO ENTER NEW NO YES Changes the assumed value for keyword VA
27. DOCTOR 175 DATASET FILE ID IN USE SAVED AS NULL E NULL Dr D will save the object as a null file without issuing any message E SAVE If FAST YES is specified the file is saved but results may be unpredictable if the fileis being updated by another task E OPERATOR Dr D requests that the operator enter the VUSE option If the VSAM file is null no data it will be saved as such unless the VNULL parameter indicates a different action VNULL YES NO Unless VNULL NO is specified Dr D will save null files If null files are not to be saved Dr D issues the following message DOCTOR 176 DATASET FILE ID EMPTY IGNORED The VSAM catalog feature unless otherwise instructed saves all objects within a catalog in alphabetical order but does not save any PATH Dr D may be instructed to recognize the associations between VSAM objects such as PATHS and ALTERNATE INDEXES by specifying the following parameter ASSOC YES This causes Dr D to save ALTERNATE INDEX clusters following their associated base clusters and PATHS following the clusters to which they relate Thus on restoring the various types of object will be restored in the correct order When the PARTIAL keyword is also specified ASSOC YES causes Dr D to apply selection or rejection criteria to the base clusters only If a base cluster is selected or rejected all associated clusters will also be selected or r
28. Save Restore Copy Physical Addon Update The SAVE RESTORE COPY PHYSICAL method can also allow individual disk blocks to be gathered added or updated This can be very helpful when a need to repair manipulate data files arises Because of the physical as opposed to logical nature of this function it may be wise to test the outcome by first copying the receiving disk area to a scratch area running the copy to the scratch area and then examining the affected disk blocks Example 12 Physically copy in addon mode RM A This example copies a single block from cylinder 6 head 1 record 5 adding it to cylinder 9 head 2 at record 7 The rest of the receiving track is erased Using this method it is possible to gather blocks from various disk locations and put them together at a desired location If SHALT and RHALT are used multiple blocks can be copied by one command B P12 COPY EXEC DRD SIZE 200K set global options gt PY NOP UPSI 011 PRINT YES copy the one block gt CO PH CV CKD476 SB 601R5 RB 902R7 RM ADDON amp Example 13 Physically copy in update mode RM U This example copies the data in a single block at cylinder 6 head 1 record 5 into the single block at cylinder 9 head 2 record 7 No other blocks on the receiving track are affected If SHALT and RHALT are used multiple blocks can be updated by one command If the copied block is larger than the updated block only the data that w
29. THIS IS DR D VER X X X EXPIRATION DATE YY DDD PAUSE ENTER TO LIBDEFS FOR CL 0 0 PAUS 0 0 0 libdef cl to usrell HIT ENTER AFTER THE LIBDEF IS ACCE EN WAIT FOR THE THEN E ER LIBDEF FOR RELO THEN E ER EXEC MAINT F ENTER COMMANDS libdef rl to usrrll exec maint HIT ENTER PAUSE CATALOGING COMPLETE APPLY ANY FIXES NOW 0 EOJ I Step 4 Dr D Example Library Installation A number of example job streams are contained on the Dr D installation tape These should be loaded into an editor ICCF CMS BIM EDIT etc for reference and use This can be accomplished by first positioning the Dr D installation tape to the 5th file MTC FSF 180 4 and then punching the tape to the punch queue using the DITTO function TC The entry in the punch queue can then be extracted by the editor of your choice This tape file contains 80 byte records blocked 200 Step 5 Preparing CICS For Dr D ON LINE You must update your CICS system before you can utilize Dr D ON LINE Entries must be made to the CICS PPT and PCT for the Dr D ON LINE programs BMS maps and the transaction ID DRD Dr D ON LINE utilizes the basic feature of the CICS Basic Mapping Support BMS Dr D ON LINE also uses the CICS SPOOL interface which is generated via the SIT SPOOL specif
30. 7alisul 7168 4800B0 BO O 0O 2444 0 0 0 0 0 0 REUSE SPEED 99 EXCPS 0 BUFFSPACE 14336 CICS DUMPB MSAM CREATED 1998 014 EXPIRES 1998 014 TIME STAMP 1998 229 04 33PM eS 0 O PEGI PFLGI 7168 1920B0 BO 0E 974 0 0 0 0 0 REUSE SPEED 99 EXCPS 0 BUFFSPACE 14336 CICS RSD KSDS CREATED 1998 013 TIME STAMP 1998 229 04 33PM ps AR 0 2000 2000 2048 1344B0 448B0 20 20 229 ES al 7299 604 1902 39948 72997 15361 64B0 64B0 33 EXCPS 43380 BUFF SPACE 5632 INDEX LEVELS 002 CICS TD INTRA ESDS CREATED 1998 013 TIME STAMP 1998 229 04 33PM Bp si 0 O 4089 4089 4096 832B0 832B0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 EXCPS 138 BUFESPACE DEFAULT MODEL ESDS SAM MSAM CREATED 1998 013 TIME STAMP 1998 013 00 00AM IS 0 0 2000 2000 2048 111B0 alexa fa 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 REUSE FIXBLKSPEED NOALOC EXCPS 0 BUFF SPACE DFHTEMP ESDS CREATED 1998 013 TIME STAMP 1998 229 04 33PM 2 3 0 O 4089 4089 4096 832B0 S23 OO 0 0 0 0 0 0 EXCPS 1 92 BUFF SPACE DRD MASTER WORK MSAM CREATED 1998 261 EXPIRES 1991 033 TIME STAMP 1998 261 04 17PM es 0 0 16000 16000 32768 6720B0 iLeyzioveto DIH 983 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 REUSE SPEED 18 EXCPS 0 BUFFSPACE 65536 VSAM COMPRESS CONTROL KSDS CREATED 1998 013 EXPIRES 1999 366 TIME STAMP 1998 261 04 17PM 4 4 44 0 128 500 2048 64B0 64B0 0 0 0 0 0 0 He 0 0 i KT 64B0 64B0 EXCPS 20 BUFF SPACE 4608 INDEX LEVELS 001 VSE CONTROL FILE KSDS CREATED 1998 013 EXPIRES 1999 366 TIME STAMP 1998 229 04 33PM As ile 0 100 1000 4096 64B0 64B0 0 0 ily ab I9 T TIE
31. FUNCTION LCAT SCATDDNAME IJSYSCT amp Example 2 List selec ted files JOB DR D LISTCAT SELECTIVE EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION LCAT SCATDDNAME IJSYSCT PARTIAL SELECT PAYROLL SYS H ERMINATE SELECTION ERMINATE EXECUTION amp H Example 3 List files associated with a disk JOB DR D LISTCAT FILES USING DISK VOLSER CKD201 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION LCAT SCATDDNAME IJSYSCT SVOLID CKD201 amp VSAM Data File Functions Page 31 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 4 List no objects just the Space Map JOB DR D LISTCAT NO FILES JUST THE SPACE EXEC DRD SIZE 200K CTION LCAT SCATDDNAME IJSYSCT PARTIAL REJE REJECT ALL FILES INATE SELE ION INATE EXECUTION THE LISTC ATREPORT The LISTCAT report is for the most part self explanatory but some fields and codes may require further explanation CISIZE The first occurrence of cisize for a file is always the data cisize while the second is always the index cisize and is indicated by an l suffix ALLOCATIONS Primary and secondary allocations are shown as tracks or blocks indicated by a T or B suffix followed by a one digit number representing the VSAM use class FREE SPAC
32. How The Conversion Utility Works To convert existing jobs to Dr D format the user simply executes the DR D conversion utility with the existing jobs as input Each job supplied in the input must have a delimiter An end of data EOD statement is used to indicate end of input file to DRDCNVCU The DR D conversion utility will read the input convert it to Dr D format and punch a new set of JCL The DR D conversion utility will not read the existing JCL from any source other than SYSIPT Several examples of how to create the conversion job are included with this documentation A report listing the input statements processed and the diagnostic errors generated is produced during the conversion run Using The DR D Conversion Utility The batch program DRDCNVCU is executed to perform the actual conversion The jobs to be converted are placed after the EXEC statement along with a conversion control statement DRDCNVCU reads all of the input statements converts the utility control statements to Dr D format modifies the EXEC statements for Dr D execution and outputs the new job streams to the punch queue Power JECL statements must be changed from to if they are to be included in the conversion job stream SY S004 must be assigned to the reader and SYSPCH must be assigned to the punch Page 210 Appendix IX Dr D Conversion Utility BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Conversion Contol Statement This must be
33. R BASE PEOUT MASTER SYS007 280 BACKUP output LDAIX SF BASE1 AF 2 VA Y LDAIX SF BASE2 AF 2 VA Y VSAM tape ASSGN SYS010 DISK VOL WORKO1 SHR UILD MULTIPL ES AB 200 ES AB 200 Page 44 VSAM Data File Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 8 Build multiple altemate indexes via multiple builds and using record selection In this example AIX0101 and AIX0102 are built from the save of VSAM base cluster BASE1 AIX0201 and AIX0202 are built from the save of VSAM base cluster BASE2 JOB SAVE TWO BASE CLUSTERS AND BUILD MULTIPLE AIX S DLBL IJSYSUC VSAM USER CATALOG VSAM DLBL AIX0101 DATA MASTER AIX ONE VSAM DLBL AIX0102 DATA MASTER AIX TWO VSAM DLBL AIX0201 EMP MASTER AIX ONE VSAM DLBL AIX0202 EMP MASTER AIX TWO VSAM DLBL BASE1 DATA MASTER BASE VSAM DLBL BASE2 EMP MASTER BASE VSAM TLBL TAPEOUT MASTER BACKUP ASSG DLBL SORTWK1 0 EXTE SYS010 WORKO1 ASSGN SYS010 DISK VOL WORKO1 SHR EXEC DRD SIZE 1400K FUNCTION BUILDAIX SF BASE1 AF 2 VA YES AB 200 PA SE 01 SELECT C2 02 SELECT C2 lt 00400 FUNCTION BUILDAIX SF BASE2 AF 2 VA YES AB 200 UNIQUE YES PA SE 02 SELECT C2 A amp
34. SORT e A copy will result with FIELDS COPY e A sort will result with FIELDS p m e SUM Partition and GETVIS requirements will vary depending on the user s SORT program and whether SVA eligible phases have been loaded into the SVA Sort Function for Backup Files Page 145 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 1 Create five data files from backup tape This example creates five data files from a Dr D backup tape JOB SORT FILES ON BACKUP TAPE ff TBs TAP BEN 3 0 eo eee 33 oreo DLBL SORTWK1 SORT WORK 1 Pi EXTENT he sb See E as Wee aie ls Bea DLBL SORTOUT SORT OUTPUT FILE 1 fs SIEXTTEN ED lt 4 eee ss taaan a andy whacano ea vaecoa hie DLBL SORT2 SORT OUTPUT FILE 2 fil TEEN Spaces oe aa E Dies I E acca See ee ble EE DLB SORT3 SORT OUTPUT FILE 3 EXTE Sica a teat val sea MAGUS oe ENSUE Oa DLBL SORT4 SORT OUTPUT FILE 4 EXTE P aves oe sha alia a sete teas sae DLBL SORT5 SORT OUTPUT FILE 5 LY EXTENT og eaae deeb Paice ete dae areca a LO EXEC DRD SIZE 320K FUNCTION SORT RFILENAME SORTOUT FIND FILO001 SORT FIELDS 4 10 A FORMAT BI WORK 1 RECORD TYPE V LENGTH 200 100 170 OUTFIL BLKSIZE 8192 OPTION PRINT AL FUNCTION SORT RFILENAME SORT2 FIND PARTS
35. Summary of Control Card Formats for Data Files SD DA Save Data File SD or DA E DATA SFILE FFFFFFF E ESS YES Restore Data File SD or DA E DATA RFILE FFFFFFF RO YE Copy Data File SD or DA E DATA RESTORE DATA SFILE FFFFFFF RFILE FFFFFFF EF RO YES COPY DATA Page 82 NON VSAM SD and DA Data Files BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Added Facility for SD and DA ALES Using The RMODE Operand The RM ODE Restore Mode is an internal switch in Dr D that is set and used when writing to the disk Set RM ODE to either an I for image or S for squeeze When set to l Dr D exactly mirrors the saved extent during the restore Partially used tracks unused tracks records out of sequence on a track all appear restored in the same format When restoring a DA data file RMODE is internally set to I to accommodate just these types of things which are likely to occur in a DA file Thus if relative track addressing is used the DA file may be relocated and still accessed The DA file may also be exactly mirrored on another type of disk and changing the DTF SELECT or WHATEVER in a program may still be accessed When RMODE is set to S the full track capacity of the restore disk is employed Squeeze If there are any partial or unused tracks in the saved extent that unused area is dropped and ignore
36. BBBBBBBB FBA The CCCCCC is a zero to six digit decimal number representing a cylinder and HH is a two digit decimal number leading zero representing a head For FBA the BBBBBBBB is a one to eight digit block number Leading zeros are not required This keyword is used with SAVE COPY ALL PHYSICAL to set the ending disk address of the disk area being saved copied For CKD disk you may also append an R and a 1 3 digit record number in conjunction with RMODE UPDATE during COPY RESTORE PHYSICAL SIDENT XXX XXX SI XXX XXX are 1 44 characters This specifies the file ID of a library to be saved copied The operand may be used in place of SFILE in certain cases where it might be more advantageous or easier to specify a file ID instead of using DLBL and extents and specifying the filename The keyword applies only to Save or COPY PC PS PP or PR unless used in conjunction with FI during the restore operation NOTE Any operand containing embedded blanks most file ID s do must be enclosed in quotes SI DOS PRV CORE NO GOOD SI DOS PRV CORE GOOD Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords Page 191 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE SKIP XXXXX SKIP XXXXX where XXXXX is a three digit decimal number leading zeros Do not use in conjunction with the BLOCKSIZE parameter set the blocksize on a preceding NOP This operand may be specified for restore functions only Before restoring DR
37. FIND FILEX amp Example 2 SKIP before restoring In this example SKIP INN will skip over NNN saved items on the tape before restoring JOB RESTORE FIRST AND THIRD ASSGN SYS008 280 TLBL EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE DATA RFILE RESTORE DATA RFILE TAPEIN SOME SAVES FILEZ SKIP 001 FILEX CARDCOUNT 2 amp Example 3 Stack multivolume files JOB SAVE THREE An alternative method is to allow DOS to do the positioning Dr D opens and closes both input and output with NO REWIND Therefore you may stack multivolume files with multiple executions of Dr D FILE ASSGN SYSO007 TLBL TAPEOUT 128 0 EX EC DRD SIZ Polk E 2 IL 00 E DATA SFILE AME FILE TLBL EXE TAPEOUT DRD SIZ r E E 2 ILEY SAVE 00 E DA A SFILE FILE TLBL EXE C TAPEOUT FI 00 DRD SIZE E E DA A SFILE FILE Page 124 Miscellaneous Operations BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 4 Restore of multivolume file tape created in Example 3 This examples restores all three files from example 3 ASSGN SYS008 280 TLBL TAPEIN FILEX SAVE EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE DA
38. HITENTER TO CONTINUE ON ANOTHER TAPE OR TYPE END TO TREATAS END OF INPUT Cause While copying a tape in image mode end of tape was reached on the output tape before it was reached on input Action If you determine that all needed data was copied type end otherwise hit enter to continue on another tape DOCTOR 614 ASSIGNMENTS INC ORRECTFOR TAPE TEST FUNCTION Cause The tape assignments for tape testing are incorrect Action Check the assignments insuring that SY S007 is assigned to tape and if UPSI xxx1 is set that SY S006 is assigned to a different tape DOCTOR 615 WARNING TAPE TESTING ABOUTTO BEGIN TAPES WILL NOTBE OPENED AND ARE OVERWRITIEN DESTROYING ALLDATA ON THEM YOU ARE SETTO USE TAPE DRIVE IS THIS CORRECT Cause The TAPETEST FUNCTION isin use and about to start Action Be sure that no non expendable tapes are mounted on the tape drive s listed Be sure that everyone involved is aware of the use of the drives and that no tapes are accidentally mounted a sign on the drive s might be prudent Then enter YES to begin testing or NO to cancel DOCTOR 616 ENTER YOUR REQUEST Cause Operator has entered VSE MSG command to partition Action Early EOV end of volume can be requested for any input or output tape by entering EOV TAPEIN EOV TAPEOUT or EOV TAPETWO This can be useful in several situations For backup the operator may observe that the output tape is experiencing a high error level reducing thr
39. If any of the cluster volumes are not owned by the catalog all the cluster volumes are ignored and the catalog volumes are used in the definition Volume allocations can be influenced in two ways A Usethe IDCAMS Override Feature discussed in the following section B Use the RV parameter to direct the definition to a particular volume serial number RESTORE VSAM RFILE FILEA AUTO YES RVOLSER SYSWK3 FD D IDC AMS Ovenide Feature Users of the VSAM automatic definition facility AUTO YES can override the automatic definition on RESTORE VSAM by means of the IDCAMS override feature This feature is invoked by specifying AUTO OVERRIDE instead of AUTO YES with the RE VS and then supplying IDCAMS type parameters following the RE VS statement JOB RESTORE WITH OVERRIDE TLBL TAPEI ASSGN SYS008 TAPE BL FILEA VSAM FILE VSAM EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE NOPERATION UPSI 111 PRINT YES RESTORE VSAM RFILE FILEA AUTO OVERRIDE IDCAMS PRINT T Se is USTER TO 99365 NDEX CISZ 512 DATA CISZ 4096 RECORDS 250 0 DATA VOLUMES FBA240 FBA241 FBA242 FBA243 FBA244 FBA245 DATA VOLUMES FBA251 FBA252 FBA253 FBA254 FBA255 RESTORE NOP TAPE RUN Each override statement must begin with either CLUSTER DA
40. PIC PIC PIC ECORD IF DOCTOR ERROR FLAG GO TO END OF JOB CALL PUTREC GOBACK KEY SEQUENCE USING DATA I IGH VALUE ERROR OF DATA FILE Page 102 User Exits BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 2 Run J CLExample This example restores file from Job D3 with user exit processing JOB U15 UPSI 00100000 LOG FILE COUNTS DLBL ISAMFLE MASTER 99 365 ISC EXTENT SYS001 111111 4 1 40 20 EXTENT SYS002 222222 1 2 20 3980 BL TAPEIN ASSGN SYS008 280 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE DATA RF ILE SAMFLE FAST YES USER MYPROG 1I0 L104000 EXITIS000040090010100001 USER EXIT FILE DEFINITION 06 29 74 498 1 1 USER EXIT PROGRAM DATA CARD FOR USER EXIT PROGRAM FO fs FOR Dr D amp Additional Notes If user programs use UPSI switches the UPSI must be used on the Dr D control card to override that in the JCL GETREC and PUTREC are mutually exclusive Card input for user programs must follow immediately after the appropriate EXIT card and must be terminated by a card in addition to the required for Dr D Multiple Dr D functions may be performed in one execution of Dr D including more than one user exit program or the same user exit program mo
41. SSYSNO SYS005 EXPIRED YES OPERATOR HELLO and SA CU SS SYS005 EX YES OP HELLO are equivalent Page 206 Appendix VII Control Card Format BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Appendix VIII Table of Save Restore or Copy Commands Save Only Command SAVE STANDING FOR MEANING IP IPL Tape Writes IPL records on front of tape for subsequent standalone restore Combination of Save Restore orCopy Commands SA RE COPY STANDING FOR MEANING AL ALL SA RE COPY an entire disk CU CUrrent SA RE COPY active portions of a disk plus VTOC and IPL track DA DAta SA RE COPY a DATA file utilizes PIOCS for I O SD SDisk SA RE COPY a SEQUENTIAL DISK file utilizes LIOCS for I O VS VSam SA RE COPY a VSAM file IS ISam SA RE COPY a ISAM file using logical IOCS LO LOgical SA RE ONLY VSAM catalog or VTOC logical backup PH PH ysical SA RE COPY a PHYSICAL area of a disk NO NO operation SA RE COPY for entry of various tape and GLOBAL functions LI VSE SP LI brary SA RE COPY VSE SP library RE REorganize SA RE COPY IPL track SYSTEM directories and label area VSE 1 3 5 ONLY VSE 1 3 5 Only Commands SA RE COPY STANDING FOR MEANING SC System Core SA RE COPY CORE library SR System Relo SA RE COPY RELO library SS System Source SA RE
42. TAPE XXX when used in conjunction with FUNCTION TAPETEST XXX is the number of tapes to be tested at any given execution of the Tapetest function Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords Page 193 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE It may be specified for either Saves or Restores and is ignored for copies If specified the input Restore or output Save tapes are closed Normally Dr D will open with NORWD when called for and close with NORWD at termination for both input and output tapes This operand allows you to Read Write multiple DOS tape files for one execution of Dr D XXX represents the disposition of the tape at close time TDDNAME tape DD or DTF symbolic name GLOBAL TTDDNAME DDDDDDD where DDDDDDD is the desired name rather than TAPEIN TAPEOUT or the Data Tape generated name If the specified function is SAVE then the TAPEOUT name is replaced If restoring then the TAPEIN name is replaced In either case if the name being replaced is open it is closed prior to replacement and subsequent open of the tape file Multiple DD names may be entered by separating them with the character All three names can be specified for instance TD TAPEOUT TAPETWO TAPE003 or any combination as long as the is present TD TA PEXXX for instance would specify the name for the third tape while TD TAPEYYY would specify the name for the second tape If the TD keyword is used to specify the name for eit
43. keyword Specification of DTAPE YES on a restore function is only allowed when the save file was created with DTAPE YES See the Sort Function for Save Files to create a data file in user format from a save file not created with DTAPE YES When using the Data Tape feature and saving to or restoring from disk only one save restore request per execution of Dr D is allowed When using the Data Tape feature and saving to or restoring from tape multiple save restore requests per execution of Dr D are allowed since the tape is closed at the completion of each save restore then re opened at the start of the next file For the first tape file only you may specify a unique filename using the TDDNAME keyword or allow Dr D to use the default TAPEIN TAPEOUT filename Thereafter the filenames are generated in the format of TDInnnn input tape or TDOnnnn output tape allowing Dr D to stack multiple files on the tape if so desired In either case the nnnn represents a sequential number starting at 0001 This technique may be applied to any file type that is in fixed blocked or unblocked or variable blocked or unblocked format VSAM SAM or any other file organization processed by Dr D on a logical block or logical record basis Once saved the data may be restored to any desired file type allowing for example conversion of SAM files to VSAM files When restoring both the LR and NR keywords must be specified for fixed length records and t
44. 2 Restore from F2 format tape JOB RESTORE ALIEN F2 MTC REW 181 ASSGN SYS008 APEI EXTENT SYSOO ASSGN SYS001 EXEC DRD SIZ RESTORE NOP ORE VSAM E 200K 181 1 X F2 VSAM VSAM CAT IJSYSUI 1 A F2 SD 1 SD CISIZE 30720 1 1 0 12 16000 26B UPSI 111 PRINT YES BLOCKSIZE 65496 TAP RFILE X FIND SFFLE1 VRTYPE ESDS RE RESTORE DATA RFILE A FIND WISCRN LB 2420 Example 3 Restore from F3 format tape JOB RESTORE ALIEN F3 amp MTC REW 181 ASSGN SYS008 TLBL TAPEI DLBL A F3 S EXTENT SYSOO ASSGN SYS001 EXEC DRD SIZ RESTORE NOP 181 D 1 SD CISIZE 30720 Le ey Oy ley LOGO 26B E 200K UPSI 111 PRINT YES BLOCKSIZE 654 96 TAPE F3 RESTORE DATA RFILE A FIND F3 SD Example 4 Restore from F4 format tape JOB RESTORE ALIEN F4 ASSGN SYS008 MTC REW SYSO TLBL TAPEI DLBL X IM I DLBL A F4 S LoL 08 M P03 IMBCRM V12 BCR VSAM CAT IJSYSCT D 0 SD CISIZE 30720 EXTENT SYSO001 1 9435 1590 ASSGN SYS001 472 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE NOP UPSI 111 PRINT YES TAPE F4 RESTORE VSAM RFILE X AUTO YES FDELETE DEL
45. 216 MINI DISK Create FUNCtION ceeeeeees 94 Miscellaneous Functions Altering File Dates 115 Creating a Format 1 Label 0 113 Erasing a DiSk ceeeeeeeeeteteeeeeeeeees 114 Miscellaneous FUNCIONS eee 113 Miscellaneous Operations Message to Oper atl teeters 117 Miscellaneous Operations cceee 117 MODIFY re aAA 186 M RECORDSR cscccseteeecreeeeeeneeaeeeseeaseees 186 Multiple Copies of Backup tapes 4 N NAM ES haat riaa asctnetvetlaastice aged 186 Non VSE SP Library Functions 157 Non VSA M Saving and Restoring 80 Summary of Control Card Formats 82 N REC DS Siana 186 NULG So tong lai ith inte 186 o ON LINE Interface ccsesssssssssssessssseeees 8 Operand SUMMMALY 0 0 eeteteteteteeeeeeeteees 172 Operating Environment 203 OPERATORS sss wena tiation A 186 P PARTIAL aia tet ioa 14 186 Physical Save Restore Copy Addon Update wu eecceeeeeenee 65 Summary of Control Card Formats 66 VM Mini DiSk cc ececesseseseesesssessseererees 64 Physical Save Restore COPY 60 PUD a aaaea aaia raodd iiini 186 EE T ST 187 Pools Feature csecccccssssesseeeesecsssseasereeseees 202 PRIN eaa e a eaii 187 Private Libraries Member Selection 168 R StOTINO sicinianiasdian a 163 SAVING wisest aeeieendnl unani 161 Summary of Control Card Formats 167 Private Library Summary of Control Card Formats 162 PUNCH FUNCCI
46. 38 GETVIS failed 011 VSAM AIX write put error 012 AIX maximum record length exceeded 013 VSAM AIX MODCB failure 014 VSAM AIX OPEN CLOSE failure 015 Product Expired 016 VSAM Catalog read error 017 VSAM Catalog write error 018 Aix key defined to small 019 Invalid KEY control statement 020 Invalid UNIQUE control statement 021 Invalid SELECT statement record field 022 Invalid SELECT statement expression 023 Invalid SELECT statement compare field 024 Invalid SELECT statement equation symbol 025 Select statement group compare not ended Action Fix indicated problem and rerun the job Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 123 NONUNIQUE KEY FOUND FORAIX AAAAAAA Cause The VSAM AIX build function has found non unique keys while building an AIX defined for unique keys Action Check to see that the AIX is defined correctly Dispo Processing continues but the AIX is not created If other AIX s are to be built building continues with the next DOCTOR 124 MISSING AIX KEY HELD AIX XXXXXXX Cause The VSAM AIX build function has read a logical record that is too short to contain the specified keys Action Check to see that the AIX is defined correctly and that the correct base duster is used Ifa compression package is in use see that decompressed records are passed to DR D Dispo Processing continues but records may be dropped from the AIX DOCTOR 125 ENTERED WORK PARAMETER INVALID Cause The parameter ente
47. 6 selection of base cluster records for the build AIX function has been improved to allow selection based on fields not included in the AIX data fields Selection takes place before the AIX records are passed to the sort greatly improving the efficiency of the sort process both in processing time and sort work area requirements Record selection is specified by use of the DRD SELECT statement rather than the sort INCLUDE OMIT statements One SELECT statement is allowed for each AIX to be built and has the following format Bytes 0 1 A two digit number indicating the AIX being selected IF blank 01 is assumed Bytes 2 7 SELECT or just SEL Bytes n 80 The record selection formula The record selection formula consists of one or more field selectors each made up of three sub fields the field locator a logical operator and a constant for comparison The field locator consists of a one byte type field allowing character Page 46 VSAM Data File Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE C hexadecimal X or packed decimal P Following the type field is anumber specifying the starting position in the record relative to one Some examples are P12 specifies a packed decimal field starting at position 12 C5 specifies a character field starting at position 5 X37 specifies a hexadecimal field starting at position 37 Logical Operators The logical operator specifies the type of comparison to be made between the
48. C to cancel DOCTOR 83 RESTORE REORG ALXXXX DOES NOTBEGIN ON ARST TRACK RC 128 Where FILXXXxX is the filename of the SYSRES file Cause The file specified in the RF operand does not begin on relative track one of the CKD disk or block 2 of the FBA disk Action Correct the extent card and rerun Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 84 RESTORING ISAM VSAM DATA TAPE PARAMETERS NON NUMERIC DT XXX XXX RC 128 Where XXX XXX is the 18 digit subject of a DT operand Cause The specified data tape parameter is non numeric Page 226 Appendix X Dr D Messages BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 85 DATE XXXXX INVALID NON NUMERIC OR OMITIED RC 128 Where XXXXX is the subject of the DATE operand Cause During an RE EXPIRDATE function the required date parameter was either omitted or invalid Action Enter a 5 digit number of the Julian form YYDDD or a D for delete or R for retain Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 86 DISK READ ERROR RC 002 DOCTOR 86 DISK READ ERROR IGNORED Cause A disk read error has occurred or has occurred and has been ignored Action None DOCTOR 87 CONTROL CARD TABLE OVERFLOW RC 128 Cause UPSI bit 7 UPSI XXXXXX1 is on and more control cards have been entered than will fit in memory Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 88 CONTROL CARD HAS NEITHER AND OR RF RC 128 Cause UPSI bit 7 UPSI XXXXXX1 is on and a control card was entered t
49. COPY SOURCE library SP System Proc SA RE COPY PROC library PC Private Core SA RE COPY CORE library PR Private Rado SA RE COPY RELO library PS Private Source SA RE COPY SOURCE library PP Private Proc SA RE COPY PROC library Appendix VIII Table of Save Restore or Copy Commands Page 207 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Restore only Commands RESTORE STANDING FOR MEANING PU PUt format 1 CREATES a format 1 label for DA or SD files ER ERase CLEARS areas of a disk EX EXpiration date ALTERS expiration date of a file Function Commands FUNCTION STANDING FOR MEANING LCAT LISTCAT Compact listing of files paths alternate indexes etc DELETE Allows files to be deleted or reset to empty status LVTOC LISTVTOC Provides a compact but complete report of the files in the VTOC of one or more disks VTMOVE VTOCM OVE Allows the VTOC of a disk to be quickly and easily moved toa new location TAPETEST TAPETEST Allows tapes to be tested by writing the chosen blocksize continuously over the entire length of the reel or cartridge The report shows the number of erase gaps and unrecoverable errors encountered on each cartridge or reel CTAPE TAPECOPY Allows single or multi volume tapes to be copied and if desired reblocked in the process LTAPE LISTTAPE Lists the contents
50. DRD SIZE 200K DRD programs to tape gt SAVE IPL set global options gt SAVE NOP UPSI 111 PRINT LIST CP Y save the disk gt SAVE CUR SV DOSRES EX YES TD BACK EXAMPLE 4B STANDALONE WITHOUT TAPE SYS007 280 EW SYS007 TAPEOUT DRD SIZE 200K DRD programs to tape gt E IPL set global options gt OP UPSI 111 PRINT LIST CP YE save the disk E CUR SV DOSRES EX YES unload the tape OP TAPE RUN Volume Functions Page 51 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Restoring disk volumes from tape A disk may be restored to a disk whose size and location of VTOC differs from the save disk However at the conclusion of the RESTORE the restore disk s volume label size and location of the VTOC will be identical to the save disk If a CURRENT function is done instead of an ALL function the VTOC of the restore disk will contain all of the labels from the saved disk even though all files weren t restored Unwanted files can be removed from the VTOC using a DR D FUNCTION DELETE Use the VOLOUT VOLSER VO XXXXXX keyword to set the serial the volume being restored to a value different from the volume number of the saved disk If neither RVOLSER nor RSYSNO is specified then the disk having the assumed SYSNO assigned to it is used as the output device The
51. Doctor D USERS GUIDE DOCTOR 203 AX UNB KEY SIZE WRONG MESSAGE GENERATED BY GETIAPE GETREC Cause A record has just been encountered whose key is not equal to the length on the control card Action None DOCTOR 204 INVALID PHASE NAME USEREXIT XXX XXX Where XXX XXX is the subject of the USEREXIT lt EYWORD or a sav restore data file control card Cause The first sub field of user exit is a user exit phase name The supplied phase name does not conform to DOS rules illegal character or length or it is absent Also are slashes separating the sub fields Action None DOCTOR 205 INVALID TYPE EXIT USEREXIT XXX XXX Where XXXXX is the subject of the USEREXIT KEYWORD or a save restore data file control card Cause The second subfidd of USEREXITSS the type of exit The only permissible characters are 10 or EX Action None DOCTOR 206 INVALID LOAD ADDRESS USEREXIT XXX XXX Where XXX XXX is the subject of the USEREXITS lt EYWORD or a Save restore data file control card Cause The third subfidd of user exit is the load information The first character can only bean A or L Six characters must follow it If the first was an L the following six must be 0 9 If the first was an A the following six must be 0 9 or A F Action None DOCTOR 207 INVALID FORMAT SOFTWARE ERROR Cause The routine has lost its way probably in GETTAPE GETREC PUTREC If the user is satisfied that a the correct disk fi
52. Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Examples of User Exit Operations Example 1 ANS COBOL JOB MYJOB OPTION CATAL PHASE USERPROG EXEC FCOBOL DENTIFICATION DIVISION ROGRAM ID USERPROG THOR E WRITTEN EMARKS NVIRONMENT DIVISION NPUT OUTPUT SECTION E CONTROL DATA DIVISION LINKAGE SECTIO 01 LOG REC z1 gt g HWWO PVH Hj H 10 USER DATA 15 USER FILED1 PIC pareis 01 EOF FLAG PIC X 01 FUNC IND PIC xX 01 DELETE FLAG PIC Xe 01 REC LENGTH PIC S9 8 COMP PROCEDURE DIVISION USING LOG REC EOF FLAG FUNC IND DELETE FLAG REC LENGTH IF EOF FLAG E THEN GOTO END OF JOB PE TEE ETS THEN GO TO DELETE RTN DELETE RTN MOVE D TO DELETE FLAG GOBACK ND OF JOB GOBACK rs INCLUDE GSIDMNSO EXEC LNKEDT Example 2 Run J CL Example This example saves and flags a record for deletion with the use of user exit processing JOB U16 BACKUP WITH DELETE DLBL A VSAM FILE VSAM CAT IJSYSCT TLBL TAPEOUT ASSGN SYSOO7 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE NOP UPSI 111 BLOCKSIZE 65496 SAVE VSAM SFILE A VARIABLE YES F
53. Gaps and Unrecoverable Errors encountered for each reel or tape cartridge CTAPE The TAPECOPY function allows single or multi volume tapes to be copied and if desired reblocked in the process PUNCH The Punch Function provides a quick and easy method for creating IDCAMS control statements for defining VSAM files and DLBL and EXTENT JCL statements LDIR The LIST DIRECTORY produces a library directory report similar to the list directory function of the VSE LIBR program with a number of improvements a compact two up format is used and0 members may be selected by sub library member type generic member name and last change date time stamp MCREATE The mini disk create function allows the user to create a VSE Mini Disk under VSE without the use of the IBM DSF utility VERIFY Generates IDCAMS verify for file or groups of files BUILD Invokes the Dr D VSAM build alternate index feature This feature will also save restore or copy a VSAM cluster during the alternate index build SORT The sort function allows one or more files on a tape or disk backup file processable by Dr D to be extracted and sorted DFIX This function allows the expiration date of selected files to be set to 99 366 so that the files will be considered permanent by the operating system GENERATION L F nnn The GENERATION parameter is used to select disk manager files for backup restore by the generation number of e
54. Keywords on page 172 for a full explanation of this parameter The PARTIAL parameter allows selection or rejection of objects based on all or part of the object names It also allows file selection based on the file condition see section VSAM TUNING on page 35 VSAM Data File Functions Page 13 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE PAR PAR IA SELEC IA i REJEC If either of these keywords is used the SAVE _OGICAL statement is followed by one or more statements containing names of objects to be selected from the VSA M catalog One name is specified per statement contained in positions one to 44 or if a string search is desired S is entered in positions one to three followed by the search argument If the phrase REVERSE is added after the select parameters with one or more spaces separating the selection result is reversed That is if PA SE is in effect a match will be rected If PA RE is in effect a match will be selected In both cases the order of entry of selector cards determines which takes effect If a selection name is entered that begins with or then the name is expanded in accordance with the VSAM definition of partition cpu dependent files All objects in the catalog are compared against all specified names Only those objects which are selected are saved Additional selection is allowed by use of the SVOLSER parameter to limit the selectio
55. Member cards immediately following the library Copy Restore control card with the member name punched in the first eight positions If you re working with a source statement library the sub library goes into position one of the card and the book name goes into positions two to nine The is omitted Overlapping or subset cards may be entered to allow some members of a Selected Rejected group to be treated in the opposite manner of the rest of the group see example 27 A denotes the end of the member cards Do not confuse this with the one denoting the end of input for Dr D If M EM BER is specified you need them both Example 23 Selective restore This example restores the relocatable library as in example 22 but does not restore module IJKL4 JOB L23 RESTORE ASSGN SYS008 280 TLBL TAPEIN RELO DLBL IJSYSRL RELO LIB 99 360 SD EXTE 121212 1 0 20 1000 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE PRELO LIBRARY NEW DIRTRKS 20 MEMBER REJECT IJKL4 END OF MEMBER CARDS END OF Dr D CONTROL CARDS amp TT NN Page 168 Stabilized Components BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 24 Merge Member This example retrieves an accidentally corrupted book on the System Source statement library named A PROG1234 from the save tape It then merges the uncorrupted versio
56. PHASE 98 08 13 2 59 98 08 13 10 01 8776 DOCTOR62 PHASE 98 08 13 259 98 08 13 10 8168 DOCTORO7 PHASE 98 08 13 Sek ViyOsy Aksh ALOR OIL 1922 DOCTOR63 PHASE 98 08 13 259 98 08 13 10 15668 DOCTORO8 PHASE 98 08 13 2 59 98 08 13 10 01 19140 DOCTOR64 PHASE 98 08 13 259 98 08 13 10 7792 DOCTORO9 PHASE 98 08 13 SEL 98 ZOILA ALO BOL 3872 DOCTOR65 PHASE 98 08 13 259 98 08 13 10 870 DOCTOR10 PHASE 98 08 13 SOE Visyokei ksh 100I 4568 DOCTOR66 PHASE 98 08 13 2 59 98 08 13 10 2593 DOCTOR11 PHASE 98 08 13 eNA rA e ALO eal 760 DOCTOR67 PHASE 98 08 13 259 98 08 13 10 6288 DOCTOR12 PHASE 98 08 13 RSE Liye olsy ike aloe teal 2537 DOCTOR68 PHASE 98 08 13 2 59 98 08 13 10 1076 DOCTOR13 PHASE 98 08 13 Gao CieyAoksi ibs TOOL 7550 DOCTOR69 PHASE 98 08 13 Bo OROBAT DOS 8101 DOCTOR14 PHASE 98 08 13 EE ATAK TA E N 25780 DOCTOR70 PHASE 98 08 13 BS SWAY AILS TOS 1437 DOCTOR15 PHASE 98 08 13 159 98i 08 1A TAS 16384 DOCTOR71 PHASE 98 08 13 2 59 98 08 13 10 12214 DOCTOR16 PHASE 98 08 13 259 98 08 14 7 45 17653 DOCTOR72 PHASE 98 08 13 SSS QOL 10 6828 DOCTOR17 PHASE 98 08 13 AE POTUS TS IMR 9588 DOCTOR73 PHASE 98 08 13 759198708713 10 4744 DOCTOR18 PHASE 98 08 13 ATTAT ioe il 6316 DOCTOR74 PHASE 98 08 13 259 98 08 13 10 9456 DOCTOR19 PHASE 98 08 13 GOee VAE AE K EN 6672 DOCTOR75 PHASE 98 08 13 Boe SMSO ALSS ols 3808 DOCTOR20 PHASE 98 08 13 Sek VisyMisy Akish ALOR OIL 48 DOCTOR76 PHASE 98 08 13 150 987081 L3 POS 4760 DOCTOR21 PHASE 98 08 13 He Wiss iksh TOKOT 2024 DO
57. Summary of Dr D Keywords BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE SCAT XXXXXXX Specifies the DLBL name not file ID of the VSAM catalog to be saved from during SA _O VSAM backup During RE LO it specifies the DLBL having the filed ID of the catalog saved from SEQNO XX SEQNO XX where XX is a two digit decimal number leading zero This operand may be specified on any or all Saves Copies or Restores If specified it checks to see if what is specified equals the sequence number on the output Save Copy or input Copy Restore file During each save a sequence number associated with each saved file pack library etc is incremented by one from its prior save value At the initialization of Dr D the sequence number is one During saves and copies this operand can be used to insure that the control cards are in proper order During restores this also insures that the cards are in proper order matching up with the order of files on the tape SF ILENAME XXXXXXX SF XXXXXXX are one to seven alphanumeric characters the first of which is non numeric Whenever it is necessary to specify the name of a file being saved or copied to Dr D this entry must be included XXXXXXxX is the filename either as specified in the DLBL EXTENT cards The DLBL EXTENT cards must be present either in the job stream or in the label area This entry applies to SAVE or COPY DATA PC PS and PR SHALT CCCCCCHH CKD
58. TAPE ASSGN TLBL SYS000 SYSRES BACKUP EXEC MAXBACK amp SET LOG ON MTC RUN LIST ON CONFIRM ON DUMP IJSYSRES LIB fe Example 2 Maxback conversion with unique EOD spec ification This example illustrates the use of the EOD specification JOB CONVERT CONVERT MAXBACK TO DR D ASSGN SYSPCH PUNCH ASSGN SYS004 SYSIPT EXEC DRDCNVCU ERT MAXBACK EOJ YES PWREOJ YES EOD 3 JOB JNM BUSYSRES CLASS A DISP L LST CLASS A DISP L JOB MAXBAK BACKUP SYSRES TO TAPE ASSGN SYS000 TAPE TLBL SYS000 SYSRES BACKUP EXEC MAXBACK SET LOG ON MTC RUN LIST ON CONFIRM ON DUMP IJSYSRS LIB Appendix IX Dr D Conversion Utility Page 213 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 3 Convert multiple Maxback jobs fora VM CMS user This example illustrates how to convert several jobs via a single execution of DRDCNVCU returning the punched output to the CMS users reader queue A CMS READ statement will be generated for each job using the JOB name as the filename JOB JNM CONVERT CLASS A DISP D PUN CLASS V DEST USER JSEP O JOB CONVERT CONVERT MULTIPLE MAXBACK JOBS ASSGN SYSPCH PUNCH ASSGN SYS004 SYSIPT EXEC DRDCNVCU ERT MAXBACK CMS POWER JOB JNM BUSYRES CLASS A DISP L ST CLASS A DISP LUSYSRES CLASS A DISP L ST CLAS
59. THESE FILENAMESINSTEAD FOR RESTORE PCORE FOR RESTORE PRELO IJSYSCL IJSYSRL FOR RESTORE PSOURCE IJSYSSL FOR RESTORE PPROC IJSYSPL IF LIBRARY IS NOT SPECIFIED Dr D WILL ASSUME LIBRARY OLD Restore Private Library Using ALE ID and SYSNO ORE PRELO ORE P SOURCE ORE P PROC RES RES RES RES Default ORE PCORE RIDENT XXX XXX RSYSNO SYSXXX r y LIBRARY OLD LIBRARY ADD IF RS IS NOT SPECIFIED Dr D WILL ASSUME THE FILE ID ENTERED IN RI WILL BE FOUND ON THE PACK POINTED TO BY THE FOLLOWING SYSNO FOR SAVE PCORE FOR SAVE PRELO FOR SAVE PSOURCE FOR SAVE PPROC SYSCLB SYSRLB SYSSLB SYSPLB IF LIBRARY IS NOT SPECIFIED Dr D WILL ASSUME LIBRARY OLD Stabilized Components Page 167 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Member Selection When you are saving copying or restoring a library it would be helpful to have the facility for including or excluding certain members This can be done with Dr D by specifying MEMBERSS Select or MEMBER R Reject respectively on the Dr D control statement A member of a library is either a Phase Module Book Macro or Procedure depending on whether the library is Core Relo Source or Proc Member selection can be used to limit both members read Saved and those written Restored Copied You must inform Dr D of the members to be considered by supplying
60. UCAT1 OGICAL DDNAME UCAT2 OP TAPE The PARTIAL parameter has the same meaning for RESTORE as for SAVE The VUSE parameter has no meaning during restore and will be ignored if specified If an attempt is made to restore to a VSAM file in use the restore will be canceled The VNULL parameter also has no meaning on restore and will be ignored If a null object was saved it will be restored as a null object The ASSOC parameter has a slightly different meaning when restoring data ASSOCIATIONS NO Any PATHS found on the tape will be ignored and not restored ASSOCIATIONS YES All PATHS will be restored when the ASSOC YES is specified If you save the contents of more than one catalog to the same tape you need some method of identifying which catalog you wish to restore VSAM Data File Functions Page 17 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE When you do a SAVE LOGICAL Dr D saves a catalog header record before any clusters from the catalog This record is identified by the 44 character file identifier provided in the label information for the catalog identified by the SCAT parameter On a RESTORE LOGICAL Dr D uses the RCAT parameter to access the label information for the catalog into which you are restoring and scans the tape forward from the present position to loca
61. VSAM files can be auto defined if produced by Fl F4 or F5 but must be user defined if produced by F2 The Fn format must be designated on a RESTORE NOP control card preceding the first RESTORE VSAM DATA SD control card Once the type is established all other applicable Dr D commands and keywords are effective just as though the tape was produced by Dr D but RESTORE LOGICAL is not supported useindividual restore control cards The intent of this feature is to support all tape formats created by F1 F2 F4 or F5 but due to the chaotic nature of the development of the products variations in tape format might require additional development within Dr D Example 1 Restore from Fl format tape JOB RESTORE ALIEN F1 ASSGN SYS008 181 MTC REW SYS008 TLBL TAPEI X IM IM P03 IMBCRM V12 BCR VSAM CAT IJSYSCT A F1 SD 0 SD CISIZE 30720 F SYSOO1 14 5 9439 L590 B F1 SD2 0 SD F SYSOOT rr r07 2012 200 mee Peg oo OSD ENT SY SO001 1 0 7512 500 ASSGN SYS001 472 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K ESTORE NOP UPSI 111 PRINT YES TAPE ORE VSAM RFILE X AUTO YES FDELETE ORE SD RFILE A LR 905 NREC 8 ORE DATA RFILE B ORE DATA RFILE C Page 130 Alien Backup Tape Restore BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example
62. VSE SP Library Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 6 Extend a Non VSAM library This job stream extends a non VSAM library JOB DLB EX EX EXE RES amp EXTEND NON VSAM 1 SYSLIB VSE SP NON VSAM LIBRARY SYS001 222222 1 0 15 1500 F SYS001 222222 1 1 6000 750 C DRD SIZE 200K TORE LIBRARY UPSI 111 LIBRARY E Example 7 Create a VSAM library This example creates a VSAM library JOB DLB CREATE VSAM L SYSLIB VSE SP VSAM EXE C DRD SIZI RES E 200K TORE LIBRARY UPSI 111 Example 8 Extend a VSAM library JOB EXTEND VSAM DLBL SYSLIB VSE SP VSAM EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE amp This example extends a VSAM library IBRARY UPSI 111 LIBRARY E e xtent to be added XT END RFILE SYSLIB LIBRARY CRE LIBRARY VSAM CAT IJSYSUC DISP OLD KEE ATE RFILE SYSLIB LIBRARY VSAM CAT IJSYSUC DISP OLD KEEP XT END RFILE SYSLIB Summary of Control Card Format for VSE SP Libraries Save a VSE SP Library E L IBRARY SF TLENAM Restore a VSE SP Library R FIND XXXXXX SKIP XXX LIBRARY CREATE ESTOR E XXXXXXXX ME
63. YES is specified with the BUILDAIX function to indicate that a four byte binary sequential number is to be appended to each AIX key generated to insure that each key is unique UNIQUE NO is the assumed value UNIQUE A is used to specify that duplicate keys are to be dropped if the AIX is defined as UNIQUE This keyword may be added to the FUNCTION B8UILD control statement or if PARTIAL SELECT is specified for each AIX of a multiple build USER PHASENAM MM TZ2Z2Z222 USER PHASENAM MM TZZZZZZ is specified when user exits are to be invoked and the user exit special feature is installed Parameter values are PHASENAM isthe cataloged name of the user program MM is the mode IO to send receive logical records EX to inspect logical records T is the core image type catalog L for relocatable or self relocating programs A for absolute address programs ZZZLZZZ is program size decimal length for type L programs hexadecimal load address for type A programs Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords Page 195 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE VARIABLE YES When saving VSAM files if the records of the file are variable VA Y ES must be specified VBUFF NNN GLOBAL For VSAM restore operations this allows the buffer space to be increased to enhance performance The NNN is a one to three digit number specifying the size in thousands of bytes VB 100 sets the buffer to 100 000 If not specifie
64. a disk JOB DR D LISTVTOC ALL EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION LVTOC SVOLSER DISKO1 amp Example 2 List selec ted files JOB DR D LISTVTOC SELECTIVE EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION LVTOC SVOLSER DISK01 PARTIAL SEL PAYROLL SYS fs ERMINATE SELECTION ERMINATE EXE ION amp Example 3 List files associated with a disk JOB DR D LISTVTOC FILES USING DISK VOLSER CKD201 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION LVTOC SVOLSER DISK01 CKD201 VOLSELECT CKD201 amp NON VSAM SD and DA Data Files Page 87 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 4 List no files just the Space Map JOB DR D LISTVTOC NO FILES JUST THE EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION LVTOC SVOLSER DISKO01 PARTIAL RE REJECT ALL ES R ERMINATE SELECTION ERMINATE EXECUTION amp Page 88 NON VSAM SD and DA Data Files BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE VTOC Move Function The usual method of VTOC relocation or resizing is to save the individual files reinitialize the disk and then restore the files This function allows the VTOC of a disk to be quickly and easily moved to a new location and or resized All that is required is that any files in the specified location
65. alg TAR FLI 64B0 64B0 EXCPS 1261 BUFFSPACE 8704 12 11 1998 PAGE 001 01 46 PM EXTENT INFORMATION VOLSER START SIZE USD DOSRES DOSRES DOSRES DOSRES DOSRES 80832 4800 SYSWK1 NO ALLOCATION SYSWK1 236736 TIA T DOSRES NO ALLOCATION DOSRES 78336 1344 67 DOSRES 79680 64 14 DOSRES DOSRES NO ALLOCATION SYSWK1 NO ALLOCATION DOSRES 77376 932099 DOSRES 85696 6720 82 DOSRES 92416 T920 DOSRES 94336 1920 SYSWK1 NO ALLOCATION SYSWK1 236608 SYSWK1 236672 DOSRES DOSRES Appendix XI Sample Reports Page 247 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE 1v654 DR D LISTCAT LISTING OF VSAM CATALOG VSESP USER CATALOG 12 11 1998 PAGE 002 TIME STAMP SELECTOR NONE 01 46 PM SER SKET SSC ALLOCATIONS FREE SPACE SPLITS EXTENT INFORMATION OPT LEN RKP AVERAGE MAX CISIZE PRIMARY SECONDRY CI CA KBYD CL CA TOTAL DELETD INSRTD UPDTED READ VOLSER START SIZE USD INDEX LEVELS DOSRES 71488 64 5 MESSAGE ROUTING FILE KSDS CREATED 1998 013 EXPIRES 1999 366 TIME STAMP 1998 229 04 33PM 16 0 500 4080 4096 256BO ZSEB TBS DI 0 weing 1 0 0 0 0 DOSRES Salat 64B0 64B0 EXCPS 27 BUFF SPACE 8704 DOSRES INDEX LEVELS 001 ONLINE PROB DET FILE KSDS CREATED 1998 013 TIME STAMP 1998 229 04 33PM 2 O 4000 4089 4096 2496B0 8232B0 0 Q 425 OO 202 0 58 5974 DOSRES 68864 10241 64B0 64B0 33 EXCPS 6182 BUFF SPACE 9216 DOSRES 71360 INDEX LEVELS 002 VSE PRIMARY LIBRARY MSAM CREATED 1998 013 TIME STAMP 1998 0
66. appear on a control card in conjunction with a SAVE RESTORE COPY function or all by itself If any Dr D operand contains embedded blanks it must be enclosed in quotes Wrong OP M OUNT pack 222222 on 131 Right OP MOUNT pack 222222 on 131 To cancel Dr D at this point type C To continue perform an EOB operation Example 1 Posta Message This example posts an informational message telling the operator to save SYSRES only after all links have been done Two alternate job streams for achieving this goal follow JOB O1 ONE WAY ASSGN SYS007 280 TLBL TAPEOUT SYSRES SAVE EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SA NOP OPERATOR SAVE SYSRES IF LINKS ARE SAVE IPL SAVE CURRENT SSYSNO SYSRES amp JOB O1 ANOTHER WAY TLBL TAPEOUT SYSR ASSGN SYS007 280 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE IPL OPERATOR SAVE SYSRES IF LINKS ARE SAVE CURRENT SSYSNO SYSRES amp Miscellaneous Operations Page 117 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Specifying a Control Card Count To prevent accidental loss or insertion of control cards into the JCL a card count feature is provided All cards that have SAVE RESTORE COPY on them are countable cards N ot included in the count are their logical continuation cards if they have any cards or the The card count is communi
67. be deleted or moved to a new location before the VTOC move is attempted If the size of the VTOC is being reduced check to see that no labels exist in the part of the VTOC being dropped Before moving the VTOC Dr D checks the new location against the VTOC to be sure that no files expired or unexpired exist in the new location and that the new location is within the disk limits and will not overlap either the VOL1 record or the old VTOC If the size of the VTOC is being reduced the part of the VTOC being dropped is checked to insure no loss of labels If any conflict is detected the job is canceled otherwise the operator is informed that the VTOC is about to be moved or resized and given one last chance to abort the procedure Example 1 Move VTOC ona CKD device from one area ofa disk to another JOB VTOC MOVE TO CYLINDER 500 HEAD 00 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION VTOCMOVE RVOLSER CKD111 RBEGIN 50000 amp Example 2 Move VTOC ona FBA device to a new location JOB VTOC MOVE TO FBA BLOCK 250 000 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCT ION VTOCMOVE RVOLSER FBA111 RBEGIN 250000 amp Example 3 Move and resize a VIOC ona CKD device JOB VTOC MOVE TO CYLINDER 50 ADDING A CYLINDER EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION VTOCMOVE RVOLSER CKD111 RBEGIN 5000 RHALT 5114 amp Example 4 Resize a VIOC ona CKD d
68. change or nothing to proceed to the next option or enter an asterisk to backup to the preceding option It is usually prudent to make a copy of phase DR D in a test sub library before changing any options in case any errors are made that could cause problems with jobs that might execute while the options are being changed Once DRZAP begins execution enter the library sublibrary and DRD Example PRD2 DRDTST DRD Then enter the command OPT DRZAP will respond as follows Bh cote ts DRZAP DISPLAY ALLOWABLE ENTRY OLD PRINT OPTION NO ENTER NEW NO YES LIST This option changes the assumed value for keyword PRINT OLD UPSI SETTINGS 00000000 ENTER NEW 00000000 11111111 Changes the assumed value for keyword UPSI OLD UPSI MASK 11111111 ENTER NEW 00000000 11111111 Specifies the UPSI setting to be used from the JCL UPSI statement I E if 11111111 is set all JCL UPSI switches will be used but if 00000000 is set no JCL UPSI switches will be used OLD TAPE BLOCKSIZE 065496 ENTER NEW 016000 065496 Changes the assumed value for keyword BL OLD REWIND OPTION NOREWIND ENTER NEW REWIND NOREWIND RUN Changes the assumed tape rewind option NOREWIND OLD TAPEIN SYS NUMBER SYS008 ENTER NEW sys000 SYSnnn Changes the assumed value for keyword TI SY Snnn is the user system limit OLD TAPEIN DDNAME TAPEIN ENTER NEW 1 7 CHARACTER STRING
69. compact gt RE CU RV DISKO1 DM EPIC ALI NO HV HOLD AR COMPACT pool area cyl 1 883 gt 100 88314 nd area specs gt unload the tape gt RE NO TAPE RUN amp Page 56 Volume Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE The DLBL for the EPIC catalog must be present here or in standard labels Its extent must be assigned to the correct disk Specify the area of the disk to be compacted in cylinder and head notation If the catalog is on this disk exclude it from the area DR D will lock the disk while the backup and restore is taking place as indicated by use of the HV HOLD VTOC keyword and will lock the EPIC catalog while the catalog is being updated When first using this feature you should stop system activity that would cause the EPIC catalog to be updated get a backup of the catalog and thoroughly check the catalog after the compacting to insure that the catalog and VTOC of the compacted disk are in agreement Then if any problems are evident the catalog can be restored and the compacted disk can be restored without A REA COM PACT Copying volumes disk to disk A disk may be copied to a disk whose VTOC is of a different size and location from the save disk However at the conclusion of the COPY the restore disk s volume label size and location of the VTOC will beidentical to the save disk If a CURRENT function is done instead of an ALL function the VTOC of the restore disk will contain a
70. examples are 1 Select records having FLORIDA in position 45 and a value greater than 512 in position 12 SELECT C45 FLORIDA amp P12 gt 512 2 Select records having either FLORIDA or GEORGIA in position 45 ECT C45 FLORIDA V C45 GEORGIA w Select records having A in positions 5 and 10 or where the packed decimal field in position 20 is in the range 100 through 499 SELECT C5 A amp C10 A V P20 gt 99 amp P20 lt 500 Note that spaces must separate fidd locators logical operators constants and logical connectors but spaces are not required after the or before the Page 48 VSAM Data File Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Volume Functions Saving Restoring Copying Volumes Dr D SAVES RESTORES or COPIES the entire or just active portions of a disk It can also create IPL records on the save tape so the tape may later be IPL d and restored in a standalone fashion or under VM Two volume backup restore copy methods are provided ALL and CURRENT The ALL method saves every block track on the disk while the CURRENT method is TOC driven saving only the allocated space on the disk the IPL track block and the VTOC For speed and flexibility the CURRENT method should be used in most cases while the ALL method should be reserved for disks lacking a VSE type VTOC the VM sysres for example At this time f
71. function control card and each position can be one of the following K KSDS filetype E ESDS file type S SAM filetype R RRDS filetype FIND XXXXXXX or FIND XXX XX or FIND SSSSSS The FIN D function allows tape positioning based on the DLBL name the file ID or the disk volume serial number of the file or disk previously saved to tape If searching is to be based on the 44 character file ID enclose the ID in quotes If searching is to be based on the volume serial number enclose the volser within parentheses In searching by volser only backups created by save all current or physical are examined in the search The save tape is scanned starting at its current position forward until either the search argument is found or the end of tape occurs If the user knows which volume of multivolume files to mount searching may begin with any volume See message DOCTOR 616 in the message section for additional information FORMAT XXXX GLOBAL The FORMAT XXXxX key word is used to control the format of Dr D reports and log output and specify tape copy method KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK LIST DIRECTORY FUNCTION KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK FORMAT A membe list only no recap FORMATS no member list recap only KEKE KK KKK KKKKKK KK KKK LISTCAT FUNCTION KKKKKKKKKKKKKKK KK KKK FORMAT A minimum number of extents is listed FORMAT M minimal file information is listed FORMAT n _ n isthe maximum number of lines 0 9 to print for e
72. global options gt COPY NOP UPSI 111 PRINT YES copy one track gt COPY PHYSICAL CVOL CKD476 SBEGIN 4 RB 3 RM S amp WARNING You should never copy the first track of the VTOC of one disk to the same track of aVTOC on another disk unless neither disk has alternate tracks assigned If either disk has alternate tracks it could result in two or more defective tracks assigned to the same alternate Volume Functions Page 61 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 4 Physically copy tacks from a 3380 to a 3380 This example copies tracks 100 through 119 from a 3380 on 131 to tracks 100 through 119 on a 3380 on 132 JOB P4 input disk gt ASSGN SYS001 131 output disk gt ASSGN SYS002 132 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K set global options gt COPY NOP UPSI 011 PRINT YES copy the area gt COPY PHYSICAL RMODE IMAGE CBEGIN 610 CHALT 714 amp Example 5 Physically copy tacks from a 3350 to a 3350 This example copies tracks 100 through 119 from a 3350 on 131 to tracks 120 through 139 on a 3350 on 132 JOB P5 input disk gt ASSGN SYS001 131 output disk gt ASSGN SYS002 132 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K set global options gt COPY NOP UPSI 011 PRINT YES copy the disk area gt COPY PH RMODE I SB 310 SH 329 RB 400 RH 419 amp Page 62 Volume Functions BIM Dr D Doc
73. is made to the PASSCARD function prior to the first call to the GETTAPE function a control card will be read from SYSIPT using a standard DTFDI to obtain this information using the exact same format as described below The data area passed when calling the PASSCARD function is as follows Start Position Length Field Description 1 4 TAPE 5 2 Identifier File Format VS VSAM IS ISAM FB Fixed Length Blocked FU Fixed Length Unblocked VB Variable Length Blocked VU Variable Length Unblocked UN Undefined 7 8 Identifier Value s VS N ot used IS N ot used FB bbbbb 5 digit unsigned zoned decimal blocksize III 3 digit unsigned zoned decimal blocking factor i e number of logical records per block FU bbbbb 5 digit unsigned zoned decimal blocksize kkk 3 digit unsigned zoned decimal key length Use 000 if no key VB bbbbb 5 digit unsigned zoned decimal blocksize XXX Not used VU bbbbb 5 digit unsigned zoned decimal blocksize kkk 3 digit unsigned zoned decimal key length Use 000 if no key UN Not used Page 138 GETTAPE Sub Program BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Assembler Example of call to PASSCARD for Fixed Blocked Records CALL PASSCARD FILEINFO FILEINFO DS OCL14 DC CL4 TAPE DC CL2 FB DC CL5 00800 DC CL3 010 Assembler Example of cal
74. labeled tape files stacked or single DTAPE AABBBCCCDDDDDEEEEE is specified when restoring VSAM or ISAM files from a data tape Parameter values are AA NO Tracks cylinder overflow 00 VSAM BBB NO Logical records physical block 000 VSAM CCC Key length Page 178 Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE EOF Y ERROR EXITISAABBBCCCDDDDDEEEEE DDDDD Logical record length EEEEE Starting position of key counting from 1 EB XXXXX EB XXXXX extent begin is used during volume logical restore to set the relative track starting address for all generated extent cards If EB NO is specified no extent cards are generated If EB RNNNNNN is specified extent cards are generated so the first starts at the NNNNNN and each succeeding file is contiguous with the last allowing relocation and reorganization of disk space If EB RS is specified an inplace reorganization is indicated where each file stays on the disk s it resided on during backup EB RS requires the use of the AREA parameter to define the area s of the disk s being reorganized ES S EOF YES is used to indicate that the saving copying of an extent of a non VSAM file on a CKD disk is to cease once the hardware EOF is detected For VSAM files EOF S can be used to specify that file saving copying is to continue until a software EOF is found without regard to t
75. made due to lack of unassigned programmer logical unit s If SAVE RESTORE LOGICAL VTOC is in operation a contiguous set of sysno s is required one for each disk in the disk pool specified by the SV RV parameter Action Use the IBM LISTIO command to display the partition assignments If possible unassign enough programmer logical units to allow the assignments to be made and re run the job Dispo The job is canceled N ote The logical units must be permanently unassigned DOCTOR 182 VSAM VOLUME XXXXXX REQUIRED RC 128 Cause SA S has determined that this volume contains data for the duster being saved but the volumeis not currently mounted Action Mount the correct volume and press ENTER or type CANCEL to cancel the job Dispo The SYSTEM waits for an operator response DOCTOR 183 NON EXISTENT VOLSER ENTERED RC 128 Cause A disk VOLSER entered via SVOL or RVOL cannot be located Action Check to see that the VOLSER s entered by SV RV are valid and that the required disk s is online and ready Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 184 CATALOG ERROR nn DETECTED TYPE C TO CANCEL I TO SKIP THE ALE RC 128 Cause THE VSAM catalog being accessed appears to be corrupted and required information cannot be found Action Type C to cancd the job or I to ignore the file and continue with the backup DOCTOR 186 CANADATE OR SPECIHED VOLUME DOES NOTEXISTORIS NOTONLINE Action Enter R to RETRY after readying D to DROP volser f
76. note however that these examples and JCL statements are for illustrative purposes only Users are expected to modify then as required by their specific requirements and environment Compatbility Dr D is compatible with any IBM system ES90xx 30xx 43xx or plug compatible CPU operating under the VSE ESA VSE SP VSE or DOS MVT VSE operating systems and any disk or tape device supported by those operating systems Page 2 Introduction BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE J ob Control Language Examples The examples in the following section illustrate the JCL setup for Dr D Note For specific JCL follow the examples JOB NONAME BRSSGN SYSOO7 01 BL TAPETWO BL TAPE003 BL TAPEOU 02 OR DLBL TAPEOU EXTENT SYS ASSGN SYSO008 03 BRSSGN SYSO006 ASSGN SYSO05 TLBL TAPEIN 04 OR DLBL TAPEIN EXTENT SYS DLBL ANYFILE ETC 05 EXTEN E 06 EXTEN Ca 07 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K 08 CONTROL STATEMENTS 09 10 amp 11 General Notes If neither SAVING nor RESTORING steps 01 04 may be omitted Dr D reads and writes to the SYSLOG console It reads control cards from any SYSIPT unit record card reader tape drive or disk extent SYSIPT data may also be included in a procedure librar
77. of a backup tape PUNCH PUNCH Provides a quick and easy method for creating IDCA MS control statements for defining VSAM files and DLBL for EXTENT JCL statements LDIRECTORY LIST DIRECTORY Provides a library directory listing similar to the LIBR directory listing but with a number of improvements such as a two up format Members may be selected by sub library member type generic member name and last change date time stamp VERIFY VERIFY Generates IDCAMS verify for file Page 208 Appendix VIII Table of Save Restore or Copy Commands BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE or group of files BUILD BUILDAIX Invokes the Dr D VSAM build alternate index feature This feature will also save restore or copy aVSAM cluster during the alternate index build SORT SORT The DR D sort function allows one or more files on a tape or disk backup file processable by DR D to be extracted and sorted MC MCREATE The mini disk create function allows the user to create a VSE Mini Disk under VSE without the use of the IBM DSF utility DFIX DATEFIX This function allows the expiration date of selected files to be set to 99 366 so that the files will be considered permanent by the operating system NOTE 1 Specifying RE AL or RE CU are equivalent Whether the disk is restored in its entirety or just the active portions depends on whether SA AL or SA CU was in effect whe
78. on one Dr D control statement LRECSIZE XXXXX LR XXXXX where XXXXX is a one to five digit fidd specifying the logical record length for SD files so that a logical record count may be produced if used in combination with UPSI XX1 Also required to properly restore fixed length SD files to disk not required for undefined or variable LST SYSNNN LST NNN The LST parameter is used to specify a SYS number for listing the Dr D control statements as entered It should be entered on an initial NOP statement and a POWER LST card must be included in the JCL LST CLASS xX DISP K LST SY S005 ER X M EMBER X where X is either S Select or R Reject It may be specified whenever saving copying or restoring a library If specified it tals Dr D to select only those members of the library Books Phases Modules or Procedures that meet Select or don t meet Reject the selection criteria Following the control card containing the ME SE RE parameter are the selection control cards having the following formats SOURCE STATEMENT NON SOURCE STATEMENT SIS SUB LIBRARY 123456789 12345678 MMMMMMMM ISMEMBER SMMMMMMMM MMMMMMMM An S Select or R Reject may be placed in column 13 of any control card to override the ME SE RE specification thus allowing subsets of selected groups to be rejected Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords Page 185 BIM Dr D Doctor D USE
79. record field and a specified constant It may be the sign for comparing equal the lt for less than the gt for greater than and NE for not equal Following the logical operator is the constant data to be compared to the record field This constant must be of an appropriate format to match the type field specified by the field locator If packed decimal is specified the length of the record field is determined by scanning for the sign in the rightmost position If a character field includes blanks enclose the constant in quotes H exadecimal fields must have an even number of proper hexadecimal digits 0 F The following are examples of the SELECT statement 1 Select records containing FLORIDA starting in position 45 SE ECT C45 FLORIDA 2 Select records having a value greater than 512 in the packed decimal field starting in position 12 SELECT P12 gt 512 Select records having a value less than x 0000B800 in the field starting in position 138 ww SELECT X138 lt 0000B800 4 Select records that do not have DEAD in position 1000 SELECT C1000 NE DEAD VSAM Data File Functions Page 47 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Complex Record Selection Complex record selection can be specified by using the logical connectors V or and amp and and if necessary parentheses to insure correct evaluation of the expression Some
80. statement if SF only is present a backup is assumed if RF only is present a restore is assumed if both are present a copy is assumed and the AIX is built from the output cluster This allows a file to be reorganized at the same time AI X s are being created The BUILD function is dependent on information generated by the Dr D auto define feature so AUTO YES must be in effect during the BUILD if a restore is being performed the corresponding backup must have used AUTO Partition and execute size will vary depending on which sort program is used and whether SVA eligible phases are in the SVA If aRESTORE COPY method is used more GETVIS space is needed for VSAM buffers For best performance use the largest partition possible and the Dr D VB and AB parameters Along with the SF and RF keywords the AF keyword must be used to specify the DD DLBL name s for the AIX s to be built If a one or two digit number is entered then it specifies the number of alternate indexes to be built and causes Dr D to generate DD DLBL names in the following format AlXaabb where aa is the number of the FUNCTION BUILD command and bb is the aix file number The aa is a sequential number that is reset at each Dr D execution The bb is a sequential number that is reset for every FUNCTION BUILD command VSAM Data File Functions Page 39 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE If the AF operand is not a one or two di
81. subject of SAVE YYY is the subject of RESTORE on the control statement Cause An attempt is made to restore one type of save as another type of restore i e Save PR but RESTORE S or SAVE APP but RESTORE DATA Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 10 RESTORING ALXXXX OVERFLOWS ALLOCATED DISK AREA RC 128 Where FILXXXxX is a default or explicit file name Cause For COPY RESTORE PH Dr D has exceeded the RH disk address For COPY RESTORE DA Dr D has exceeded the allocated extent SD or DA Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 11 INVALID OPERAND RMODE X RC 128 Where X isthe operand of RMODE specified on the control statement Cause RMODE may ether be l for image S for squeeze U for update or A for addon Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 12 INVALID PHYSICAL ADDRESSES CC CHH C CC HH FOR SYSXXX C UU A YYYY RC 128 Where CCCHH are the extent start and stop addresses where CCC the cylinder and HH is the head number SYSXXX is the default or explicit SYS number CUU is the device address pointed to by the SYS number YYYY is the type of disk ather a 2311 for a 2311 disk 2314 for a 2314 or 2319 disk 3330 for a 3330 disk 334a for a 3340 m35 disk 334b for a 3340 m70 disk 3350 for a 3350 disk 3375 for a 3375 disk Appendix X Dr D Messages Page 217 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE 3380 for a 3380 disk FBA for an FBA disk Cause Either you have exceeded the cylinder or head capacity of the particular type of dis
82. the disk gt SAVE ALL SV VMSRES SHALT 9914 unload the tape gt SA NOP TAPE RUN amp Page 50 Volume Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 3 Selective VTOC driven backup CKD DISK ONLY Save a 3380 disk VOLSER CKD801 excluding VSAM data spaces and any files in cylinders 0 10 Also exclude any files whose ID s are prefixed with SORT or contain the word TEMP JOB EXAMPLE 3 SAV ENT VOLUME BACKUP ASSGN SYS007 280 TC REW SYS007 TLBL TAPEOUT EXEC DRD SIZE 200K set global options gt SAVE NOP UPSI 111 PRINT LIST CP YES save the disk gt SAVE CUR SV CKD801 EX YES VSAM NO PART RE limit disk area gt 1100 reject SORT files gt SORT reject TE S TEMP end of selectors gt unload the tape gt SA NO 9999 99 Example 4 Save DOSRES for standalone restore This example assumes that a tape manager is used and so uses two TLBL statements This is necessary due to the fact that DR D closes the tape after the SAVE PL is completed and re opens it for the actual backup The format of the TLBL should be set to conform to the tape manager being used Note that the TD is used to point the backup to the correct TLBL B EXAMPLE 4A STANDALONE WITH TAPE first file on tape gt BL TAPEOUT DRD STANDALONE 1 2nd file on tape BL BACKUP DOSRES BACKUP 2 EC
83. the first control statement in the conversion job stream unless specified viaa EXEC statement parm CONVERT aaaaaa EOD bbb EOJ NO YES PWREOJ NO YES CMS ccc SAVE TFNI TFNO COVERT aaaaaa specifies the name of the OEM product to be converted WEST specifies Westinghouse Disk Utility System DUSP specifies Blueline Disk Utility System MAXBACK specifies Blueline M axback System FAVER specifies Faver System EOD bbb specifies the end of input delimiter statement The default delimiter is a statement You may specify any character string for the delimiter as long as e no imbedded blanks are included e bbb doesn t start with e bbb doesn t exceed column 72 EROJ YES specifies that a amp job control statement is to be added after the end of job is encountered for each job to be converted NO is the default PWREOJ YES specifies that a EOJ Power JECL statement is to be added after the end of job is encountered for each job to be converted NO is the default CMS ccc provides a conversion interface for VM CMS users CMS FN FT specifies that the conversion output on SYSPCH be preceded with a CMS READ statement with a specific filename and filetype The CMS filename and filetype specification must be enclosed within quotes CMS YES will cause a CMS READ statement to be generated for each job in the input stream The filename generated will be extracted fro
84. the one drive Note that this can allow the ipl d drive to be released for other use once restoring begins Message 36 appears lt DOCTOR 36 ENTER RESTORE DISK CUU Enter the CUU of the disk to be restored to and overwritten by the saved disk If the VOLSER of the restored disk is to be changed from that saved enter CUU VOLSER Message 996 appears lt DOCTOR 996 ENTER VOLSER OF DISK TO RESTORE If the disk to be restored is not the next thing on the tape you must enter the VOLSER of the saved disk as a search argument Enter it anyway if you re not sure Message 16 appears DOCTOR 16 RESTORING TO PACK VOL SER NO Hit enter to RESTORE type C to terminate Message 66 appears DOCTOR 66 SAVE TAPE CREATED ON Hit enter to RESTORE type C to terminate 12 The RESTORE continues until an EOJ MSG appears lt DOCTOR 40 VOLUME RESTORE COMPLETED TYPE END OR HIT ENTER If another disk is to be restored hit enter or type END to terminate processing If you wish to restore from another tape mount it on the drive currently in use You may also type U for unload if you want DR D to unload the tape just completed before restoring from another tape you mount on the same drive Warning Remember that only SAVE ALL CUR PHYS backups may be restored standalone Page 68 Volume Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 1 Save DOSRES for Standalone Restore This job stream saves the DOSRES for use in a p
85. the program in the restore or save mode but does not restore or save anything It is intended to be used in conjunction with TA XXX only Example 7 Save and unload tape amp These examples demonstrate a correct and incorrect approach to saving a disk on 131 to a tape on 280 and then unloading the tape Correct JOB RUN USED RIGHT TLBL TAPEOUT ASSGN SYS001 131 ASSGN SYS007 280 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE ALL SAVE NOP TAPE RUN Page 126 Miscellaneous Operations BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Incorrect JOB RUN USED WRONG TLBL TAPEO ASSGN SYSO ASSGN SYSO EXEC DRD SIZI SAVE ALL TAPE R amp Example 8 Copy using intermediary scratch tape Copy a disk on 131 to one on 132 and a disk on 133 to one on 134 Don t go disk to disk instead use a scratch tape as an intermediary JOB DISK TO TAPE TO DISK APEOUT SCRATCH APEIN SCRATCH SYS010 131 SYS011 132 SYS012 133 SYS013 134 SYS007 280 SYS008 280 DRD SIZE 200K iL SSYSNO SYS010 APE REW 1L RSYSNO SYSO011 P TAPE REW iL SSYSNO SYS012 APE REW iL RSYSNO SYS013 If multiple volume backups are made on the same tape or set of tapes the tape may be positioned for restore by use of the SKIP or FIN D parameters If SKIP INN
86. unexpired when compared to the IPL date 3 EXPIRED NNNNN Saves only those files that are unexpired when compared to the IPL DATE NNNNN 4 EXPIRED YYDDD Saves only those files that are unexpired when compared to the Julian date YYDDD The PARTIAL SELECT parameter allows files to be selected during either the backup or restore operation The files may be selected on either an individual or generic group basis The control cards for the selection follow the function control card with the desired file I D in 1 44 You may also use the DD parameter to specify a file to be selected rejected by the file id in a DLBL statement The FILESIZE selector may also be used with PARTIAL to select files by their sizes see FILESIZE in the keyword section To select files on a generic basis replace any D positions to be ignored with a null character The assumed null character is the but can be set to any value through use of the NULL X parameter If an asterisk is coded the portion of the I D to the right of that position is considered null Files may also be selected by scanning the ID for a specified string by coding S in columns 1 3 preceding the search string field Additionally the effect of any selector card can be reversed by coding REVERSE to the right of the selection data with at least one space separating i e if the effect of the selector card is to select the file it would instead be rejected an
87. unique The defined size of the AIX key must therefore be four bytes larger to accommodate the suffix and must be defined as NOUPGRADE If UNIQUE A is specified and the AIX is defined as UNIQUE then duplicate keys are dropped If specified on the FUNCTION BUILD control statement UNIQUE then applies to each of the AIX s created by that statement If PARTIAL SELECT is specified then each AIX can have its own UNIQUE keyword allowing for instance all to be UNIQUE YES with some being UNIQUE NO or UNIQUE A and vice versa Page 40 VSAM Data File Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 1 Define altemate index and associated path JOB DEFINE ALTERNATE INDEX AND PATH LBL IJSYSUC VSAM USER CATALOG VSAM EC IDCAMS SIZE AUTO EFINE AIX E DATA MASTER AIX ELATE DATA MASTER BASE LOCKS 1000 1000 EYS 14 7 ECORDSIZE 10 2048 NONUNIQUEKEY DATA E DATA MASTER AIX D DEFINE H NAME A MASTER AIX PATH Example 2 Build altemate index during save of base cluster This example builds a single alternate index A1X0101 during the save of the base cluster BASE A sort work fileSSORTWK1 is required and may need to be assigned to SYS010 DR D specifies SYSO10 to the sort but the number of sort work files and the SYSNOs used can be varied by use of the DRD WORK keyword
88. update of the VSE ADD statements would be required If spare PUBS are available the new mini disk s can be linked to VSE readied by use of the VSE DVCUP command and then be used by VSE adjust the VTOC at that time if desired Before each mini disk is created the DOCTOR 190 warning message is issued and an operator response is required before the mini is created Double check the RV RB and RH parameters to avoid the accidental destruction of mini disks or user files Example 1 Create four 100 cylinder mini disk on a CKD device JOB CREATE FOUR CKD MINI DISKS EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNC MC RVOLSER CKD111 VO MINI01 RBEGIN 00100 RHAL1 FUNC MC RVOLSER CKD111 VO MINI02 RBEGIN 10100 RHAL1 FUNC MC RVOLSER CKD111 VO MINI03 RBEGIN 20100 RHAL1 FUNC MC RVOLSER CKD111 VO MINI04 RBEGIN 30100 RHAL1 iS iS iS iS Example 2 Create four 10 000 block mini disk on an FBA DEVICE JOB CREATE FOUR FBA MINI DISKS EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNC MC RVOLSER FBA111 VO MINIO1 RBEGIN 00020 RHALT 10019 FUNC MC RVOLSER FBA111 VO MINI02 RBEGIN 10020 RHALT 20019 FUNC MC RVOLSER FBA111 VO MINI03 RBEGIN 20020 RHALT 30019 FUNC MC RVOLSER FBA111 VO MINI04 RBEGIN 30020 RHALT 40019 amp Page 94 NON VSAM SD and DA Data Files BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 3 Move and resize a m
89. using RESTORE C URRENT C KD DISK ONLY This example reorganizes cylinders 1 300 and 600 849 of a 3380 disk previously saved by SAVE CURRENT No cylinder boundary alignment is needed B EXAMPLE 10 REORGANIZE SELECTED AREAS TLBL TAPEI Ss ASSGN SYS008 280 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K set global options gt RESTORE NOPERATION UPSI 111 PRINT YES restore the disk gt REST CURRENT RV MYVSER AREA COMPACT ALIGN NO cyl 1 300 gt 100 30014 cyl 600 849 gt 60000 84914 nd area specs gt unload the tape gt RESTORE NOP TAPE RUN amp Example 11 Compacting EPIC pool space CKD DISK ONLY EPIC pool space can be compacted by DRD one disk at a time using the SAVE CURRENT volume backup and restore as follows JOB EXAMPLE 11 COMPACT EPIC POOL SPACE BL TAPEOUT BL TAPEI ASSGN SYS007 XXX C REW SYS007 ASSGN SYS008 SYS007 DLBL for EPIC cat gt DLBL IJSYSDS EPIC DSN EXTENT SYS003 assgn for EPIC cat gt ASSGN SYS003 YYY EXEC DRD SIZE 200K set global options gt SA NO UP 111 CP YES save the disk gt SA CU SV DISK01 EX YES HV YES rewind the tape gt SA NO TA RE restore amp
90. value is unsatisfactory Image mode is assumed Page 60 Volume Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Setting RM S Squeeze will cause Dr D to restore the extent putting the maximum number of records it can fit on each track Consider the following A user saves three tracks of a 3380 that looked like this TRACK 1 15000 BYTE REC 15000 BYTE REC TRACK 2 NO RECORDS ERASED TRACK TRACK 3 15000 BYTE REC 5000 BYTE REC Copying or Restoring those three tracks with RMS would yield the exact same layout TRACK 1 15000 BYTE REC 15000 BYTE REC TRACK 2 NO RECORDS ERASED TRACK TRACK 3 15000 BYTE REC 5000 BYTE REC However if the same operation is done with RM S the Copied Restored tracks would look like TRACK 1 15000 BYTE REC 15000 BYTE REC 15000 BYTE REC TRACK 2 5000 BYTE REC TRACK 3 UNTOUCHED Two additional values may be entered for the RMODE A and U Setting RM A Addon will cause Dr D to restore copy the input blocks adding them at the CCHHR address specified by the RBEGIN parameter in Squeeze mode If RM U is specified then the contents of each input block is UPDATED into the existing blocks of the output extent allowing individual blocks on a track to be updated without erasing other blocks on that track Example 3 Physically copy tracks This example corrects the problem with the VTOC as described earlier JOB P3 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K set
91. 1 ASSGN SYS008 280 TLBL TAPEIN MY RI EXEC DRD SIZE 200 RES TORE SRELO Note That the preceding two examples have also created a back up of the relocatable library and condensed it Page 158 Stabilized Components BIM Dr D Doctor D Example 12 Merge 3380 System Source library to 3350 pack USERS GUIDE This example assumes a system is IPLed from a 3380 SYSRES A non resident 3350 SYSRES pack exists on 131 The job merges the 3380 system source statement library to the library on the 3350 pack JOB L12 ASSGN SYS004 131 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K COPY SSOURCE RSYSNO SYS004 LIB ADD Summary of Control Card Format for System Libraries Save a System Library E SCORE SSYSNO SYSXXxX SRELO SSOURCE SPROC Restore a System Library E SCORE RSYSNO SYSXXX LIBRARY OLD SRELO LIBRARY ADD SSOURCE SPROC PPROC Copy a System Library SA SCORE RE SCORE SSYSNO SYSXXX RSYSNO SYSXXX LIBRARY OLD COPY SCOR LIBRARY ADD SAVE SRELO RESTORE SRELO SAVE SSOURCE RESTORE SSOURCE COPY SRELO COPY SSOURCE SAVE SPROC RESTORE SPROC COPY SPROC_ Stabilized Components BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Default SSYSNO SYSRES RSYSNO SYSRES EXCEPT FOR SYSTEM CORE
92. 111 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION TAPETEST TAPE Page 152 Dr D Tape Test Feature BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Stabilized Components Saving Restoring Copying ISAM Data Files To work with an ISAM file specify SAVE COPY RESTORE DATA ISAM Specify SFILEN A M E when SAVE COPY DATA is specified to inform Dr D of the files to be read Likewise specify RFILENAME when COPY RESTORE DATA is specified DLBL and extents must be provided for either in the standard labels or JCL for those files If COPY DATA both SF and RF must be specified and they must be unique FA Y ES invokes the special feature for fast ISAM writes which requires about 20K of additional memory The restore file s extents are completely independent of the save file s They may differ in size placement split cylinder specifications and types of disk drives Additionally ISAM files may be rebuilt with or without a master cylinder index just by the extent card s presence or absence By the use of NRECDS xXx the blocking factor of an ISAM file may be altered upon restoration Further using CYLOFLO XX as the operand will alter the file s cylinder overflow option upon restoring Records may be deleted from an ISAM file by specifying DELETE PPPPHH where PPPP is the position relative to one of a one byte delete code and HH represents the code in hexadecimal To delete all records having the cha
93. 128 Cause During eather a save or restore a DSN parameter was specified However Dr D cannot locate the control file due to three reasons 1 No DLBL extents for file named Dr D 2 SYSNO on extent card not pointing to DASD or 3 VTOC of disk does not contain file information Action Reply l to ignore and continue or else reply C to cancel DOCTOR 80 CTL ENTRY NOT PRESENT FOR DSN XXXXXXXX RC 128 Where XXXXXXXxX is the subject of a DSN operand Cause During a restore a DSN was specified but it has no corresponding entry in the control file Action Reply l to ignore and continue or else reply C to cancel DOCTOR 81 LAST SAVE FOR DSN XXXXXXXX WAS ON DD DD DD ATTI TFTTON TAPE NNNNN RC 128 Where XXXXXXXX is the subject of a DSN operand DD DD DD is the date of the last save according to the control file TT TT TT is the time of the last save according to the control file NNNNNN isthe volume serial number of the last save tape Cause During a restore with DSN specified the date and time of the last save disagrees with the date and time on the input tape Dispo Reply I to ignore and continue or else reply C to cancel DOCTOR 82 NO ROOM LEFTIN CTL ALE TO ENTER DSN XXXXXXXX OF DISK RC 128 Where XXXXXXXxX is the subject of a DSN operand Cause During a save a DSN was specified but there is no room left in the control file Action Enlarge the control file Reply l to ignore and continue or else reply
94. 13 10 54PM Bos 0 O 4089 4089 4096 5760B0 17280B0 0 0 0 0 o0 0 0 0 DOSRES 63104 5760 99 SPEED EXCPS 0 BUFF SPACE SYSWK1 NO ALLOCATION VSE TEXT REPSTORY FILE KSDS CREATED 1998 013 EXPIRES 1999 366 TIME STAMP 1998 229 04 33PM aps Al 0 500 4080 4096 4608B0 ZOB TO Cuba uae PATA 0 0 2709 Z2IMISWOSRE Sa ko 52 4608 61 adei 64B0 64B0 39 EXCPS 3288 BUFFSPACE 8704 DOSRES 76160 64 19 INDEX LEVELS 002 FILES OBJECTS LISTED 16 1v654 DR D LISTCAT BEES DA CHa MAD Secs LISTING OF VSAM CATALOG VSESP USER CATALOG 12 11 1998 PAGE 003 TIME STAMP SELECTOR NONE 01 46 PM DISK EXTENT TRACKS ORS BLOCKS VOLSER BEGIN TOTAL AVAILABLE LISTING OF GAP SIZE X NUMBER OF OCCURENCES OF THAT SIZE DOSRES 63104 62400 29248 29248X1 DISK TOTAL 62400 29248 SYSWK1 23 3928 2880 67968X1 236608 70016 DISK TOTAL 72896 CATALOG TOTAL 135296 Page 248 Appendix XI Sample Reports BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE 1DR D V654 LIBRARY DIRECTORY LISTING FOR 12 11 98 PAGE 001 TIME STAMP SELECTOR NONE BIM LIBRARY CURRENT VERSION 01 46 PM LIBRARY SIZE BLOCKS 40320 20636 51 1 FREE BLOCKS m BLOCKS NAME TYPE so d CREATED 73a aee CHANGED e3 s TOTAL CNIG SIZE NAME TYPE vea CREATHDE oes a r CHANGED s TOTAL CNIG SIZE oo eee REEERE EEBTM LIBRARY CURRENT VERS TON a DRD attain tore koe aD OCTORA SEP HAGE 98 08 13 Soe 98 0813 TOTAL 1920 DOCTOR PHASE 98 08 13 SOE IEO INAO ENOT TAL 71 69888 DOCTOR46 PHASE 98 08 13 159 98 108 fs
95. 1999 366 SYSWK1 472832 473855 472832 1024 8 24 1998 1999 366 DOSRES 2 59136 2 59134 8 24 1998 1999 366 DOSRES 310016 315071 310016 5056 8 17 1998 1999 366 SYSWK1 467648 467775 467648 128 VTAM TRACE FILE 9A171998 1999 366 SYSWK1 473856 476855 473856 3000 WORK HIST FILE 8 24 1998 8 31 1998 SYSWK1 59136 64191 59136 5056 29999992 VSAMDSPC TAFDB902 TB9BE8 9D 1 13 1998 1999 366 DOSRES 63104 125503 63104 62400 29999992 VSAMDSPC TAFDB902 TCA5FOCE 1 13 1998 1999 366 SYSWK1 236608 306623 236608 70016 29999992 VSAMDSPC TAFDB902 T7B50BCE 1 13 1998 1999 366 DOSRES 142464 297983 142464 155520 29999992 VSAMDSPC TAFDB902 T834F4BA 1 13 1998 1999 366 SYSWK1 64192 196671 64192 132480 29999992 VSAMDSPC TAFDB902 T9082927 1 13 1998 1999 366 SYSWK1 489088 754047 489088 264960 Z9999994 VSAMDSPC TAFDB902 TA4631FF 1 13 1998 1999 366 SYSWK1 233128 236601 299728 2880 Z9999996 VSAMDSPC TAFDB902 T65B6CD8 1 13 1998 1999 366 DOSRES 60224 63103 60224 2880 ICCF LIBRARY INFO ANALYSIS DUMP MGNT FILE INFO ANALYSIS EXT RINS FILE SYS NEW RES VSE DUMP LIBRARY VSE HARDCOPY FILE DEVTEPIC ESA23 VSE HARDCOPY FILE DEVTEPI2 ESA23 VSE HARDCOPY FILE DEVTEPI3 ESA23 VSE HARDCOPY FILE TECHEPIC VSE23 VSE HARDCOPY TEILE VSE22 CILLEI VSE POWER ACCOUNT FILE VSE POWER DATA FILE VSE POWER QUEUE FILE VSE RECORDER FILE VSE SYSRES LIBRARY VSE SYSTEM HES TORY EGE VSESP JOB MANAGER FILE Z2Z2Z22Z222222222222222424 FILES LISTED 28 1189724 1V654 DR D LIST VTIOC DOSRES SYS
96. 260 amp PRS261 RESTORE TO PR 261 PHASE SELECT TYPE PHASE IJZ SELECT MEMBERS PREFIXED BY IJZ RESTORE NOP TAPE RUN amp Both LIB EW and LIB ADD are supported LIB ADD is assumed with restored members always re using their space if they arein the receiving library If the LIB OLD function is needed either allow LIB N EW to empty the library or use the IBM LIBR program to delete the desired library sub library member In any case if LIB OLD is specified LIB A DD will be used instead If PRINT YES is specified along with UPSI XX1 a list of all members saved restored or copied is produced on SYSLST If PRINT BOTH and UPSI XX1 are specified the member list is produced on SYSLOG and SYSLST VSE SP Library Functions Page 107 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Library Space Considerations In estimating library space requirements a good rule of thumb is about 10 of the library will be needed for directory and high level indexes If the library fills up during RESTORE COPY the members up to the one noted in message 74 are restored and the library is intact use the LIB EXTEND feature if you wish to enlarge the library When determining whether a member will fit an estimate is made of the number of additional directory blocks and higher level indexes needed This estimate insures the successful completion of the RESTORE COPY but may allow one or two more blocks than are actually n
97. 3 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE DT AABBBCCCDDDDDEEEEE where AA is the number of tracks for Cylinder Overflow BBB is the number of logical records per Physical Block CCC is the length of the key DDDDD is the length of the Logical Record and EEEEE is the position in the logical record where the key begins counting from one With either Dr D or Data Tape input to a restore FAST ISAM write may be invoked with FA YES For ISAM restores the DLBL file type must be ISC for SAVES it may be ISC or ISE ISE only if SAVESSAM ISAM files are reorganized when restored If duplicate or out of sequence records are encountered you have the option of GNORE or CANCEL During save operations out of sequence records are counted and the count displayed on SYSLOG if UPSI XX1is set Example 6 Save ISAM file to tape This example saves an ISAM file to tape JOB D6 DLBL ISAMFLE MASTER 99 365 ISC EXTENT SYS001 111111 4 1 40 20 EXTENT SYS002 222222 1 2 20 3980 TLBL TAPEOUT ASSGN SYS007 280 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE DATA SFILE ISAMFLE Example 7 Restore ISAM file This example restores the file saved in example 6 JOB D7 ISAMFLE MASTER 99 365 ISC ENT SYSO001 111111 4 1 40 20 ENT SYS002 222222 1 2 20 3980 APEIN ASSGN SYS008 280 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K
98. 3 28 Data File FUNCUIONS ceseesseeseeeeeees 13 Device Independence 28 File Delete FUNCION 33 File Rename Feature 18 File Verify FUnIOn sssi 38 IDCAMS Override Feature 29 IDCAMS Punch Function sses 92 LISTCAT Function sesser 31 Logical Operators 47 Multivolume Catal 006 cceeeeeeee 29 RESLOMIAG sce ccitceds esacscasectz aise 23 SAVING sii tester esunviies seen 23 Summary of Control Card Formats 27 TUNING Features eeeeeeeeeteteteteteeeeeeees 35 Unique File Backup Restore 21 25 VSAM S scuri iian 197 VSE SP Library Function Examples arne Rien eet ane 106 Library Create Extend cece 108 Library Space Considerations 108 Saving Restoring COpying 105 Summary of Control Card Formats 109 VSE SP List Directory Function s 110 VST RES iiccanisneinnintainanintes 197 VTOC Expiration Date Modify 96 VTOC File Delete FUNCtION c cece 90 VTOC Move FUNCTION sssr 89 VUSES aiia niii iiai 15 16 197 Ww WANT Si aaia ai 197 WORK ccscsssssssssssesesssscscncecncseacecesetenesesenees 197 Working With Tape Files 121 WRS iaioa n ean Nan 198 WSS einna aa aiaa a aTa 198 X KL E EE E E 198 Page 254 BIM Dr D
99. 3330 334A for 3340 M35 334B for 3340 M70 3350 for 3350 3375 for 3375 3380 for 3380 3390 for 3390 FBA for FBA DOCTOR 36 ENTER RESTORE DISK C UU Cause During a standalone restore Dr D needs to know the device address of the restore disk Action Respond with the 3 digit channel and unit number of the disk drive If CUU VOLSER is entered the restored disk will have its volser changed to the VOLSER value DOCTOR 37 PROGRAM CHECK Cause A software error has occurred during a standalone restore Action Rerun If the problem recurs take a standalone core dump and contact product support Dispo The job enters permanent wait state DOCTOR38 MACHINE CHECK Cause An unexpected machine check has occurred during a standalone restore Action Rerun the job Dispo The job enters permanent wait state DOCTOR 39 UNREC OVERABLE ERROR ON TAPE Cause A tape read error occurred during a standalone restore Action Clean the tape drive or use another drive and rerun Dispo The job enters permanent wait state Page 220 Appendix X Dr D Messages BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE DOCTOR 40 VOLUME RESTORE COMPLETED TYPE END OR HITENTER TO CONTINUE Cause The standalone restore of a disk is completed Dispo If more disks are to be restored hit enter If finished type EN D DOCTOR 41 UNREC OVERABLE ERROR ON DISK Cause A non correctable disk I O error has occurred during a restore Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOC
100. 456789A BCDEF This operand is only used on COPY RESTORE DATA VSAM ISAM PSAM for VSA M ISA M PSAM files If omitted all records will be restored DIRTRKS XX CKD XXX FBA DIRTRKS XX where XX is a two three digit leading zero if necessary decimal number This operand may only be specified when COPY RESTORE PR PC PS PP and LI SN When restoring a private library PR PC PS PP and you are creating a library on a pack LI N CORGZ step the total size of the library is exactly the number of tracks blocks specified on the DLBL EXTENT cards for the library The number of tracks blocks for the directory of that library is computed by making it in the same ratio to total library blocks as the saved library This value may be overridden by specifying DIRTRKS XX XXX DM S E D This parameter is used during RESTORE LOGICAL VTOC processing to specify the name of a Disk Manager in effect to allocate space for the restore process If DM is entered a sysin file is produced with Space Manager JCL otherwise DLBL and extent entries are in normal VSE format with a constant starting track or FBA block number If DM is entered the disk manager is EPIC while DM D is used to specify DYNAM D DTAPE YES DTAPE YES is specified when saving restoring data files in data tape format The DTAPE parameter may be used for multiple file saves in a single execution producing multiple standard
101. AST YES USEREXIT NF USERPROG DTAPE YES SAVE NOP TAPE REWIND amp User Exits Page 99 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 3 J ob save with User Exit This example saves three VSAM files with user exit processing on the 2nd and 3rd file The user exits are named USER1 and USERZ JOB SAVE WITH USER EXIT TLBL TAPEOU ASSGN SYSOO7 ASSGN SYS007 TO TAPE IF NECESSARY DLBL A ORDER DATA BASE VSAM DLBL B MASTER CARTON DATA BASE VSAM DLBL C FILLED ORDER DATA VSAM EXEC DRD SIZE 300K SAVE NOP UPSI 111 PRINT YES BLOCKSIZE 65496 SAVE VSAM SFILE A VARIABLE YES FAST YES AUTO YES SAVE VSAM SFILE B VA YES FAST YES AUTO YES USEREXIT NF USER1 SAVE VSAM SFILE C VA YES FAST YES AUTO YES USEREXIT NF USER2 SAVE NOP TAPE REWIND Example 4 J ob restore with User Exit Example 2 restores the files saved in Example 1 with identical user exit processing JOB RESTORE WITH USER EXIT TLBL TAPEI ASSGN SYS008 ASSGN SYS008 TO TAPE IF NECESSARY DLBL A ORDER DATA BASE VSAM D D BL B MASTER CARTON DATA BASE VSAM BL C FILLED ORDER DATA VSAM EXEC DRD SIZE 300K
102. BDDD specifies total library blocks and directory blocks for the library This operand is only required for CO SA RESTORE REORG It specifies the allocation for the new SYSRES library If it is omitted the allocation default is zero and the library is not created Specifying S Same in place of the CCCTT BBBBBBDDD operand causes Dr D to use the saved library s allocation PRINT YES NO LIST BOTH GLOBAL This option allows the user to reverse the assumed previously specified SYSLST print option If PR YES LIST BOTH isin effect a formatted report is produced on SYSLST If PR LIST is in effect non critical output is directed to SYSLST only PR BOTH is used by SP2 library functions to direct member lists to both SYSLST and SYSLOG In some cases the print option and upsi settings must be set in advance of the actual Save Restore operation so it is best to set the options on a NOP statement immediately after the EXEC statement Note That UPSI settings are required in conjunction with the print parameter use UPSI x11xxxxx RO YES NO RO YES specifies that the data portion of RO is to be saved or restored If the RO records are in standard format then it is usually not necessary to restore them and restore time can be reduced substantially Certain file types COBOL direct access and DBOMP do use the data portion of RO so care should be used in using this keyword even though those file types are rarely u
103. CTOR78 PHASE 98 08 13 259 98 08 13 10 7444 DOCTOR22 PHASE 98 08 13 BOE Sis oksi ikeh Aloe Gal 4000 DOCTOR80 PHASE 98 08 13 259 98 08 A13 T07 12056 DOCTOR23 PHASE 98 08 13 RSE 9870817 IOUE 2576 DOCTOR81 PHASE 98 08 13 359 98708 13107 2672 DOCTOR24 PHASE 98 08 13 AE E TA E DRAEN 478 DOCTOR82 PHASE 98 08 13 Bie Sieg Wey LOs 6064 DOCTOR25 PHASE 98 08 13 EETA TA E AMOS ab 8696 DOCTOR85 PHASE 98 08 13 259 98 08 13 10 7504 DOCTOR26 PHASE 98 08 13 GE Liev Aohsi ikic TOOL 2340 DOCTOR86 PHASE 98 08 13 259 98 08 13 10 9740 DOCTOR27 PHASE 98 08 13 SSEh Ce O A ALO Ss Oat 4094 DOCTOR87 PHASE 98 08 13 259 98 08 13 10 2869 DOCTOR29 PHASE 98 08 13 RSE SDUSA TA Moe 3271 DOCTOR88 PHASE 98 08 13 259 98 08 13 10 2395 DOCTOR31 PHASE 98 08 13 RSE Cero jks ATAR 3948 DOCTOR93 PHASE 98 08 13 99198708717 TO 3272 DOCTOR32 PHASE 98 08 13 AET ASE FAO ilo stil 7589 DOCTOR97 PHASE 98 08 13 799 198708713110 5150 DOCTOR33 PHASE 98 08 13 e e VAIE Ta ENA 5183 DOCTOR98 PHASE 98 08 13 9 59 98 08 13 10 4726 DOCTOR34 PHASE 98 08 13 595 98708713 0 101 11981 TYPE TOTAL MEMBERS 96 DOCTOR35 PHASE 98 08 13 soroa LOSAL TOROI 464 SUB LIBRARY DRD MEMBERS 96 DOCTOR36 PHASE 98 08 13 sF 98708A LI TOOT 1152 DOCTOR37 PHASE 98 08 13 2 59 98 08 13 10 01 1680 REPORT TOTAL MEMBERS 96 DOCTOR38 PHASE 98 08 13 59 98 08 13 10 01 PTA DOCTOR39 PHASE 98 08 13 S9 98708713 10 100 2447 DOCTOR40 PHASE 98 08 13 59 99 08 21 30 10 1104 DOCTOR41 PHASE 98 08 13 25 9999 087 1 3a OROL 2751
104. Convert control statement via the EXEC statement Parm JOB CONVERT CONVERT FAVER TO DR D BRSSGN SYSPCH PUNCH ASSGN SYS004 SYSIPT EXEC DRDCNVCU PARM CONVERT FAVER EOJ YES PWREOJ YES JOB JNM FAVER CLASS 0 DISP L LST CLASS A DISP D JOB FAVER ASSGN SYS000 180 DLBL TESTFLE VSAM TEST FILE VSAM TLBL FVRIN VSAM BACKUP EXEC GVRESTOR SIZE AUTO USER CATALOG ONE EMP STOR Appendix IX Dr D Conversion Utility Page 215 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Appendix X Dr D Messages The following error and write to operator messages are issued by Dr D Each message includes the probable reason for the message any action recommended and the disposition The messages are listed by the two or three digit DOCTOR number If return code processing is in effect see the RP keyword then any message that would cause cancellation will cause termination with return code 128 Any other message will cause termination with a return code of 1 7 depending on the severity of the condition causing the message The return code is printed on each message number line where applicable DOCTOR 00 ID XXX XX NOTON SYSXXX C UU RC 128 Where XXX XXX is the file identification Cause The stated file identifi
105. D Cause An invalid value was specified for one of the CONVERT keywords DRDCNVCU 06 OPEN FAILED FOR XXXXXX Cause An OPEN request failed for the file xxxxxx DRDC NVC U 07 NO INPUT REC ORDS PROCESSED Cause No control statements were found in the input file DRDCNVCU 08 CONVERSION FAILED RC nnn Cause Based upon the RC nnn code 001 Invalid calling function 002 Insufficient virtual storage 003 Conversion module failed 004 No control statements to convert 005 Execstatement conversion failure 006 Unknown conversion error code 007 Print I O error occurred DRDC NVC U 10 INVALID CONVERT STATEMENT KEYWORD Cause An invalid keyword was specified in the Convert control statement DRDCNVCU 11 INPUTRECORDS READ NN NNN Cause All of the input records have been read DRDCNVCU 12 OUTPUTRECORDS WRITIEN NN NNN Cause The conversion completed successfully and a count of the records written to the punch file is being displayed DRDCNVRS 02 INVALID STATEMENT FORMAT Cause The format of this statement is not valid DRDCNVRS 03 INVALID COMMAND NAME ccc Cause The command ccc is not valid for this type of conversion Page 244 Appendix X Dr D Messages BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE DRDC NVRS 04 INVALID SPEC AELD XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX Cause An invalid specification was encountered in this control statement DRDCNVRS 05 CONVERTLOGIC ERROR NNN Cause A logic error occurred during the conversion Please contact BIM
106. D SIZE 200K set globals gt COPY NOP UPSI 011 PRINT YES copy the disk gt COPY ALL VO NEWVOL amp Summary of Contol Card Format for Dr D Volume Operations IPLable Tape Creates an PLable tape for standalone volume restore E IPL LAB Save Entire Disk Saves entire disk E ALL SSYSNO SYSXXX BLOCKSIZE NNNNN CPRE Save Active Areas Saves active areas of a disk E CURRENT SSYSNO SYSXXX E F F ES NO NNN YYDDD OCKSIZE NNNNN CPRESS YES Restore from SAVE ALL backup RESTORE ALL RSYSNO SYSXXX RVOLSER VVVVVV ARE FIND XXXXXX TI SYSXXX BLOCKSIZE NNNNN VOLSER VOLOUT VVVVVV Page 58 Volume Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Restore from SAVE C URRENT bac kup ESTORE CURRENT RSYSNO SYSXXxX RVOLSER VVVVVV TI SYSXXX AREA SELECT REJECT COMPACT ALIGN NO YES ALL RFILE XXXXXXX FIND XXXXXX SIDENT II II BLOCKSIZE NNNNN VOLSER VOLOUT VVVVVV Copy Entire Disk COPY ALL SSYSNO SYSXXX RSYSNO SYSXXX SHALT X SVOLSER VVVVVV RVOLSER XXXXXX VOLSER VOLOUT VVVVVV Copy Active Areas COPY CUR SSYSNO SYSXXX RSYSNO SYSXXX EOF YES SVOLSER VVVVVV RVOLSER XXXXXX VOLSER
107. D will skip over XXXXX number of files on the tape SLIBRARY CCCTT CKD BBBBBBDDD FBA For CKD SL CCCTT where CCC is a three digit decimal number leading zeroes representing the number of cylinders to be allocated to SYSTEM source statement library and TT is a two digit decimal number leading zero representing the number of tracks for that SYSTEM libraries directory For FBA Disk BBBBBB is the total library size in blocks DDD the directory size in blocks This is only specified on CO RE REORG It specifies the allocation for the new SYSRES library If it is omitted the allocation default is zero and the library is not created Specifying S Same in place of the CCCTT BBBBBBDDD operand causes Dr D to use the saved libraries allocation SMODE XXX The SM SELECT MODE keyword is used to change the selection logic when files or library members are selected for processing At this time only the VTOC driven functions use this keyword with SMODE A used to cause files to be selected only if they begin on one of the specified volumes SOPTION DATA INDEX SHARE OPTION GLOBAL The SOPTION DD II keyword is used to override the VSAM share options used to define files by the Dr D auto define feature The data share options are entered first and the index next with the separating them This is a global option and remains in effect throughout the execution or until reentered use SO N to term
108. DDDD SV XXXXXX where XXXXXX is 6 alphanumeric characters representing a volume serial number If specified when saving or copying Dr D will locate the disk having the specified volser s and make appropriate assignments if possible If an assignment cannot be made or the sysno has been specified and the assumed specified sysno is assigned to a disk Dr D will read the volser and compare it to that specified requesting that the correct disk be mounted if possible For save logical VTOC up to 30 volsers may be entered to designate the pool of disks from which individual files are to be saved SWORD XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX are one to eight characters representing the password of the VSAM file being saved SYNC YES SYNC YES YES is the only valid operand is specified when COPY or RESTORE DATA SD and DA files Normally Dr D will treat a multi extent output disk area as one contiguous prime data area Specifying SYNC YES will cause the same number of records to be written in each extent as were read from the saved extent the save and restore extents are synchronized Thus when SY NC YES parameter is used the number of extents in the saved and restored files must be the same and each restore extent must be large enough to contain the number of records to contain its corresponding save extent TAPE XXX TAPE XXxX where XXX is either REW RUN or NOR Not valid if TAPEIN or TAPEOUT are disk files
109. DOCTOR42 PHASE 98 08 13 BSS SieyOsi Abs 100I 4332 DOCTOR43 PHASE 98 08 13 159 98 08 13 10 01 8040 DOCTOR44 PHASE 98 08 13 159 987 08 13 10 01 4660 ja onu WRUBONONE WRUBONWNE HHEN OD IT HEEN oouo a x ARWWOBIWWAUNKROMNIWNONIWFAHOPPOWINNUOW UDDNRWWODBDIWWAMNKROUIWNONIUWFAHOPrFPOWINNUOW w N A o 9 9 9 9 3 3 i 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 3 i 9 3 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 3 3 i 2 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 3 3 i 3 9 9 g 9 9 9 g vi MOUWNWANNEFWHAARKRUWOPWOWHA DOUWNWANNEFWHAODAKRKRUWOPWOWEHA Appendix XI Sample Reports Page 249 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE 1DR D V654 TIME STAMP SELECTOR NONE LIBRARY SIZE BLOCKS LIBRARY DIRECTORY LISTING FOR BIM LIBRARY CURRENT VERSION 40320 20636 51 1 FREE SUB LIBRARY MEMBER TYPE MEMBER LIBRARY RECAP COUNT CONFIG CONFIG PHASE TOTAL CURRPTF A CURRPTF ce CURRPTF E CURRPTF OBJ CURRPTF PHASE CURRPTF PROC CURRPTF SAMP JOB CURRPTF Z CURRPTF TOTAL DRD A DRD PHASE DRD TOTAL DRDOBJ DRDOBJ DRDOBJ OBJ PHASE TOTAL DRT A DRT G DRT E DRT OBJ DRT PHASE DRT TOTAL LIBRARY TOTAL LIBRARY OVERHEAD BLOCKS 1DR D V654 TIME STAMP SELECTOR NONE LIBRARY SIZE BLOCKS LIBRARY DIRECTORY LISTING FOR BIM LIBRARY CURRENT VERSION 40320 20636 51 1 FREE MEMBER TYPE MEMBER LIBRARY RECAP COUNT A 66 Cc AS E 33 OBJ 600 PHASE 454 PROC 6 SAMP JOB 185 Z T3 LIBRARY
110. E SAVE NOP TAPE REW amp VSAM Data File Functions Page 21 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 10 Unique File restore using RESTORE LOGICAL This example shows the Restore of a Unique file 0 UNIQUE FILE RESTORE USING RESTORE LOGICAL TLBL TAPEIN TAPEOUT IL0001 UNIQUE KSDS FILE VSAM CAT IJSYSCT EXTENT FBA341 1 0 26982 1121 0001 UNIQUE KSDS FILE VSAM CAT IJSYSCT EXTENT FBA241 1 0 26782 200 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE NOP UPSI 111 BLOCKSIZE 654 96 PRINT YES WR MCATPASS RESTORE LOGICAL RCAT IJSYSCT PARTIAL SELECT ASSOC YES FD DELETE UNIQUE KSDS FILE R ESTORE NOP TAPE RUN amp Page 22 VSAM Data File Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Saving Restoring or Copying VSAM Files When using VSAM files specify SAVE COPY RESTORE VSAM LOGICAL The file name must be specified for all files being Saved Copied or Restored DLBL and extents must be provided as standard labels or JCL for each RFNAME SFNAME If copying the RFNAME and SFNAME must differ If variable length records are used the VARIABLE YES parameter must be used when saving The VARIABLE YES parameter is not needed when restoring Note That Dr D considers any fil
111. E Cl control interval and CA control area are shown as whole percent KBYTE is shown as thousands of bytes of free space available EXTENT INFORMATION Extent start and size are shown as relative track or relative block and tracks or blocks Percent used is shown once for data and once for index regardless of the number of extents The data extents are listed first followed by the index extents with a relative extent number for each SPACE MAP AND GAP MAP At the end of file listing for each VSAM catalog the space owned by the catalog is displayed by disk volume showing the extent location size and available space The gap map shows how the available space is distributed on the disk s so that space requirements can be satisfied The gap map is also a measure of the disorganization of the space and indicates the need for reorganization Page 32 VSAM Data File Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE VSAM File Delete Function The VSAM delete function allows files to be deleted or reset to empty status using the same _ flexible selection process used in the SAVE RESTORE LOGICAL and LISTCAT functions This can be useful when reorganizing VSAM space or when moving files from one catalog to another or anytime single groups of files are to be deleted Like the other VSAM catalog driven functions file selection may be by time stamp TSTAMP3 allowing deletion of obsolete files To prevent the accidental deletion
112. E XX ETC MEMBER SELECT OR MEMBER REJECT COPY XX Where XX is either SC SR SS SP PC PR PS PP Stabilized Components Page 171 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Appendix I Summary of Dr D Keywords To further illustrate the operation of Dr D operands the following is a summary of all keywords and their allowable operand values Global Keywords Note That global keywords once entered remain in effect until changed or execution terminates Global keywords are indicated by GLOBAL We recommend that Global operands be specified on N OP control statements preceding SAVE RESTORE COPY statements ABUFF nnn This keyword is used to specify the buffer size for the VSAM BUILD AIX function where nnn is a one to three digit specifying the buffer size in thousands K AFILE nn ddddddd This keyword is used with the VSAM alternate index BUILD feature to specify either the DD DLBL name of the AIX or the number of AIX files to be created If the value entered is a one or two digit numeric it is assumed to be the number of AIX files to be created otherwise it is assumed to be the DD DLBL name ALIGN YES NO ALL This operand is used during a reorganizing restore CKD disk only of a SAVE CURRENT volume backup to specify how files are to be cylinder aligned The assumed value is YES indicating that files that were cylinder aligned will remain aligned If NO is ente
113. ECT TSTAMP XXXXX E LIBRARY RFIL ENAM E XXXXXX ECT TSTAMP XXXXX VSE SP Library Functions Page 109 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE VSE SP List Directory Function The Dr D list directory function FUNCTION LDIR provides a method for producing a compact two up format directory listing with a high degree of selectivity Members can be selected for listing by their library sub library type specific or generic member name and by the last update time stamp A library recap is produced giving statistics by library sub library and member type The report format is mostly self explanatory The report heading shows the time stamp used to select the members for listing the library file ID the size of the library in blocks and the number of free blocks and For each member is listed its date and time created and last changed military time its blocks used and contiguous and its size For PHASE member type the size is the size in bytes while for other types the size is the number of logical records used by the member Two library recaps are produced unless suppressed one by sub library and another by overall library Both recaps show by member type the number of members number of blocks and library share And finally a library efficiency rating is listed to give an estimate of library disorganization on a scale of 1100 with 100 ind
114. EG G amp After checking the file list the job is resubmitted as follows JOB TEST OF DELETE FUNCTION WITH REVERSE EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION DELETE RVOL 111111 PARTIAL SELECT FDELETE DELETE DATA FILE1 GL SYS PERMANENT REVERSEG GL Sys amp Please note that when using the REVERSE feature in conjunction with the delete that all of the files that have GL SYS in their file id s will be deleted except for the one that has REVERSE beside it Also please note that reversal cards must precede other selectors NON VSAM SD and DA Data Files Page 91 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Dr D Punch Function The Dr D Punch function provides a quick and easy method for creating IDCAMS control statements for defining VSAM files and DLBL and EXTENT JCL statements In either case the statements are punched to the punch queue where they may then be extracted for editing and further use This may be particularly useful if the statements are not available for some reason and need to be recreated or in the case of VSAM where a file needs to be defined that is similar to an existing file This function is almost identical to the Dr D SAVE _LOGICAL feature with the same file selection capability The only difference is that no files are saved and FUNCTION PUNCH is used instead of SAVE LOGICAL
115. ENT FBA241 1 0 26982 1121 XILO001 UNIQUE KSDS FILE VSAM CAT IJSYSC1 ENT FBA241 1 0 26782 200 DRD SIZE 200K RE NOP UPSI 111 BLOCKSIZE 65496 PRINT YES RE VSAM RFILE AIL0001 AUTO YES RCAT IJSYSCT WR MCATPASS E NOP TAPE RUN Page 26 VSAM Data File Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Summary of Control Card Format for VSAM Data Files Save Data File SAVE VSAM SFILE FFFFFFF SWORD WWWWWWWW VARIABLE YES DTAPE YES VUSE IGNORE NULL SAVE OPERATOR CANCEL default WS MCATPASS VSTYPE K E R N AUTO YES SAVE LOGICAL CPRESS YES FAST YES Restore Data File RESTORE VSAM RFILE FFFFFFF RWORD WWWWWWWW DIAPE YES FIND XXXXXX SKIP NNN VRTYPE K E R N AUTO YES OVERRIDE WR MCATPASS XL YES NO VCOMPRESS YES ESTORE LOGICAL COPY VSAM SFILE FFFFFFF RFILE VSTYPE VRTYPE K E R N AUTO YES VCOMPRESS YES SAVE VSAM RESTORE VSAM FFFFFFF VARIABLE YES XL YES NO SWORD WWWWWWWW RWORD WWWWWWWW VSAM Data File Functions Page 27 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE VSAM Auto Definition Feature The Dr D VSAM
116. ETE RESTORE SD RFILE A LR 905 NREC 8 Alien Backup Tape Restore Page 131 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 5 Restore from Fl volume bac kup JOB RESTORE ALIEN F1 VOLUME BACKUP ASSGN SYS008 181 TC REW SYS008 iBL TAPEI EXEC DRD SIZE 200K ESTORE NOP UPSI 111 PRINT Y ES TORE CURRENT RV DISK6T ESTORE NO TA RU JOB RESTORE ALIEN F5 ASSGN SYS008 181 MTC REW SYS008 TLBL TAPEI DLBL X IM IM P03 IMBCRM V12 BCR VSAM CAT IJSYSCT EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE NOP UPSI 111 PRINT YES TAPE F5 RESTORE VSAM RFILE X FIND AAA DRD TEST FILE RESTORE NO TA RU amp Page 132 Alien Backup Tape Restore BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Dr D Data Tape Feature The Data Tape feature keyword DTAPE YES somewhat similar to the IDCAMS program REPRO function allows users to SAVE or RESTORE data files in user format with standard labels The disadvantages to using this feature are loss of the VSAM automatic definition feature during the restore process loss of the SAVE RESTORE LOGICAL function and each file being saved stored in a unique save file The file label being saved is identified with the SFILENAME keyword The file label being restored is identified with the RFILENAME
117. ETE DELETE PARTIAL SELECT ERMINATES FILE SELECTION Ee ERMINATES EXECUTIO amp Note that PARTIAL SELECT is used even though all files are to be deleted and that the selector then selects all files Also be aware that if no FDELETE is entered that FDELETE TEST is assumed and no files or records are deleted An additional use of the FUN CTION DELETE feature is to empty the specified files of data records rather than delete them use FDELETE RESET instead of FDELETE DELETE This can be useful in limited cases such as test files where an empty file is desired Although it would be nice to be able to use this approach for catalog space reorganization the delete define function is fairly inefficient this is not possible at this time for several reasons 1 the primary allocation is not released 2 Files exceeding 16 extents can t be reset 3 Non Cl format files cannot be reset Page 34 VSAM Data File Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE VSAM TUNING Dr D provides features that allow VSAM files to be reorganized and or altered to improve efficiency and or disk utilization This is achieved by selecting files for backup by their condition CI CA splits and allocations and or definition characteristics and then restoring them to eliminate splits and excessive secondary allocations and or altering catalog definitions During backup or listca
118. F 7 M B I MOYLE ASSOCIATES INC S788 LINCOLN DRIVE MINNEAPOLIS MN 88434 612 933 2888 BIM Dr D also known as Doctor D DISK UTILITY SYSTEM USERS GUIDE Release 6 5 4 COPYRIGHT 1998 B MOYLE ASSOCIATES INC BIM Dr D is a proprietary product of B Moyle Associates Inc It cannot be reproduced changed copied or stored in any form including but not limited to copies on magnetic media without the express prior written permission of B Moyle Associates Inc This documentation applies to Release 6 5 4 of the program product BIM Dr D Original Printing Last Revised TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Introduction Overview BIM Dr D also known as Doctor D is referred to throughout this manual as Dr D Dr D is a fast and flexible disk utility system It provides the fastest backup and restore functions currently available A very flexible package Dr D can be used to satisfy the needs of users in the following situations e Disaster recovery backup with standalone VM restore e Disk compacting e Library backup and reorganization e Convert files and libraries to different disk types e VSAM ISAM PSAM reorganize e 6Test file creation e VSAM listcat file definition file delete and verify e Tapecopy and tape test e Disk manager pool reorganization defragme
119. G FROM PACK VOL SER NO NNNNNN SYSXXX C UU MOUNTMMMMMM restoring to RC128 Where NNNNNN is the volume serial number of the mounted disk SYSXXX is the default or explicit SYS number CUU is the device address pointed to by the SYS number MMMMMN is thevolume serial number of the requested disk Cause SVOLID RVOLID or CVOLID gt MMMMMM was specified on a control card but the pack is not mounted Action Mount the right pack on the right drive hit EOB to continue or dse type C to cancel Dr D DOCTOR 70 ISAM DLBL FOR XXXXXXX NOTISC RC 128 Where XXXXXXxX is the filename specified in RF Cause RESTORE DATA is specified but the DLBL type for the file is ISE Page 224 Appendix X Dr D Messages BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Action Correct the DLBL card to read ISC and rerun the job Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 71 RTRAC K SIRACK NN NON NUMERIC RC 128 Where NN is the object of a RT ST CT OPERAND Cause The specified two decimal digit lower head limit is non numeric Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 72 RUPPER SUPPER NIN NON NUMERIC RC 128 Where NN is the object of a RU SU CU OPERAND Cause The specified two decimal digit upper head limit is non numeric Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 73 INVALID OPERAND R STRAC K NN R SUPPER MM FOR SYSXXX C UU A DDDD RC 128 Where NN is the subject of a RT ST CT OPERAND MM is the subject of a RU SU CU OPERAND SYSXXX is a default or exp
120. IAL SELECT PAYROLL ERMINATES FILE SELECTION x ERMINATES EXECUTIO VSAM Data File Functions Page 33 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 2 Deleting files by their time stamp In this example files that have not been changed in one year are to be deleted JOB DELETE OBSOLETE FILES DLBL IJSYSUC VSAM USER CATALOG VSAI EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION DELETE RCAT IJSYSUC FD DELETE PA SEL TSTAMP lt 365 ERMINATES FILE SELECTION Es ERMINATES EXECUTIO amp Example 3 The DELETE Function in conjunction with Space Reorganization In this example a full reorganization of the space assigned to the catalog is desired to eliminate fragmentation and excessive secondary allocations First all the files in the catalog are saved using SAVE LOGICAL and the duplicate backup tape feature in case of tape failure Then the catalog is emptied following example and RESTORE LOGICAL is used to reload the files using FDEF CONSOLIDATE to eliminate excessive secondary allocations ia oaa antenatal ee gomtcli aliases JOB DELETE ALL FILES IN VSAM CATALOG DLBL IJSYSUC VSAM USER CATALOG VSAM EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION DE LETE RCAT IJSYSUC FDEL
121. IBRARY NE Remember that a library may be restored copied as a system or private library independent of what it was when saved Stabilized Components Page 165 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 22 Save a System Relocatable library This example saves a system relocatable library on a SYSRES pack from which the system was not IPLed It then restores this tape creating a 3350 private library with and 50 cylinders and 20 directory tracks on a scratch pack on 133 JOB L22 SAVE ASSGN SYS007 280 TLBL TAPEOUT RELO ASSGN SYS012 132 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE SRELO SSYSNO SYS012 JOB L23 RESTORE ASSGN SYS008 280 TLBL TAPEIN RELO DLBL IJSYSRL RELO LIB 99 360 SD EXTENT SYS003 121212 1 0 20 1000 ASSGN SYS003 133 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE PRELO LIB NEW DIRTRKS 20 Page 166 Stabilized Components BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Summary of Control Card Format for Restoring a Private Library Restore Private Library Using DLBL EXTENTS ORE PRELO ORE P SOURCE ORE P PROC RES RES RES RES Default ORE PCORE RFILE XXXXXXX LIBRARY O LIBRARY NI LD LIBRART A DD EW DIRTRKS NN IF RF IS NOT SPECIFIED Dr D WILL OPEN
122. IFY ALL FILES IN VSAM CATALOG DLBL IJSYSUC VSAM USER CATALOG VSAM EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION VERIFY SCAT IJSYSUC amp Page 38 VSAM Data File Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE VSAM Build Alttemate Index Feature The VSAM build alternate index feature allows the user to build alternate indexes automatically with Dr D Alternate indexes can be built while a VSAM cluster is being saved restored or copied The Dr D VSAM build alternate index feature e Builds up to 99 separate alternate indexes via a single pass of the base cluster e Builds alternate indexes up to 10 times faster than the IDCA MS BLDIN DEX facility e Builds alternate indexes for KSDS and ESDS files e Allows cluster records for build to be selected using record seector statements e Allows non unique aix keys to be made unique by the addition of a binary suffix to each key Building Altemate Indexes The alternate indexes to be built by Dr D must first be defined by IDCAMS The Dr D BUILD function is then used to build the alternate indexes If the AIX is defined but not empty Dr D will reset it to enpty status even if it is not defined as reusable While the build function is being performed the base cluster may also be saved restored or copied using the Dr D parameters for those functions Whether save restore or copy is performed is determined by the key words used on the BUILD
123. JSYSRL 99 360 SD EXTENT SYS013 222222 1 0 19 1900 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE PRELO DIRTRKS 19 LIBRARY NEW RF ILENAME AFILE Note It is not a good idea for any other partition to be accessing a private library when it is being restored Nor is it beneficial when restoring a Private Core Image library to have SYSCLB assigned to it in any partition including the one assigned to Dr D Page 164 Stabilized Components BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 20 Save and Restore Private Core library This example creates three job streams The first saves a Private Core Library The second restores it condensed The third increases the directory tracks to 20 Assume DLBL IJSYSCL PVT CORE 99 360 SD EXTENT SYSCLB 111112 1 0 20 1000 are in the standard label area and that ASSGN SYS007 280 ASSGN SYS008 280 ASSGN SYSCLB 132 are permanent assignments JOB L20 ONE TLBL TAPEOUT SAVE EXEC DRD SIZE 200 SAVE PCORE JOB L20 TWO TLBL TAPEIN SAVE ASSGN SYS020 132 ASSGN SYSCLB UA EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE PCORE RIDENT PVT CORE RSYSNO SYS020 ASSGN SYSCLB 132 120 THREE 1 TAPEIN SAVE SYS020 132 SYSCLB UA IJSYSCL PVT CORE 99 360 SD ENT SYSO020 111112 1 0 20 1000 EC DRD SIZE 200K ESTORE PCORE DIRTRKS 20 L
124. MASTER SORT FIELDS 4 10 A FORMAT BI WORK 1 RECORD TYPE V LENGTH 200 100 170 OPTION PRINT ALL FUNCTION SORT RFILENAME SORT3 FIND FIL0006 SORT FIELDS 4 10 A FORMAT BI WORK 1 RECORD TYPE F LENGTH 40 OUTFIL BLKSIZE 8120 OPTION PRINT ALL FUNCTION SORT RFILENAME SORT4 FIND FILO0100 SORT FIELDS COPY RECORD TYPE F LENGTH 196 OUTFIL BLKSIZE 8232 OPTION PRINT ALL FUNCTION SORT RFILENAME SORT5 FIND FILO101 SORT FIELDS 4 10 A FORMAT BI WORK 1 RECORD TYPE V LENGTH 200 100 170 OUTFIL BLKSIZE 8192 OPTION PRINT ALL T OUTFIL BLKSIZE 8192 Page 146 Sort Function for Backup Files BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Dr D Listtape Function Example 1 List contents of suspect tape This job stream reports on the contents of suspect tapes in terms of files volumes libraries etc JOB SCAN A SAVE TAPE ASSGN SYSOO08 TAPE TLBL TAPEIN UPSI 0 ALLOW SYSLOG OUTPUT UPSI PREVENT SYSLOG OUTPUT RESTORE NOP BLOCKSIZE 65496 PRINT YES FUNCTION LTAPE amp All of the following is noted on the printer and or SYSLOG EXEC DRD SIZE 200K 1 presence of standalone IPL records on the front of t
125. N BBBBBB RBEGIN BBBBBB SHALT BBBBBB RHALT BBBBBB BEGIN BBBBBB CHALT BBBBBB Default SSYSNO SYS001 RSYSNO SYS002 Page 66 Volume Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Standalone Restore Procedures Standalone Restore native or VM The standalone restore function allows volume type backups SAVE CURRENT ALL PHYSICAL to be restored under VM or in Native Mode Multiple disks may be restored from one or more backup tape sets using one or two tape drives The SAVESPL function is not required on each tape set it may be loaded from any tape and another tape mounted once the DOCTOR 35 message appears Multiple disks may be restored and other backup types may be present intermixed with the volume backups The following procedure is used 1 Load the save tape on any tape drive use any disk drive If running under VM do not put disk and tape on same virtual channel 2 The standalone supervisor must operate in 3270 console mode if in native mode either 3215 or 3270 mode under VM or 3215 if running under VM CMS Use the VM TERM CON command to change console mode under non CMSVM 3 Set the IPL load address in the load screen or load dial switches if appropriate Skip this step if restoring under VM 4 Press the enter key load key four times For some tape drives three hits on the enter key works better Since the tape has standard labels this will space the tape over the VOL HDR s and
126. N D command searches the Dr D file until either the end of file is reached or the find search argument matches the tape The search argument may be the DLBL name used during the save the file ID or the volume serial number of the saved disk disk segment If FIND XXXXXXxX is specified the DLBL name is the search argument If the object of the FIND is enclosed in quotes the search argument is the 44 character file ID field If FIND SSSSSS is specified the volume serial of the saved disk disk segment is searched For multivolume tape files SKIP requires the tape volumes to be mounted in order whereas FIN D allows searching to begin with any volume If FIND is used beginning with other than the first volume the user must keep track of which files are on which volume See DOCTOR 616 in the message section for additional tape positioning Miscellaneous Operations Page 123 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 1 Restore of First and Third files using the HND parameter In this example FIND SSSSSS is specified and is restoring the first and third files only JOB RESTORE FIRST AND THIRD USING FIND ASSGN SYS025 280 TLBL TAPEIN SOME SAVES EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE NOP TINPUT SYS025 RESTORE DATA RFILE RESTORE DATA RFILE FILEZ FIND FILE ID OF 3RD FILE FILEX CARDCOUNT 2
127. NOTVALID DEVICE Cause During DOCTORVL operation SY S001 is not assigned to a disk device Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 302 FUNCTION NOT SAVE OR RESTORE Cause During DOCTORVL operation the function specified is not SAVE RESTORE Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 303 TAPE IS NOT OUTPUT FROM SAVE LOGICAL Cause Theinput tape to DOCTORVL is not a DOCTORVL format tape Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 304 SA RE LOGICAL CONTROL CARD INVALID OMITTED Cause Invalid control card input Action Check to see that SCAT RCAT or SVOL RVOL are present Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 305 UNABLE TO OPEN VSAM CATALOG Cause Probable user JCL error The VSAM catalog is opened as a logical VSAM file and the JCL must be specified as such Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 306 ISAM ALE NOTSAVED DUE TO MULTI VOLEXIENTS ALE ID IS X Cause An ISAM file resides on multiple volumes and AV was not specified or AV was specified and the missing extents were not found on the alternate volume Action The operator can continue with the backup or cancel If a pool of disks is being saved check to see that all disks in the pool have been specified or that the file can be exduded and the job continues Dispo The message is displayed and the job continues DOCTOR 307 VOLUME SEQUENCE ERROR PROCESSING FILE fittttttttif RCO0O1 Cause During SAVE LOGICAL VTOC a file h
128. ON ie natiera 92 R RBEGIN Siinne nian 187 RCA TS noire aa 187 Restore Command Summary sssssssseseeee 207 RFILENAM EX ceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeetnetees 188 RHAL S Sai siete ik get aie 188 RIDEN WT Sie r aeneae aiie aaant 188 Ree cis Aste Eee a ALE e ates 188 RMOD Saa A EA AREE EAEAN E 188 ROS oan a te catsaeerdevde cuesiieeteacnss 187 a E A T 189 RSY SN O ceseceeeees 59 66 114 116 160 189 RTLOWER cc ccscseccesessesecseesesessessesessesseees 190 RW PP ERS ininda 190 RV OLID iiss ciisinivn ie a 190 Page 252 BIM Dr D RV OLSER cscsssssscssecscscecesessessesesesesseseeees 119 SV OLIDA Assn inn ade aa aitia 193 RWORD2 ccsssssssssscecesecseseeceeetsseeeseseseaseeeees 190 SV OLSER ccscscsscsssssssesesesescacacesesseseesesesees 119 S WORDS ce cessssscsesesessescscecssncseacacesesseeseeesenees 193 SYN CSa naaa aeania iait 193 Sample REPOS c sccccccsssssssssessesssesserees 246 Syntax of Control Cards 206 Save Command SUMM ALY 207 SYSRES SAVE Sannini avtasasedivienns 190 Saving Restoring Copying 160 SBEGIN A E ET 190 System Libraries SCAT S rinna aa 191 Summary of Control Card Formats 159 SD Data Files T Saving and Restoring s es 80 Summary of Control Card Formats 82 WES eieteawaiens iaa aaa 194 USING RM ODE eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeenetaees 83 Tape Copy Feature oo eects 148 FON i eee ae a aa a 191 Tape Functions Setting Assumed Options cece 199 Summar
129. ON INPUT OUTPUT RC 128 WHERE XX is the subject of the SEQN O and operand on the control statement YY is the sequence number internally generated by Dr D Cause The specified and actual sequence numbers do not match For restores this indicates a tape positioning problem or for saves copies this indicates one or more control cards out of sequence Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 52 WRONG LENGTH RECORD ON TRACK CYL CCC HEAD HH ON CUU RC002 Where CCC is the cylinder number HH is the head number CUU is the disk device address Cause When saving copying a library Dr D has encountered a track with bad records on it It is imperative that the track at least be properly formatted immediately in case DOS accesses this area See miscdlaneous functions physical track copy Action None Dispo The member s of the library that resides on this track is no good However the save tape has been formatted with dummy data so that this track may be restored okay The library SAVE then continues DOCTOR 53 TAPE XXX INVALID OPERAND RC 128 Where XXX is the subject of a TAPE operand on a control statement Cause The specified tape parameter was not acceptable The allowable parameters are REW RUN NOR for tape control or F1 F2 F3 F4 and F5 to specify ALIEN tape format or a numeric value to specify the number of tapes to be processed Refer to the keyword section for more information Action Correct the parame
130. OURCE or PROC Library respectively Dr D will find the particular library by opening the files IJSYSCL IJSYSRL IJSYSSL IJSYSPL respectively This may be overridden by supplying DLBL EXTENTS and specifying SFILENAME Example 16 Save a Private Source library This example saves a private source statement library JOB L16 ASSGN SYS007 280 TLBL TAPEOUT SSL SAVE DLBL IJSYSSL SOURCE 99 360 SD EXTE SYSSLB 123456 1 0 20 1000 DLBL MYSORCE SOURCE 99 360 SD EXTE SYS020 123456 1 0 20 1000 ASSGN SYSSLB 131 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE P SOURCELIB BSSGN SYS020 131 SAVE PSOURCELIB SFILENAME MYSORCE Sometimes due to the way a system is configured it is difficult to supply label information for a library An alternative way of telling Dr D where the library is is to specify SIDENT Dr D will find the library on SYSCLB SYSRLB or SYSSLB corresponding to SAVE COPY PC or PS that has a file identification equal to the one specified in SIDENT Further the default SYS numbers SYSCLB SYSRLB SYSSLB SYSPLB may be overridden by specifying SSY SN O SY SXXX Example 17 Save a Private Source library This example provides another way to save the source statement library in Example 16 JOB L17 ASSGN SYS007 280 TLBL TAPEOUT PSL SAVE ASSGN SYSSLB 131 ASSGN SYS020 131 EXEC DRD SI
131. OUTPUT TAPE ASSGN SYS008 180 INPUT TAPE BL TAPEIN BL TAPEOUT EX D SIZE 200K FUNCTION CTAPE RESTORE NONE TAPE RUN LOAD INPUT TAPE SAVE NONE TAPE RUN LOAD OUTPUT TAPE pe Copy Fixed Blocked with Reblock JOB TAPE COPY FIXED BLOCKED WITH REBLOCK ASSGN SYS007 181 OUTPUT TAPE DRIVE ASSGN SYS008 180 INPUT TAPE DRIVE BL TAPEIN BL TAPEOUT EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION CTAPE LRECORDSIZE 80 NRECORDS 100 RESTORE NONE TAPE RUN UNLOAD INPUT TAPE SAVE NONE TAPE RUN UNLOAD OUTPUT TAPE Page 148 Dr D Tape Copy Feature BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 3 Tape Copy Variable Blocked with Reblock creating two copies JOB TAPE COPY VARIABLE BLOCKE ASSGN SYS007 181 OUTPUT TAPE ASSGN SYS006 182 2ND OUTPU ASSGN SYS008 180 INPUT TAPE APEIN APEOUT 1 TAPETWO EC DRD SIZE 200K CTION CTAPE LBLOCKSIZE 8000 UP 0001 E NONE E RUN UNLOAD INPUT TAPE SA NONE E RUN UNLOAD OUTPUT TAPE Dr D Image Mode Tape Copy Feature The Dr D image mode tape copy makes an exact copy of input tapes including any VOL HDR or tra
132. PEN VUSE CANCEL CANCEL THE JOB VUSE OPERATOR LET OPERATOR SPECIFY OPTION VUSE SAVE SAVE THE FILE ANYWAY FAST YES REQUIRED Example 2 Selective VSAM logical save This example saves all payroll and accounts files from VSAM USER CATALOG but does not save any files which have expired It ignores ACCOUNTS RECEIVE ABLE It also selects GL TRAN FILE based on its DLBL JOB VSAM LOGICAL SAVE SELECTIVE ASSGN SYS007 TAPE TLBL TAPEOUT DLBL IJSYSUC VSAM USER CATALOG VSAM DLBL SELECTD GL TRAN FILE VSAM EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE NOPERATION UPSI 111 BLOCKSIZE 65496 SA LOGICAL SCAT IJSYSUC PARTIAL SELECT EXP IRED NO FAST YES PAYROLL ACCOUNTS RECEIVE ABLE REVERSE ACCOUNTS DD SELECTD SAVE NOP TAPE RUN amp VUSE CANCEL Default This is the default action of VUSE parameter Dr D cancels the whole job after issuing the message below DOCTOR 175 DATASET FILE ID IN USE SAVE RUN CANCELED If VUSE is specified the following options are available VUSE IGNORE If VUSESGNORE is specified Dr D will completely ignore any object which is in use The message below then appears on the console VSAM Data File Functions Page 15 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE VUS VUS VUS
133. PIRE D YES NO ONLY NNN NNN YYDDD This keyword is used when files are to be selected according to their expiration dates If EXPIRED YES is specified files are selected without regard to their expiration dates If NO is entered only files unexpired as of the IPL or SY STEM date are selected If O is entered only expired files are selected and if a date is to be specified it must be coded as O with the date specification appended EX 0 10 for instance If the IPL SYSTEM date is not to be used to determine whether or not a file is expired the actual Julian date YY DDD can be entered or the IPL SYSTEM date can be adjusted forward or backward by entering a or followed by a 1 3 digit number EXPIRED YES is assumed for all functions except the SAVE COPY CURRENT volume functions where EXPIRED NO is assumed FAST YES NO FAST YES may be specified when saving a VSAM or FBA SD file to invoke high speed backup using physical IOCS rather than the slower logical IOCS The output is identical in either case If specified with SAVE LOGICAL it then applies to all files saved FAST YES may also be specified when restoring an ISAM file to invoke high speed restore FD R D N C M GLOBAL This parameter is used during VSAM restore AUTO YES to specify the method used to delete define the output file The assumed value is R meaning that the existing definition is to be reset and reused if the file e
134. R TYPE PHASE EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION LDIRECTORY SFILE PRD2 MEM SELECT TSTAMP 91121 0900 TES SELECT SUB LIBRARY TEST PHASE SELECT PHASES SII TL SELECT ALL MEMBERS TERMINATE SELECTION Example 5 List library statistics without member listing List just library statistics only with no member printout IST LIBRARY STATS ONLY DRD SIZE 200K TION LDIRECTORY SFILE PRD2 FORMAT B VSE SP Library Functions Page 111 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 6 List all members in sub library TEST whose names begin with DRD regardless of type List all members in sub library TEST whose names begin with DRD regardless of their type Suppress the library statistics recap IST SELECTED MEMBERS WITHOUT LIBRARY RECAP STATISTICS DRD SIZE 200K TION LDIRECTORY SFILE PRD2 ME BE LECT FORMAT A SUB LIBRARY TI ALL TYPES A Ss ES 1L DRD MEMBE ELECTION DRD M SELE AALALAY SELE SE M ERMI Page 112 VSE SP Library Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Miscellaneous Functions Creating a Format 1 Label Dr D creates an SD or DA file label by specifying RE PU put Format 1 and
135. REESPACE defined above the file condition sector must be entered like a file ID selector in conjunction with the key word PARTIAL F SECURED YES This parameter specifies that SAVE S_OGICAL VTOC driven should save secured files NO assumed An operating system message may be issued as each secured file is opened respond with YES to proceed FUNCT ION XX The function command is used in place of SAVE RESTORE COPY to invoke certain other functions At this time the available FUNCTIONS are LTAPE LISTTAPE function lists the contents of a backup tape LCAT LISTCAT function provides a compact but complete report of the objects files paths alternate indexes etc in a specified user or master VSAM catalog DELETE VSAM VTOC DELETE function allows files to be deleted or reset to empty status using the same selection process used in the SAVE RESTORE LOGICAL LISTCAT and LISTVTOC functions Page 182 Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE LVTOC LISTVTOC function provides a compact but complete report of the files in the VTOC of one or more disks VTMOVE VTOC MOVE function allows the VTOC of a disk to be quickly and easily moved to a new location TAPETEST TAPETEST function allows tapes to be tested by writing the chosen blocksize continuously over the length of the reel or cartridge A report is produced showing the number of Erase
136. RESTORE DATA RFILE ISAMFLE Page 154 Stabilized Components BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 8 Copy Multivolume ISAM File from a 3350 to a 3375 This example copies a multivolume ISAM file from a 3350 to a single 3375 It deletes all records having a HEX FF in position 12 and changes the blocking from unblocked to three records per block Assume the 3350 file has no cylinder overflow but has an independent overflow area The job stream makes the cylinder overflow two tracks and removes the independent overflow area The 3350 file has no master cylinder index The job stream creates one for the 3375 file JOB D8 DLBL OLDFILE 3350 ISAM 99 360 ISE EXTE SYS001 000001 4 1 40 20 EXTE SYS002 000002 1 2 20 3920 F SY S003 000003 1 3 20 3960 EX EXTE SYS001 000001 2 4 60 1000 DLBL NEWFILE 3375 ISAM 99 360 ISC x x SYS004 888888 4 0 12 12 SYS004 888888 4 1 24 24 EXTE SYS004 888888 1 2 48 7200 BASSGN SYS001 131 ASSGN SYS002 132 ASSGN SYS003 133 ASSGN SYS004 1C1 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K CO DA SF OLDFILE RF NEWFILE DELETE 0012FF CYLOFLO 02 NRECDS 03 Example 9 Save Multivolume ISAM File Using logical IOCS this job stream saves the ISAM file created in example 8 SYSRES is on a 3350 E
137. RF specify filename Sometimes you know you have valid data on a pack but you can t access it because the Format 1 Label isn t there It could have been accidentally deleted or the File ID incorrectly specified or it may have never existed Example 1 Put Format 1 Label Assuming a corrupted label for a random master file this example recreates it a Ul JOB Pl DLBL RANMAS MASTER FILE 99 360 DA EXTENT SYS001 777771 1 0 20 3980 EXTENT SYS002 777772 1 1 20 3980 ASSGN SYS001 131 ASSGN SYS002 132 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE PUTLABEL RF ILENAME RANMAS amp Summary of Control Card Format for Put Format 1 Label Puta Format 1 Label E PUTLAB F E XXXXXXX Miscellaneous Functions Page 113 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Erasing a Disk Sometimes it would be nice to be able to clear or erase a portion of a disk Specifying RESTORE ERASE will accomplish this goal Standard CKD RO records are written and thetracks are erased FBA blocks are cleared The disk is assumed to be at SYS002 but this may be overridden by entering RSYSNO SYSXXX or RVOLID SSSSSS SSSSSS VOLSER The area of the disk to be erased cleared is defined by use of the RBEGIN and RHALT parameters These parameters are one to eight numeric digits in length For CKD disk types the two digits are as
138. RS GUIDE MODIFY YES MODIFY YES is used to indicate that tape blocks are to be modified during the tape copy function If specified one or more pairs of modifier control statements are entered after the FUNCTION CTAPE the first of each pair specifying the scan argument and the second specifying the replacement data The search replace data can be either character c xxxx or hex x xxxx format MRECORDS nnnnnnnn GLOBAL MRECORDS is used to specify the maximum number of logical records to be either saved or restored and may be any number in the range 0 99999999 This can be useful for creating test files or for VSAM saving or restoring just the definition of a file MR 0 Once entered this parameter stays in effect until changed by another M R I E entering MR 100 would cause all subsequent files to have no more than 100 records saved restored copied At this writing this parameter only applies to VSAM files NAME G EN NOGEN This keyword is used to tell the VSAM file definition function to let IDCAMS generate the data and index names instead of using the data and index names as saved copied NRECDS nnn NULL X NRECDS nnn where nnn is a decimal number specifying a blocking factor This operand is used to specify the number of logical records per block on disk or tape output NULL X is used to set the null character used in partial restore control cards The assumed va
139. RSYSNO SYS002 FOR SYSTEM CORE LIBRARY OLD IS ASSUMED UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED Saving Restoring Copying SYSRES Example 13 Save a SYSRES This example saves a SYSRES that has a CORE and RELO library on it It then creates a condensed version of the SYSRES on a work pack on 131 ASSGN SYS007 280 JOB L113 TLBL TAPEOUT MY SYSRES EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE SCORE SAVE SRELO amp Example 14 Restore SYSRES This example creates a new SYSRES pack with library functions on it use the IBM CORGZ program to create an empty sysres before doing the restore ASSGN SYS008 280 TLBL TAPEIN MY SYSRES ASSGN YS005 131 JOB L14 DLBL NEWSYS SYSRES PACK REL 00 99 365 SD CISIZE 512 FBA EXTENT SYS005 111111 1 0 1 3979 CKD F NT SYS005 111111 1 0 2 3978 FBA EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE SCORE RSYSNO SYS005 RESTORE SRELO RSYSNO SYS005 Example 15 Condense without creating backup tape JOB L15B EASY ASSIGN SYS005 131 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K COP Y CURRENT SSYSNO SYSRES RSYSNO SYS005 COPY SCORE RSYSNO SYS005 Page 160 Stabilized Components BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Saving Private Libraries VSE I Specifying SAVE COPY PC PR PS PP will SAVE COPY a Private CORE RELO S
140. S A DISP L JOB MAXBAK BACKUP SYSRES TO TAPE ASSGN SYS001 TAPE TLBL SYS001 SYSRES BACKUP EXEC MAXBACK ET LOG ON MTC RUN LIST ON CONFIRM ON DUMP IJSYSRS LIB amp EOJ JOB JNM RSSYSRES CLASS A DISP L LST CLASS A DISP L JOB MAXBAK RESTORE SYSRES FROM TAPE ASSGN SYS000 TAPE TLBL SYS000 SYSRES BACKUP EXEC MAXBACK ET LOG ON MTC RUN LIST ON CONFIRM ON ESTORE IJSYSRS LIB Page 214 Appendix IX Dr D Conversion Utility BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 4 C onvert Westinghouse Dump Restore job This example illustrates the conversion of a Westinghouse job specifying the Convert control statement via the exec statement Parm JOB CONVERT CONVERT WESTINGHOUSE TO DR D ASSGN SYSPCH PUNCH ASSGN SYS004 SYSIPT EXEC DRDCNVCU PARM CONVERT WEST EOJ YES PWREOJ YES JOB JNM BUSYSRES CLASS A DISP L LST CLASS A DISP L JOB WESTI BACKUP SYSRES TO TAPE ASSGN SYS000 TAPE ASSGN SYS003 DISK VOL DOSRES SHR TLBL SYS000 SYSRES BACKUP EXEC COPYDT IJSYSRES SD Example 5 Convert Faver CL This example illustrates the conversion of a Faver Restore job specifying the
141. SER 111111 Example 3 Copy Disk to Disk No Tape Involved SAVE CURRENT RESTORE CURRENT SVOLSER 111111 RVOLSER 222222 EXP IRED YES Note Whenever a SAVE and RESTORE operand are identical the COPY operand may be substituted to save time in filling out control cards Example 4 Using COPY to reduce parameter coding SVOLSER 111111 RVOLSER 111111 is equivalent to CVOLSER 111111 SBEGIN 43210 RBEGIN 43210 is equivalent to CBEGIN 43210 SAVE CURRENT RESTORE CURRENT is equivalent to COPY CURRENT Page 6 Introduction BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE The control card SAVE CURRENT RESTORE CUR SVOLSER 111111 RVOLSER 111111 EXPIRED YES could be shortened to COPY CURRENT CVOLSER 111111 EXPIRED YES Introduction Page 7 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Dr D CICS Interface Dr D ON LINE Dr D provides an interactive interface Dr D ON LINE through CICS VSE Dr D ON LINE allows the user to generate job streams that will execute Dr D in a batch environment The user can control the type of job stream to be built and tailor the job control for their specific environment Most Dr D batch facilities are available through the Dr D ON LINE system Dr D ON LINE also provides centralized processing for other interactive online Dr D facilities A main menu pana allows the user to not only select Dr D ON LINE processing but also the online DRZAP the new impr
142. See that no other task has exclusive control of the library DOCTOR 109 SPEC IAED BLOCK SIZE EXCEEDS TRACK CAPACITY RC 128 Cause While restoring a Data Tape the specified Physical Block size exceeds the track capacity of the target disk This blocksize is eather the result of multiplying the logical record size by the number of records per block LR times NR or the maximum blocksize specified for variable blocked format LB Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 110 BLOC K COUNT ERROR BLOC KS READ XXXXXXX RC002 BLOCK CONTROL XXXXXXX ALEF ALLE ID Cause While reading a backup tape a block count error was detected in the file and file ID indicated Action None Dispo The operator has the option to cancel or continue This is usually the result of a hardware failure Appendix X Dr D Messages Page 229 M k k PAC HLU YLR S BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE DOCTOR 111 VSAM RECORD COUNTDISC REPANCY DATASET DDDDDDD RCOO1 SAVED NNNNNN CATALOG NNNNNN Cause Fast VSAM backup saved record count disagrees with the catalog Dispo Backup continues but user should investigate for cause DOCTOR 112 VSAM SEQUENCE ERROR RC002 Cause Fast VSAM backup has detected a key out of sequence in a KSDS file as the result of file corruption or a possible Dr D logic error Action Retry the backup changing the FAST YES parameter to FAST NO If the file saves successfully with FAST NO call produc
143. T ASSOCIATE CASPLIT 1 CISPLIT 1 JOB SAVE AND REORGANIZE TLBL TAPEOUT EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE NOP UPSI 111 PRINT LIST CP YES SAVE LOGICAL SCAT IJSYSUC PARTIAL SELECT ASSOCIATE VSAM KSDS FILE ONE VSAM KSDS FILE TWO KSDS FILE THREE E NOP TAPE REWI EIN SIZE 200K OP UPSI 111 PRINT LIST OGICAL RCAT IJSYSUC FDE OP TAPE RUN j fi E oi O B VSAM Data File Functions Page 37 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE VSAM File VERIFY Function The VSAM VERIFY function allows files to be VERIFIED using the same flexible selection process used in the SAVE RESTORE LOGICAL and LISTCAT functions This can be useful after system failure to insure that all files can be opened before restarting online systems thereby preventing further system failure Example 1 This example will do a selected file verify on a VSAM catalog JOB VERIFY SELECTED FILES DLBL IJSYSUC VSAM USER CATALOG VSAM EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION VERIFY SCAT IJSYSUC PARTIAL SELE PAYROLL ER ER Example 2 This example will verify all the files ina VSAM catalog JOB VER
144. TA or INDEX and keywords and their values must be wholly contained within positions 1 to 72 of each statement More than one keyword and value can be contained on one statement but a keyword and its value may not be split across statements IDCAMS continuation marks are allowed but have no effect If the VOLUME parameter cannot be contained on one 72 column statement use multiple VSAM Data File Functions Page 29 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE statements each beginning with either DATA VOLUMES or INDEX VOLUMES The override statements for each file are terminated by a before the next restore statement Keywords are checked for correct spelling and then passed with parameter values to IDCAMS Unknown or incorrectly spelled keywords are ignored Keywords are not cross checked for consistency and values are passed to IDCAMS without verification IDCAMS validates and reports on the resultant definition The definition is printed along with any IDCAMS messages on SYSLST if IDCAMS PRINT is used When deleting existing clusters the logic changes slightly if AUTO OV is used Normally with AUTO YES a cluster will only be deleted if it contains records not if it is empty With AUTO OV the cluster is deleted even if it is empty and a new cluster is defined using the definition from the backup together with the override specifications Not all keywords can be specified at each level cluster data index If an o
145. TA RFILE FILEX TLBL TAPEIN FILEY SAVE EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE DATA RFILE FILEY TLBL TAPEIN FILEZ SAVE EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE DATA RFILE FILEZ Ja amp Example 5 Restore First and Third files of a multivolume file backup This job stream restores only the first and third files JOB RESTORE STACKED FIRST AND THIRD ASSGN SYS008 280 TLBL TAPEIN FILEX SAVE 1 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE DATA RFILE FILEX TLBL TAPEIN FILEZ SAVE EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE DATA RFILE FILEZ amp VSE will automatically position the tape if it is at load point To restore just the second file ASSGN SYS008 280 TLBL TAPEIN FILEY SAVE 2 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K JOB RESTORE SECOND FILE RESTORE DATA RFILE FILEY amp To further facilitate tape handling you may specify TAPE XX Dr D will not open the tapeout file until it hits a SAVE Likewise Dr D will not open the TAPEIN file until it hits a RESTORE When Dr D reads a denoting the end of control cards it will close any open tape files before terminating You may ov
146. TAPE MARK preceding the Dr D standalone supervisor For 4300 type systems an error message will appear until the supervisor loads If the ABEL NO parameter is used only one load is needed since the VOL and HDR records are not present If under VM enter I CUU as many times as needed to space over the tape labels until the DOCTOR 35 message appears 5 After waiting for load to complete hit the PA 1 enter key if using a 3270 type console or hit the request key If running under VM this step is not needed 6 Message 35 appears lt DOCTOR 35 ENTER RESTORE DISK TYPE Reply with 2311 for 2311 disk 2314 for 2314 2319 disk 3330 for 3330 disk 334A for 3340 disk mod 35 334B for 3340 disk mod 70 3350 for 3350 disk 3375 for 3375 disk 3380 for 3380 disk 3390 for 3390 disk 9340 for 9340 disk FBA for any FBA disk type 7 MESSAGE 997 APPEARS lt DOCTOR 997 ENTER ALTERNATE TAPE CUU If you do not wish to use an alternate tape drive and will restore from the Volume Functions Page 67 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE 10 11 drive you ipl d hit enter to continue If you want to use the ip drive as the primary and another drive as the alternate enter just the CUU of the alternate drive and restore will begin from the ipl d drive If you wish to begin restoring from a drive other than the ipl drive enter either CUU CUU for the primary and alternate drives or enter CUU to indicate that restoring is to be done using
147. TOR 42 IPL SPECIACATION IN SAVE COPY MODE Cause RESTORE PL or COPYSPL was specified on the control statement Action Correct control statement to SAVESPL Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 43 UNABLE TO AND SPECIFIED ALE RC 128 Cause During restore operation the specified file name could not be found on the save tape Or the name is incorrect precedes the point at which searching began or the wrong tape is mounted If doing a RESTORE LOGICAL operation check to see if SCAT needs to be added when restoring to a catalog other than that saved or that the SVOLSER parameter is correct for non VSAM Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 44 CYLOFLOW XX INVALID OPERAND RC 128 Where XX is the subject of the CYL operand Cause The specified 2 digit cylinder overflow is either non numeric or exceeds the capacity for the particular restoring disk DISK MAXIMUM CYLOFLO 2311 08 2314 18 3330 17 3340 10 Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 45 NREC DS XX INVALID OPERAND RC 128 Where XX is the subject of the N RECDS operand Cause The specified N RECDS blocking factor is either zero or non numeric Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 46 DELETE CODE PPPPHH INVALID OPERAND RC 128 Where PPPPHH is the subject of the DELETE operand PPPP is a 4digit position number relative to one HH is a 2 digit position field representing the hexadecimal form of the delete code Cause The specified positio
148. TORO 2980 DOCTORCN PHASE 98 08 13 59m 80 SiMe eek 100 7 7 6240 DOCTOR47 PHASE 98 08 13 OOS 8 08 es el 11981 DOCTORMS PHASE 98 08 13 RISEN Eker Moksw ike Iolo 10 10 8956 DOCTOR48 PHASE 98 08 13 Bie SOG Abs LO 12464 DOCTORPC PHASE 98 08 13 EATA AOR IMO sel 47 47 46096 DOCTOR49 PHASE 98 08 13 BS 98 0813 Ae 4528 DOCTORSF PHASE 98 08 13 259 98 08 13 10 00 2 2 1966 DOCTOR50 PHASE 98 08 13 259 98 08 13 10 13495 DOCTORTC PHASE 98 08 13 Oe 98 A08 FTS ALOR 2 2 1224 DOCTOR51 PHASE 98 08 13 259 98 08 13 10 7604 DOCTORUP PHASE 98 08 13 Se 98 ZOIL ALO WS 73 71925 DOCTOR52 PHASE 98 08 13 259 98 08 13 10 2859 DOCTORVL PHASE 98 08 13 59 98 08 13 10 00 33 33 32294 DOCTOR53 PHASE 98 08 13 259 98 08 13 10 8168 DOCTORWW PHASE 98 08 13 S999708 13 ALO oC al i 152 DOCTORS5S4 PHASE 98 08 13 59198708 Wes 105 4499 DOCTORZZ PHASE 98 08 13 59 98 08 13 10 00 5 5 4388 DOCTOR55 PHASE 98 08 13 259 98 08 13 10 1976 DOCTOROO PHASE 98 08 13 259 98 08 14 7 45 69888 DOCTOR56 PHASE 98 08 13 259 98 08 13 10 1504 DOCTORO1 PHASE 98 08 13 EETA TA e ALS o 2312 DOCTOR57 PHASE 98 08 13 259 98 08 13 10 6482 DOCTORO2 PHASE 98 08 13 EATA TA E aE 19140 DOCTOR58 PHASE 98 08 13 259 98 08 13 10 2288 DOCTORO3 PHASE 98 08 13 RSE ODIOS LTI IM ak 2952 DOCTOR59 PHASE 98 08 13 25909808 a8 NO 68012 DOCTORO4 PHASE 98 08 13 199 D07087 ike IOT 604 DOCTOR60 PHASE 98 08 13 259 98 08 13 10 pai DOCTOR05 PHASE 98 08 13 AATA TA RIRA AR 1320 DOCTOR61 PHASE 98 08 13 75998 08413 10 672 DOCTORO6
149. TOTAL 1374 LIBRARY OVERHEAD BLOCKS LIBRARY EFFICIENCY RATING 12 11 98 LIBRARY SHARE 12 11 98 LIBRARY SHARE ae de oP dP a d dP CPUuUNIHOWNY ae le PAGE 002 01 46 PM PAGE 003 01 46 PM Page 250 Appendix XI Sample Reports A A bbreviatiions cccccccceeseeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeees 206 ABU FPS arianne ena i a aaeain ai 172 AFR ES hea aasa arataa iai 172 Alien Backup Tape Restore sssi 130 ALIGN Sirene aaia 172 ALLOCS S raa a A S 172 Altering File Dates 115 Altering the BIOCKSIZ c eters 118 AREA isieissistesiesnrcsinsatsrciinvtnvieninaines 172 173 ASSOC hindi einen 16 173 ASSOCIATION S ceeeceesseteteteteeeeeeeeeeeteees 17 AUT OSs sehen tie Meh a a 173 B Backup Files Sort FUACHON issia aa 145 BLOCKSIZE s pasanna 118 173 BUFFERSPA CE ceseeseseseseteteseeeeeeeeeeeees 174 C CARDCOUN T eeecceeseeteteteteeeneeeeetetaes 174 CASPE ITS savanna diana 174 CBEGIN Sis ate nee thse terials 174 CDA TA Sieh r ar a 175 CFA CTOR S aaeain inaenea nthe 175 CHALT Spennan aaie 175 CICS terface oo eeeeececeeseeeeeeeesessseetetenenenetans 8 CISPEIM i3 sind eeatinadad eariaaiinen 175 NE EE AATE 175 CLIBRA RY cccseseceseseseeeeeeteseseseseseseeasaeeees 175 CN Siiivnicnauiiades aunvarishahevianes 176 COMPIESSION 0 eeeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteetenetetatataes 119 Continuation Cards 206 Control Card Format 206 Copy Command Summary eee 207 COPY Si patty ae del
150. TS as required Note That DLBLs and EXTENTS may reside as a system or partition standard label and in that case are not needed in the JCL itself The SYSNO of the EXTENT card is not required if the VOLSER is present 08 Execute Statement For VSE type systems SI ZE should be used to insure both adequate partition size for tables buffers etc while leaving enough memory for functions requiring GETVIS space VSAM FBA library copy backup Generally 100K will allow most functions to be performed using the 16K tape block size or 200K if the maximum 65K tape block size is used NEVER EXECUTE Dr D WITH SIZE AUTO 09 This is the place for Dr D control cards These cards specify what actions are to be taken by the programs Any number of permutations of saves copies or restores may be defined For more information on Control Cards see Appendix DOS VSE OPERATION Y on page 205 10 End of data to Dr D control cards Note that if file or member selection is used MEMBER AREA PARTIAL SELECT REJECT that an additional is required to terminate the selection process is also acceptable for selection termination Creation of Multiple Copies of Backup Tapes Up to three tapes can be created simultaneously production of the second tape is controlled by setting the UPSI switch 3 UPSI xxx1 in either the CL UPSI or by the Dr D UPSI keyword Since all e amp ight UPSI switches have been given Dr D functions it w
151. TTEN DIRTRKS NUMBER TRACKSIN DIRECTORY LIBCYL NUMBER CYLINDERSIN LIBRARY MEMBERS RD WRTTN NUMBER OF MEMBERS READ OR WRITTEN ACTIVE BLKSRD WRTTN NUMBER OF BLKS OCCUPIED BY MEMBERS DELETED BLKS READ NUMBER OF BLKSTHAT CAN BE RECOVERED BY CONDENSING LIBRARY NUMBER SYNONYMS NUMBER OF MEMBERSREPLACED BY A LIB A NUMBER SYNONYM BLKS NUMBER OF BLKS THEY OCCUPIED CL L_LLLDD CORE ALLOCATION LLL LIBCYL RL RELO ALLOCATION DD DIR TRKS SL SOURCE ALLOCATION PL PROC ALLOCATION LABCYL LABEL CYLINDER ADDRESS Cause By specifying a UPSI XX1 in the job stream various facts regarding the Dr D execution will be written to SYSLOG If applicable MSG 22 regarding page fixing will also be logged At the conclusion of a save restore or copy various statistics pertinent to the operation just performed will be logged starting with a message number of 100 and incrementing by one until complete Action None Dispo The job continues normally DOCTOR 106 UNABLE TO ACCESS LIBRARY SUBLIBRARY RC 128 Cause Library or Sub Library not accessible for restore by invoking LIBR functions Possible JCL error or library locked by some other task Dispo Check the JCL for the library and that no other task has exclusive control of the target library DOCTOR 107 UNABLE TO CREATE SUB LIB RC 128 Cause Dr D has invoked LIBR to create a new sub library but LIBR is unable to do so Dispo Check JCL for library and that adequate space exists in the target library
152. TUAL BLOC K SIZE Cause Actual block length not equal to prefix Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 217 VAR UNB REC ORD PREFIX INCORRECT Cause Prefix agrees with block length but not the logical record length Action None DOCTOR 221 USER PARAMETER PASSED TO SETIAPE INVALID Cause Invalid parameter passed to user exit routine Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 222 PARTIAL SELECT REJ ECTSPECIAED BUTNO SELECTION DATA ENTERED RC 128 Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 223 LOAD FAILED FOR USER EXIT PHASE XXXXXXXX RC 128 Action Check to see that the correct user exit program name is specified by the USEREXIT N F keyword Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 250 BAC KUP ALE DISK TO TAPE BAC KUP ALE WAS CREATED ON MM DD YY ATHH MM SS Cause The emulated TAPEOUT file is being copied from disk to tape The disk backup file was created on the date and time printed Action None Dispo The disk to tape function proceeds DOCTOR 251 SAVE XX XXX SF XXXXXXX VOL XXXXXX ID XXX XXX SIART X STOP Cause Information about each saved object is printed during copy of emulated TAPEOUT file to tape Action None Dispo The disk to tape function proceeds DOCTOR 252 TOTAL NUMBER OF ALES SAVED NNNN Cause The copy of the emulated TAPEOUT file from disk to tape is completed Action None Appendix X Dr D Messages Page 237 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE DOCTOR 300 SYSO01 IS
153. UPON CONSOLE Page 144 GETTAPE Sub Program BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Sort Function for Backup Files The Dr D sort function allows the data portion of a saved file on a tape or disk backup file created by Dr D to be extracted and passed as input to the user s SORT program Multiple sort functions may be requested within a single Dr D execution but only one data file is extracted per request This function operates much like a Dr D restore function and restore functions may be intermixed with the sort function as well as other functions The RFILENAME keyword is used to designate the file to be specified as SORTOUT to the user s SORT program Use the FIND keyword to position to the desired saved file The files must be processed in the order that they were saved and the use of UPSI XXXXXX1is not allowed The SORT program control statements must immediately follow the Dr D sort function request where each occupies up to the leading 79 positions of each 80 byte length record with no control statement continuation and properly terminated by either a or The output file format reflected on the TYPE parameter value required on the SORT program RECORD control statement must match the format of the saved data or the results will be unpredictable Only the following SORT program control statements are allowed others are ignored ALTSEQ ANALYZE INCLUDE INREC OMIT OPTION OUTFIL OUTREC RECORD
154. VOLOUT VVVVVV EXPIRED YES NO NNN YYDDD Default Values for Volumes See appendix II SSYSNO SYS001 RSYSNO SYS002 Volume Functions Page 59 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Physical SAVE RESTORE COPY Saving Restoring Copying Physical Operations Dr D enables users to SAVE COPY RESTORE portions of a disk on a physical track block basis independent of Volumes Data Files or Libraries This function is valuable for its ability to manipulate data at the physical level This poses some risk in terms of security and possible inadvertent damage to critical data For that reason it may be wise to limit its use to qualified authorized personnel This can be achieved by limiting access to one DR D module DOCTORO2Z If a security package is available the use of DOCTORO2 can be easily controlled otherwise DOCTORO2 can be placed in a restricted library or kept on tape and only restored by authorized persons This function offers some useful benefits For example consider a disk where the third track in the VTOC has been corrupted All of the VTOC labels are in the first two tracks but even though the files are accessible no new files can be added If we could copy track 4 to track 3 then the VTOC would be fixed and usable Using Dr D on a physical track basis the VTOC can be repaired quickly without unloading reloading the disk s files Specifying SAVE COPY RESTORE PH PHYSICAL
155. WK1 12 11 1998 PAGE 002 01 46 PM SPACE MAPS SK DISK GAR GAPI SIART gt SAA GAPO END mnn VOLSER CUU SIZE SIZE TRK BLK CYL HD TRK BLK CYL HD DOSRES 140 I2LSFO 921599 921600 384 59840 60223 64 125504 125567 12032 297984 310015 475426 446144 921569 TOTAL FREE SPACE ON DOSRES 487906 52 SYSWK1 141 By 22 ITISA 22A 64 306624 306687 2056 476856 478911 920 488168 489087 162618 759104 Cee TOTAL FREE SPACE ON SYSWK1 165658 TOTAL FREE SPACE ON FBA DISK 653564 Page 246 Appendix XI Sample Reports BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE 1v654 DR D LISTCAT LISTING OF VSAM CATALOG VSESP USER CATALOG TIME STAMP SELECTOR NONE SHR KEY LRECL S5 ANLOCATITONS FREE SPACE SPLITS OPT LEN RKP AVERAGE MAX CISIZE PRIMARY SECONDRY CI CA KBYT CI A TOTAL DELETD INSRTD UPDTED READ CICS AUTO STATS A MSAM CREATED 1998 013 EXPIRES 1998 013 TIME STAMP 1998 013 00 00AM TA 0 0 304 304 2048 64B0 64B0 0 0 3g 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 REUSE SPEED 99 EXCPS 0 BUFFSPACE 4096 CICS AUTO STATS B MSAM CREATED 1998 013 EXPIRES 1998 013 TIME STAMP 1998 013 LFF 0 0 304 304 2048 64B0 64B0 0 0 32 0 0 0 0 0 0 REUSE SPEED 99 EXCPS 0 BUFF SPACE 4096 CICS CSD KSDS CREATED 1998 013 TIME STAMP 1998 344 10 07PM Base Pa 0 100 500 2048 1024B0 25 08 0 0 0 igi 2 1760 1582 2982 24 75678 10241 64B0 64B0 EXCPS 12080 BUFF SPACE 5120 INDEX LEVELS 002 CICS DUMPA MSAM CREATED 1998 013 EXPIRES 1998 013 TIME STAMP 1998 229 03 54PM ips 0 r aE
156. XC EEDS UMIT TAPE NOTIPLABLE RC 128 Cause During SAVESPL the standalone supervisor and phases exceeds the size limit Action Check that the tape blocksize is within limits If it is not within limits contact product support Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 18 ERROR ON IPL CREATION TAPE NOTIPLABLE RC 128 Cause During a SAVESPL a questionable condition has occurred during the tape I O Sinceit is imperative that the beginning portion of the tape IPL records be error free no ERP during IPL the slightest aberration from the norm will prompt this message Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 19 CORE DUMP DESIRED Cause A questionable condition has occurred while running in the diagnostic mode Action Reply Y to obtain a core dump of the Dr D partition or dse reply with an N DOCTOR 20 EXEC UTON TO RESUME RCOO1 Cause A questionable condition has occurred during a DOCTOR execution requiring an operator decision Action Reply Y to ignore the error l to ignore the error and any other out of sequence errors that may occur for that file or N to cancel DOCTOR 21 RECORD DUMP DESIRED RCOO1 Cause An ISAM sequence check or duplicate record condition has occurred Action Reply Y if current record is to be displayed otherwise type an N Page 218 Appendix X Dr D Messages BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE DOCTOR 22 PAGE AX STATIN BYTES XXXXX AXED YYYYY NOTHXED Where XXXXX represents the total number of
157. ZE 200K SAVE PSOURCELIB SIDENT SOURCE SAVE PSOURCELIB SIDENT SOURCE SSYSNO SYS020 Stabilized Components Page 161 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Summary of Control Card Format for Saving a Private Library VSE I Save a Private Library using DLBL EXTENTS SAVE PCORE SFILE XXXXXXX SAVE PRELO SAVE P SOURCE SAVE PPROC Default IF SF IS NOT SPECIFIED Dr D WILL OPEN THESE FILENAMESINSTEAD FOR SAVE PCORE IJ SY SCL FOR SAVE PRELO IJ SY SRL FOR SAVE PSOURCE IJ SYSSL FOR SAVE PPROC IJ SY SPL Save a Private Library Using ALE ID and SYSNO ENT XXX XXX SSYSNO SYSXXX E PPROC Default IF SS IS NOT SPECIFIED Dr D WILL ASSUME THE FILE ID ENTERED IN SI WILL BE FOUND ON THE PACK POINTED TO BY THE FOLLOWING SYSNO FOR SAVE PCORE SYSCLB FOR SAVE PRELO SYSRLB FOR SAVE PSOURCE SYSSLB FOR SAVE PPROC SYSPLB Page 162 Stabilized Components BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Restoring Private Libraries Specifying COPY RESTORE PC PR PS PP will rebuild a Private CORE RELO SOURCE or PROC library respectively The library may be restored on top of an existing library completely overlaying its contents but having the same size and number of directory tracks This is done by putting LIB O OLD The library may be restored adding its contents to a library This is d
158. ach file KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK LIST VTOC FUNCTION KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK FORMAT A filelist only no recap Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords Page 181 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE FORMAT 8 _ nofilelist recap only FORMAT X full list assumed option If the 2nd character of the entry is E XE AE BE then an extent list is produced KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK TAPE COPY FUNCTION KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK FORMATSMAGE tape copied in image mode output tape is not opened and is exactly like the input tape including tape volser and label information KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK LIBRARY SAVE RESTORE COPY KKKKKKKKKKKKKKK EMBER NAMES PRINT SUB LIBRARY NAMES PRINT ON LOG ON LIST ON LOG ON LIST FORMAT A YES YES YES YES FORMAT B NO YES YES YES FORMAT C NO YES NO YES FORMAT D YES NO YES NO FORMAT E NO NO NO NO FREESPACE XX XX GLOBAL The FREESPA CE Cl CA keyword is used to override the VSAM FREESPACE file definition for each file defined by the AUTO DEFINITION feature the separates the Cl freespace from the CA freespace This remains in effect during the execution of Dr D unless changed by entering a new value enter FR N to terminate this override before end of execution FREESPACE gt NN File condition selector The FREESPACE gt NN file condition selector is used to select VSAM files by the of used space in each file Unlike the keyword F
159. ach file The allowable values are L for the last most current generation F for the first oldest generation or a number for a specific generation number GR nnn GLOBAL The GR GETVIS Reserve parameter is used to reserve GETVIS memory so that GETVIS failure will not occur when non DRD software needs partition GETVIS to perform functions such as tape end of volume or closing of files The size of the area is specified in thousands of bytes K GR 100 reserves 104 000 bytes of storage This memory is rdeased before any DRD initiated OPEN CLOSE Tape EOV or end of job Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords Page 183 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE HIGHKEY GLOBAL HV The HI parameter is used to specify the highest key of a file to restore see LOWKEY also If the key contains spaces enclose it in quotes if you wish to enter the key in hexadecimal enter it as H 1 X Once entered it applies to the next file restored only The key should be entered as a contiguous string and be totally contained on one Dr D control statement NO YES HOLD HOLD VTOC The HV parameter is used during volume backup restore to lock the VTOC of the disk thereby preventing the addition deletion of files on the disk This is especially important during compacting of disk manager pool space HV NO is assumed HV YES should be used on the first disk save restore within an execution of DR D and then HV HOLD sho
160. as a DA and vice versa The restore file s extents are completely independent of the save file s they may differ in size placement split file s split cylinder specifications and types of disks Usually all sequential files and some direct access files have an EOF record after the last data record of the last prime data extent If this is so specifying EOF YES will cause Dr D to stop saving after reading an EOF record This will result in a faster save since that entire extent does not need to be saved For SD files a logical record count may be obtained through use of the LR LOGICAL RECORD LENGTH and the UPSI XX1I For variable blocked files only the upsi is required When restoring SD files to FBA disk specify LR XXXX logical record length for fixed length records If this is not done fixed length records will be restored as undefined For variable blocked records use LB LOGICAL BLOCK nnnnn max variable block If restoring to CKD disk Dr D uses physical IOCS PIOCS to write the data to disk This may not be satisfactory if a disk manager is installed for several reasons file truncation may not occur and the disk manager catalog may not be updated To overcome this problem use RESTORE SD instead of RESTORE DA This will cause a DTFSD to be used during the restore copy allowing the disk manager to function normally when the file is closed This will also allow file reblocking if the LB or LR NR
161. as been selected for backup but an extent is missing and the file cannot be saved Action The operator can EOB the message and the job will continue or can enter CANCEL to cancel the job Dispo The message is displayed and the job pauses for operator input DOCTOR 308 RESTORE OVERFLOWS DISK OR DISK POOL RC 128 Cause During a reorganizing RESTORE LOGICAL VTOC the current file being restored cannot fit into the available space Action Increase the disk space or reduce the space required if possible Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 310 INVALID KEYWORD KEYWORD OPERAND RC 128 Cause SAVE RESTORE LOGICAL VTOC has detected an invalid keyword operand combination Action None Dispo The job is canceled Page 238 Appendix X Dr D Messages BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE DOCTOR 311 DUPLICATE VOLSER ENTERED RC 128 Cause During SAVE RESTORE LOGICAL VTOC processing a duplicate VOLSER was entered via the SV RV parameter Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 312 NO OUTPUT VOLSER ENTERED RC 128 Cause During RESTORE LOGICAL VTOC processing no output VOLSER has been entered via the RV parameter Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 313 ERROR IN ALE SEQUENCE SET RC 128 Cause VSAM backup has failed dueto an error in the file s sequence set Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 316 NO ALES SELECTED FOR BAC KUP RESTORE RC 128 Cause Save Restore Logical VSAM or VTOC has sde
162. as necessary to add a ninth UPSI to designate the production of the third tape This ninth UPSI is a pseudo UPSI and must be entered on the Dr D control card UPSI XXX1XXXX1 not by the JCL UPSI statement The third tape TLBL DD name is TA PEO03 Page 4 Introduction BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example Create multiple copies ofa single backup tape JOB BACKUP TO THREE BL TAPEOUT FIRS APETWO SECO BL TAPE003 THI ASSGN SYS007 180 ASSGN SYS006 181 ASSGN SYS005 182 EXEC DRD SIZE 200 O UP 111100001 LIST CP YES BLOCK 65496 E CURRENT SV DOSRE EFOF YES O TAPE RU The TD keyword Tape Ddname keyword can be used to allow the TAPEOUT TAPETWO TAPE003 names to be varied All three names can be specified TD TAPEOUT TAPETWO TAPEO003 or any combination as long as the is present TD TAPEXXX for instance would specify the name for the third tape while TD TAPEYYY would specify the name for the second tape If the TD keyword is used to specify the name for either TAPETWO or TA PE008 then the UPSI setting is not needed to invoke the creation of the additional tape s Invoking the creation of the third tape always implies creation of the second tape i e specifying UPSI XXXXXXXX1 is equivalent to UPSI XXX1XXXX1 and specifying TD TAPEOO3 is the same as TD TAPETWO TAPEO003
163. assumed SYSNO as supplied is SYS002 but see Appendix II Setting Assumed Options on page 199 Use of NVOLSER is recommended to avoid the possibility of restoring to the wrong disk Volumes saved to be restored standalone may also be restored non standalone by either forward spacing the tape three tape marks two if LABEL NO was used during backup and or using a TLBL for the tape specifying file number two Example 5 Restore tape to disk This example restores a SAVE ALL method backup tape to a disk having VOLSER CKD1C2 Note that the VOLSER of the target disk will be the same as the saved disk when the restore is completed Use VOLOUT to either retain the target volser or set a new one E ALL VOLUME set globals F F 011 PRINT YE restore whole disk F F 1 ER CKD1C2 unload the tape E Page 52 Volume Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 6 Restore tape to disk This example restores a disk volume from an IPLable backup tape The VOLSER VOLOUT of the output disk is set to OLDRES JOB EXAMPLE 6 ASSGN SYS008 280 C REW SYS008 skip ipl part gt MTC FSF SYS008 3 TLBL TAPEIN SYSRES SAVE 2 assign output disk gt ASSGN SyYS002 137 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K restore the disk gt RESTORE CURRENT UPSI 011 VOLOUT OLDRES
164. assumed value is CA Cancel Dr D will cancel with File Id in use IG Ignore will cause any file in use to be ignored NU NULL Dr D will save the object as a null file without issuing any message If FAST YES is specified then two additional options are available SA SAVE causes Dr D to attempt to save the file even though it may be in use by another task while OP Operator allows the operator to specify the action to be taken If VWUSE SAVE is specified and the file is being updated by another task results are unpredictable and may cause the backup to fail WAIT NNNN GLOBAL In order to lessen interference with heavily I O bound teleprocessing systems the WAIT parameter allows the user to specify a pause between each tape I O so that teleprocessing disk I O is not locked out Wait time is specified in 300ths of a second Thus WAIT 0300 would cause a one second delay after each tape I O WORK XXXXXX GLOBAL This keyword is used to specify the number of sort work files and their starting SYSN O s for the VSAM AIX build function The first one or two digits specify the Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords Page 197 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE number of work files to be used If the starting SYSNO is specified a is coded next followed by a one to three digit number in the range of 1 253 Example WORK 7 1 indicates that two sort work files are used with SYSO01 and SY S002 assigned respective
165. automatic definition feature is designed to simplify saving and restoring of VSAM clusters by eliminating the need for a separate IDCAMS run to delete and or define the clusters in most circumstances The VSAM catalog definition for each cluster is saved by Dr D along with the data This definition is then used as the basis for defining the cluster during the restore The use of this feature is optional The default is AUTO YES During the restore Dr D examines the file identifier in the DLBL for the cluster and uses the name to override the name of the saved cluster Using the new cluster name Dr D examines the target VSAM catalog and selects one of the following actions A If the cluster does not exist in the target catalog then Dr D defines a new cluster using the saved definition B If a cluster of the same name does exist and it contains no records Dr D restores into the empty cluster ignoring the saved definition C If acluster of the same name exists but is not empty Dr D will reuse the file if possible even if the file is not defined as reusable If it can t be reused Dr D deletes the cluster and defines a new one using the saved definition Note That use of the FD parameter allows this logic to be altered so that a file is deleted and redefined and its extents consolidated if desired An IDCAMS printout can be obtained by use of the IDCA M S PRINT parameter This technique provides maximum flexibility to enab
166. cated to Dr D by the operand CARDCOUNT NN It may appear anywhere in the sequence of control cards but may only appear once The count starts with the card on which CA NN appears and ends with the last one The following are some correct examples of saving five data files A B EXEC DRD EXEC DRD SA DA SF FILO1 CA 05 SA DA SF FILO1 SA DA SF FILO2 SA DA SF FILO2 SA DA SF FILO3 SA DA SF FILO3 SA DA SF FILO4 SA DA SF FIL04 CA 02 SA DA SF FILO5 SA DA SF FILO5 JK pe In example A the operator would be informed if any card was missing or added In example B the same holds true with the last two cards Insertions or deletions before card number four would go undetected Altering the Bloc ksize BLOCKSIZE The assumed tape blocksize is 65K double buffered but may be altered by specifying BLOCKSIZE NNNN on the control card where NNNNN is a5 digit number less than 65 496 and equal to or greater than the largest physical disk block 16 to be saved copied Once specified the blocksize is in effect for the remainder of the program s execution or until another BLOCKSIZE is submitted The blocksize may be increased in order to get more data on a tape H owever if the tape is read back in during a restore a BLOCKSIZE must be put on the tape so Dr D can accommodate the bigger blocksize When used with a data file save and DT YES NNNNN specifies the blocksize of the tape record It must be less
167. cation is not in the VTOC of the disk on the unit This fileid is obtained either explicitly through the SIDENT or CIDENT or RIDENT operands or from the DLBL card pointed to by a default or explicit file name SFILE or RFILE Action Correct the control statement or DLBL card and rerun the job Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 01 INVALID KEYWORD ON CTLCRD XXXXX RC 128 Where XXXXX is an unidentifiable keyword XXXXX on the control statement Cause XXXXX is an invalid keyword Action Please refer to Appendix for the appropriate keyword to use Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 02 INVALID OPERAND SAVE RESTO RE XXX RC 128 Where XXX was the subject of a SAVE COPY or RESTORE operand on the control statement Cause SAVE RESTORE or COPY was not one of the following Action Please refer to Appendix VII for summary of allowable SAVE RESTORE and COPY commands Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 03 INVALID OPERAND SYSNO XXXXXxX RC 128 Where XXXXXxX is the subject of a SSY SN O CSY SN O or RSYSNO on the control statement Cause The specified SYS number was either non numeric or not one of the following SYSRDR SYSSLB SYSIPT SYSRLB SYSPCH SY SUSE SYSLST SY SREC SYSLOG SYSCLB SYSLNK SYSVIS SYSRES SY SCAT Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 04 SYSXXX IS ASSIGNED IGN UA OR NON DASD RC 128 Where SY SXXxX is either a default or explicit SYS number Cause Dr D has determined that the SYS number of t
168. ce of the string is replaced so use multiple T cards if you wish to transform multiple occurrences 2 Starting in column 1 code P followed by a string to be added to the front of the generated ID 3 Code the replacement ID starting in column one and GRENAME to the right of the replacement Separated by at least one space Use the to halt character replacement or the to prevent replacement of individual characters Page 18 VSAM Data File Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Note That the selection and rename process is applied to the file associations as well as to each file restored If file CUR STAT FILE is transformed to TEST CUR STAT FILE and it has an alternate index named CUR STAT FILE AIX then the associated file is named TEST CUR STAT FILE AIX If the associated file is not selected then the file define may fail VSAM Data File Functions Page 19 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 6 VSAM selective restore with Rename This example restores certain files from the backup tape and for test purposes renames them At the same time it standardizes the names of EMPLOYEE PRMASTER YTD PRMASTER and QTD PRMASTER so that each file starts with PAYROLL MASTER JOB VSAM LOGICAL RESTORE WITH RENAME ASSGN SYS008 TAPE
169. cess time Once invoked compression is in effect for the duration of the execution or until CP N O is entered This feature will increase backup speed while reducing tape and channel usage provided enough CPU power is available Files containing few repeating characters or already compressed Source or Relo libraries for instance will not benefit from this feature This parameter is not required for restore CSYSNO SYSXXX CSYSN O SYSXXX where SYSXXX is any valid SYSTEM number see SSYSN O When copying from one portion of a disk to another i e SSY SN O and RSYSNO point to the same disk this operand may be specified in place of the SSYSNO and RSYSNO operands This is applicable to copies PC PS PR PP SC SR SP SS and PH CTLOWER XX CT XX where XX is a two digit decimal number leading zero representing a lower head limit It may be used to replace both ST and RT parameters when copying a physical extent CUPPER XX CU XX where XX is a two digit decimal number leading zero representing an upper head limit It may be used to replace both SU and RU parameters when copying a physical extent Page 176 Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE CVOLID XXXXXX CVOLID KXXXXX where XXXXXX is six alphanumeric characters representing a volume serial number If SVOLID and RVOLID are both specified and are equal the two of them may be replaced wi
170. cks per track on both devices This program is modified to use the full capacity of the 3380 track As a result the example squeezes as many blocks per track as possible onto the 3380 NON VSAM SD and DA Data Files Page 83 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE JOB R1 TRANSFER DA FILE ASSGN SYS001 132 ASSGN SYS002 1C2 DLBL F3350 F3350 99 365 DA F SYS001 111111 1 0 20 380 DLBL F3380 F3380 99 365 DA lt SS x lt zZ SS Sy x zZ SYS002 111111 1 0 19 380 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K COPY DATA SFILE F 3350 RFILE F 3380 RMODE SQUEEZE amp Further Note When converting SD files from one disk type to another the EOF parameter must be used to insure that the end of file record is positioned properly If EOF YES is used Dr D will write an EOF after the last block and on the next track unless the last block is on the last track Some languages access methods will detect the EOF only if it is written in a location which would accommodate a block even though an EOF would fit Summary of Control Card Format for RMODE Operand Alter RMODE RESTORE DATA ETC RMODE SQUEEZE COPY DATA RMODE IMAGE Added Facility for SD and DA Files Using the SYNC YES Operand Dr D processes multi extent data files as normally expected under DOS The size and number o
171. containing the DRD standalone supervisor and restore programs The tape is punched into TEXT cards into the VM reader of the user JIM in the example The reader file can then be received into CMS then renamed to be DRDVMIPL TEXT A1 Once this is done a CMS LOAD and START can be used to execute the DRD standalone restore 3215 TERM CON and MACHINE 370 must bein effect JOB JNM DRDVMIPL DISP D CLASS 0 LST CLASS X DISP K JSEP 0 PUN CLASS V DEST JIM JSEP 0 JOB DRDVMIPL PUNCH SA IP TAPE INTO TEXT CARDS BL BOUT BL TAPEIN assgn scratch tape gt ASSGN SYS007 C REW SYS007 EXEC DRD SIZE 200 put DRD on tape SAVE IPL PAUSE PUNCH TEXT CARDS TO VM USE ASSGN SYS008 SYS007 MTC REW SYS008 EXT cards EXEC DRDPUNVM SIZE 600K amp SS E Page 70 Volume Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Volume Logical Disk Pool Backup and Restore The Dr D Volume Logical Function allows non VSAM files to be saved or restored on a logical file basis without having to specify either the disk or disk track block address allowing users to selectively save files on one or more disks in a manner that will allow individual files to be selectively restored For save logical VTOC up to 30 volsers may be entered to designate the pool of disks from which individual files are to be
172. cords or position 5 for variable length records This record should be taken into consideration for data tape The data tape option allows tapes to be produced in standard fixed blocked or variable blocked format Fixed blocked data tapes from keyed files can be input to Dr D to produce ISAM files More importantly ISA M saves may be restored as VSAM files greatly facilitating conversion efforts Additionally user created data tapes may be restored by Dr D but must be in key sequence if keyed and in either standard fixed or variable format VSAM Data File Functions Page 23 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 1 Save VSAM file to tape This example saves VSAM fileto tape amp JOB V1 SAVE INDIVIDUAL VSAM FILE DLBL VSAMFLE MASTER VSAM TLBL TAPEOUT ASSGN SYS007 280 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE VSAM SFILE VSAMFLE SWORD PASSWORD Example 2 Restore VSAM file This example restores the file saved in Example 1 JOB V2 RESTORE INDIVIDUAL VSAMFLE MASTER VSAM DLBL TLBL TAPEL ASSGN SYS008 280 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K VSAM FILE RESTORE VSAM RFILE VSAMFI E RWORD PAS SWORD Note The file is reusable so REDEF is not needed Page 24 VSAM Data File Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 3 Res
173. cted no files Action Correct and rerun job or add ERRORSGN ORE parameter Dispo Job is cancded DOCTOR 317 WARNING UNMATCHED SELEC TOR S ENTERED RCOO1 Cause A function using selector cards has one or more selectors that are unmatched The unmatched selectors are printed on the report for analysis This message will appear on the log along with the report if a backup restore copy function isin use If ERRORAGNORE is used the log output is suppressed Action If necessary correct and rerun the job Dispo Processing continues DOCTOR 401 Dr D ON LINE INTERFACE TERMINATED Cause The current function completed or was terminated Action The Dr D ON LINE transaction terminates DOCTOR 402 BMS MAP FAIL OCCURED Cause An I O error occurred during the sending receiving of a Dr D ON LINE BMS map Action Retry Dr D ON LINE transaction on another terminal If the problem continues contact Dr D Technical Support DOCTOR 403 BMS MAP WAS NOTFOUND Cause A Dr D ON LINE BMS map is unknown to this CICS systems Action Make sure the CICS installation procedures have been followed and the library containing the Dr D ON LINE feature is available DOCTOR 404 BMS LOGIC ERROR OCCURED Cause A CICS error occurred during a Dr D ON LINE mapping function Action This is probably a CICS error Make sure the appropriate CICS BMS support has been generated DOCTOR405 PROGRAM CONTROL LINK FAILED FOR 900000ux Cause The program nam
174. d As many data records as can be accommodated are written on each track Also any records that are out of sequence on a saved track are written in the physical order they appear on the saved track However all records written on a track are sequentially numbered When restoring an SD file RMODE is set to S if it is restored to a new disk type This operation allows the file to be moved to another type of disk and still be accessed by the same program after changing the DTF SELECT or WHATEVER for the new device The reason behind this digression is that exceptional conditions may arise where you might need to change the assumed default Knowing how and what each does aids in deciding on which code to use Specifying RM or S on the CTL card will override the assumed default The only reason for specifying this override is in conversion of direct access from one disk type to another Example 1 Transfer DA file Example 1 assumes a DA file organized in the following manner While the records are randomly scattered throughout the disk the entire extent has been in fact originally pre formatted with X number of EMPTY blocks per track As a result there are only EMPTY blocks containing no data Each record is accessed by randomizing its key to a relative track and record address One file resides on a 3350 The example transfers it to a 3380 Note If RM is not on the control card it will produce the same number of blo
175. d the buffer space is set to three times the assumed or specified tape blocksize see BL parameter For VSAM save the FAST YES function normally uses a buffer equal to the tape blocksize but the VB parameter can be used to increase the buffer size with possible enhanced performance VCOMPRESS YES When restoring VSAM files to VSE ESA with the VSAM compression feature DR D will specify the compression attribute for any file it defines redefines if the file qualifies for compression Dr D will determine whether the file qualifies by using the rules specified in VSAM documentation This allows files to be restored or copied into compressed format without the need to pre qualify those files The FD keyword should be used to insure that file redefinition is performed VNULL YES NO ALL Specifies action to be taken when null VSAM files are encountered YES the assumed option indicates that null files are to be considered for selection NO indicates that null files are not to be considered for selection If used in conjunction with selection by volume SV xxxxxx VNULL ALL causes null files to be treated as though they are selected by volume VOLSER XXXXXX VOLSER XXXXXxX is used to set the serial number of the disk being restored or copied to using SA ALL or SA CUR to a different value than that Saved Copied VOLSELECT SSSSSS VOLSELECT VOLSR1 VOLSR2 This form of
176. d at the specified location Action Rerun the job Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 58 ISAM RESTORE ALXXXX PRIME DATA AREA FULL RC 128 Where FILXXXxX is the filename of the restored copied ISAM file Cause The prime data area is too small to contain all of the file Action Enlarge prime data area and rerun the job Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 59 ISAM RESTORE ALXXXX CYLINDER INDEX AREA FULL RC 128 Where FILXXXxX is the filename of the restored copied ISAM file Cause The cylinder index area is too small to contain all of cylinder indexes Action Enlarge the cylinder index area extent and rerun the job Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 60 ISAM RESTORE ALXXXX MASTER INDEX AREA FULL RC 128 Where FILXXXxX is the filename of the restored copied ISAM file Cause The master index is too small to hold all the master index records Action Enlarge master index extent and rerun the job Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 61 ISAM RESTORE ALXXXX PRIME DATA AREA OVERFLOW RC 128 Where FILXXXxX is the filename of the restored copied ISAM file Cause The prime data area is just one track too small It can t contain the EOF record Action Enlarge the prime data area extent and rerun the job Appendix X Dr D Messages Page 223 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 62 ISAM RESTORE ALXXXX DUPLICATE RECORD Where FILXXXxX is the filename of the restored copied ISAM file Cause A duplicate ke
177. d vice versa Remember however that the first match of an ID to a selector card is used to either select or reject a file so enter them in proper order to get the desired effect PARTIAL REJECT allows the selective rejection of files on the same basis as PA SE The AR parameter allows you to limit the area of the disk s being saved or restored If saving only files whose first only extent is within the specified disk limits are included in the file selection process If restoring this parameter indicates that a reorganizing restore is to be done and specifies the disk area s to contain the restored files If restoring under the control of a disk manager use the DM parameter to allow the disk manager to allocate file space and the PI Pool ID to specify the pseudo volser for disk manager use Do not specify DM unless the disk manager is to allocate the space Page 72 Volume Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE The DC Dr D Control parameter is used to pass additional control parameters to Dr D during the save restore operation The information within the parentheses is appended to the generated control card and is not checked until save restore begins By specifying an asterisk after the last comma delimiter you can continue the control statement on another card but the SV parameter must be entered on the first control card of the group and PARTIAL parameters must be entered on the last contr
178. e DLBL BLOCK SIZE parameter to specify an appropriate disk blocksize use track length if possible The disk block size is independent of the assumed or specified Dr D BLOCKSIZE parameter continue to use BLOCKSIZE as though tape was in use and tape compression CP YES will reduce the size of the disk file required to contain the backup Standard IBM LIOCS is used allowing disk manager control of the TAPEIN TAPEOUT disk file Dr D provides a disk to tape program DOCTORS58 to copy the disk file to tape using DLBL TAPEIN and TLBL TAPEOUT SYSO07 If UPSI 111 is set DOCTORS58 will log information about each file object copied to tape see messages DOCTOR 250 252 Emulate Tape Page 129 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Alien Backup Tape Restore Dr D has the ability to restore backup tapes created by certain other disk utility systems with certain restrictions At this time tapes can be restored that are produced by the Westinghouse disk utility DUS hereafter known as F2 and disk utility system product DUSP hereafter known as F1 and the Computer Associates DYNUTIL hereafter known as F3 and disk utility systems product DUSP 2 0 1 MAXBACK restore utility hereafter known as F4 and the Legent FAVER VSAM utility hereafter known as F5 File types supported are VSAM SAM and Direct Access Volume backups are supported for F1 and volume backups can be restored standalone without Dr D involvement
179. e for the function is not available with this release Action Select another function DOCTOR 414 ERROR DURING Dr D CTLSIMTBUILD Cause An internal logic error occurred during the building of the Dr D control statements in module DRD BDRD Action A CICS transaction dump will occur with a dump code of Dr D2 Contact the Dr D technical support group Please have a dump available for problem analysis DOCTOR 415 ERROR DURING J OB STREAM BUILD Cause An logic error occurred during the building of the VSE job stream in module DRD B OB Action A CICS transaction dump will occur with a dump code of DRD2 Contact the Dr D technical support group Please have a dump available for problem analysis DOCTOR 416 J OB SUBMITFAILURE FUNC TION nnn RC nnn nnn Cause A CICS POWER error occurred during the submit of the Dr D VSE job stream in module DRD BJOB Action Contact the Dr D technical support group Please note the function and return code values in the message These fidds provide additional information on the failure DOCTOR 417 J OB HAS BEEN SUBMITIED Cause The Dr D Batch job stream has been submitted to power Action The current Dr D ON LINE function has completed Page 240 Appendix X Dr D Messages BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE DOCTOR 418 DUPLICATED VOLIDS HAVE BEEN SPECIFRED Cause A DASD volid has been specified more than once in the DASD volume copy information panel Action The DASD VOL id s must be
180. e in which the catalog entry record length differs from the actual to be in variable format and requires the VA YES parameter Associated passwords must be entered using the SW RW parameter Non Cl format files may be saved or restored by specifying VS VR N but due to unknown format of the NON CI file the file must be restored to the same FBA CKD architecture from which it is saved copied Before RESTORING COPYING the output disk file must be defined by either Dr D or IDCAMS If the file is defined with the REUSABLE attribute Dr D will reset the file and restore to it Otherwise either IDCA M S must be used to set the file to EMPTY status or the automatic definition feature must be invoked to redefine the file as EMPTY When SAVING COPYING RESTORING non keyed files an open error message decimal 160 will be logged by DOS VS unless the VSAM file type is specified through the use of the VS VR parameter This error can be ignored without penalty Keyed files may be restored as non keyed and non keyed as keyed provided they arein key sequence Null files empty may be Saved Restored or Copied and the null file will be initialized by writing a dummy record into the file and then deleting it This allows the file to then be opened for any type of access not just sequential output The first and only record on a backup of a null file will contain DOCTOR VSAM NULL FILE beginning in position 1 for fixed length re
181. e s used to determine whether a file is to be Saved Restored as follows If saving any file that fully or partially resides on a selected volume is saved in its entirety If restoring the VO refers to the Volume Serial s of the saved disk s and the selection logic is the same as when saving The first backup file contains file information extracted from the VTOC s and is used to generate label information for the restore During the restore operation the beginning relative track number for the generated extent cards can be set through use of the EB VNNNN Extent Begin parameter One purpose of this is to set the trigger for disk managers since each generated extent begins at the value entered thus allowing the disk manager to allocate space for files being restored Data secured files and VSAM data spaces are automatically excluded from backup unless included by FSECURED YES or by VSAM YES being specified Volume Functions Page 71 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE VSAM files should normally be saved as VSAM files using SAVE LOGICAL VSAM or SAVE VSAM to have any real usefulness During the backup the files being saved may be limited through use of the EXPIRED parameter the PARTIAL YES parameter the VOLSEL parameter or the AREA parameters The EX parameter may be used in four different ways 1 EXPIRED YES Saves all files the default value 2 EXPIRED NO Saves only those files that are
182. ead a file to display the total of the values found in a certain field The file has been saved by Dr D and contains fixed 100 byte logical length records blocked 4 giving 400 byte physical records COBOL Source ID DIVISION PROGRAM ID SUMTAPE ENVIRONMENT DIVISIO DATA DIVISION WORKING STORAGE SECTION 01 CHANGE THE SYSNUM AND FILENAME 02 SYSNUM PIC X 6 VALUE SYS003 02 FILENAME PIC X 7 VALUE MASTER 02 FINDNAME PIC X 7 VALUE DDNAME HE SU PIC 9 7 COMP 3 VALUE ZERO HE RECORD FROM GE 02 ERTAIN FIELD PIC 9 5 02 ER STUFF PIC X 95 FILLER REDEFINES THE RECORD FROM GETTAPE 02 LE PIC X 16 88 E VALUE END OF DATA FILE D 3 CALL SE PE USING F E SYSNUM AND FILE PE LOOP CALL GE PE USING HE RECORD FROM GETTAPE IF NOT EOD ADD A CERTAIN FIELD TO TH GO TO GETTAPE LOOP DISPLAY THE SUM UPON CONSOLE CALL CLOSTAPE STOP RUN Execution JCL JOB SUMTAPE TLBL MASTER ASSGN SYS003 280 EXEC SUMTAPE EFB00400004 GETTAPE Sub Program Page 143 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE GETIAPE Example 2 Using COBOL read a file to display the total number of salesmen that have sold
183. ed by this feature are fully compatible with all Dr D functions You can combine other Dr D saves such as volumes or libraries on the same tape and you can use the FIND and SKIP parameters in the usual way To help you Dr D will print a list of the files that it saves if the print options are set Example 1 Save contents of two catalogs This example saves the contents of two VSAM catalogs to tape JOB VSAM LOGICAL SAVE ASSGN SYS007 TAPE TLBL TAPEOUT DLBL UCAT1 VSAM USER CATALOG ONE VSAM DLBL UCAT2 VSAM USER CATALOG TWO VSAM EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE NOP BL 65496 UPSI 111 CP YES SET TAPE BLOCKSIZE amp UPSI SAVE LOGICAL SCAT UCAT1 FAST YES SAVE FILES IN UCAT1 SAVE LOGICAL SCAT UCAT2 FAST YES SAVE FILES IN UCAT2 SAVE NO TAPE RUN UNLOAD THE TAPE AT COMPLETION amp The example above will save all objects defined in each catalog in alphabetical order of name within catalog DLBL statements are not required for the VSAM files being saved It is possible to be much more selective about which objects are saved by adding more parameters to the SAVE _LOGICAL statement TSTAMP XXXXxX can be used to select files whose time stamp is greater than less than or equal to the datetime specified See section A ppendix Summary of Dr D
184. ed in the message cannot be located Action Make sure the program is in the PPT and the library containing the program is available to CICS Appendix X Dr D Messages Page 239 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE DOCTOR 406 TERMINAL RESETNO ALLOWED HERE Cause A request to reset the terminal has been made Action Request ignored DOCTOR 407 TERMINAL RESET FAILURE nnn Cause An error occurred during the terminal reset processing Action Contact the Doctor D technical support group DOCTOR 408 SELECTION NOTVALID PLEASE RETRY Cause An incorrect function selection was entered Action The system waits for another selection to be made DOCTOR 409 HIGHLIGHTED FEILDS ARE INVALID Cause Invalid fields have been entered in the sdection map Action Correct the fields and enter the data DOCTOR 410 NO DATA ENTERED IN PANEL PLEASE RETRY Cause There was no data entered in the selection panel Action The systems waits until data is entered into the selection map DOCTOR 411 DUPLICATE HLENAMES HAVE BEEN SPECIHED Cause Two or more file selection entries have the same filename Action Filename must be unique Correct the duplicate filename entries and re enter the data DOCTOR 412 NO DYNAMIC USER STORAGE AVAILABLE Cause A request for dynamic CICS storage failed Action Increase the dynamic CICS storage by increasing the partition size or run this CICS in a larger partition DOCTOR 413 FUNCTION IS NOTAVAILABLE Cause The cod
185. ee VSAM messages Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 151 UNREC OVERABLE ERROR ON VSAM ALE VSAM CODE XXX RC 128 Cause See VSAM messages Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 152 VSAM ARLE IS VARIABLE BUT VA YES NOTSPECIFRED RC 128 Cause While saving a VSAM file a logical record is encountered whose length varies from the defined size but the backup is defined for fixed block Action Put VA YES on the save control card and rerun Page 232 Appendix X Dr D Messages BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 153 GEIVIS UNABLE TO ALLOCATE RC 128 Cause Not enough memory is available for GETVIS Action Allocate more memory virtual or real or reduce the size specified on the execute card minimum 64K DOCTOR 154 SA RE LO SPECIHED WTHOUTSVOL RVOL OR SCAT RCAT RC 128 Cause The SV RV and SC RC parameters are used to determine whether SA RE LOGICAL is to be driven by aVTOC or VSAM catalog Action Put SVOL RVOL or SCAT RCAT parameters on the control card and resubmit the job Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 159 NUMBER OF TRAC KS TO BE SAVED NNNNNNN NOTEQUAL RC 128 TO NUMBER SAVED NNNNNNN Cause The number of tracks to be saved in an extent backed up is not equal to the number actually passed to the output buffer Dispo This is probably due to a disk I O failure Rerun the backup to see if the failure is consistent Run the IBM DSF analyze function if the problem rec
186. eeded for the operation If library space is limited always issue a LIBR RELEASE command before attempting the restore Library Create Extend Dr D can add extents to libraries in either VSAM or NON VSAM space but VSE SP does not allow the SYSRES library to have more than one extent These functions are independent of any other library function therefore a follow on restore copy operation is required if members are to be added to the library If the library is in NON VSAM space Dr D will issue an open for each JCL EXTENT card presented with the corresponding VSE EQUAL FILE ID IN VTOC message even if the library is being extended Note That the RFILENAME parameter is required RF SYSLIB is NOT assumed The operator should respond with DELETE after verifying that the correct file ID is listed If the library is in VSAM space and LIBRARY CREATE is specified a single open is issued to allocate the first extent If LIBRARY EXTEND is specified the library is checked to determine the number of existing extents before opening as output to allocate a new extent Example 5 Create Non VSAM library This example creates a NON VSAM Library JOB CREATE NON VSAM DLBL SYSLIB VSE SP NON VSAM LIBRARY EXTENT SYS001 222222 1 0 15 1500 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE LIBRARY UPSI 111 LIBRARY CREATE RFILENAME SYSLIB amp Page 108
187. efinition to be altered by user override statements ROTATE is used to cause file and file component s to be rotated among the candidate volumes of the target catalog allowing the index component to be on a different volume from the data component and files to be more evenly spread over the candidates BLOCKSIZE NNNNN GLOBAL BLOCKSIZE VNNNNN where NNNNN is a five digit decimal number representing the Dr D blocksize It may be specified during Saves Restores or Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords Page 173 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Copies It may be smaller than the default value useful in sending tapes to smaller installations or larger faster execution times and less tape used It may not be set to a value less than the largest disk block 16 in the disk area being saved nor may it exceed 65496 Once a blocksize has been set it is in effect for the remainder of the Dr D execution or until another BL operand is submitted When used with the Data Tape DT YES option NNNNN specifies the Blocksize of the tape record It must be less than 65497 and at least as large as the logical record length plus nine In no event will other than full logical records be written to tape If used during copy operations memory requirements performance and paging rates will be affected in most cases NOTE This parameter should not be used in conjunction with FIND SKIP or POSITION Instead set the bl
188. ejected regardless of whether or not the names of these associated clusters match the selection criteria When restoring associated clusters ESDS base clusters must be restored with the same CISIZE and RECSZ definitions as when they were saved to ensure that any alternate index remains valid Example 3 VSAM logical save with associations In this example assume that all application files are defined in the VSAM master catalog This example saves all the files together with any associated ALTERNATE INDEXES and PATHS Page 16 VSAM Data File Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE JOB VSAM LOGICAL SAVE WITH ASSOCIATIONS ASSGN SYS007 TAPE TLBL TAPEOUT EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE NOP BLOCKSIZE 654 96 UPSI 111 PRINT YES SAVE LOG SCAT IJSYSCT ASSOC YES VUSE CA VNULL IGNORE FAST YES SAVE NOP TAPE RUN amp Example 4 VSAM logical restore The RESTORE operation is almost a direct reversal of the SAVE operation as this example illustrates It restores the contents of the two VSAM catalogs saved in Example 3 The VSAM catalog into which you restore is determined by the RCAT parameter and its label JOB VSAM LOGICAL ASSGN SYS008 TAPE 1 TAPEIN 1 UCAT1 VSAM ER CATALOG ONE VSAM 1 UCAT2 VSAM USER CATALOG TWO VSAM EC DRD SIZE 200 OPERA BLOCKSIZE 654 96 UPSI 111 OGICAL DDNAME
189. elector card See also CISPLIT NN CBEGIN CCCCCCHH BBBBBBBB The CCCCCC is a zero to six digit decimal number representing a cylinder and HH is a two digit decimal number leading zero representing a head It is used with COPY PHYSICAL If the starting tracks for the save and restore extents are equal SBEGIN and RBEGIN may be replaced by CBEGIN For FBA disks this becomes a one to eight decimal digit field representing the starting block number Page 174 Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE CDATA PRIMARYCLASS SECONDARYCLASS GLOBAL The CD PCLASS SCLASS keyword is used to override the data allocation classes of VSAM files being defined by the Dr D auto define feature see also CX This is a global parameter and stays in effect throughout the current execution of Dr D or until changed by a new entry enter CD N to discontinue its effect CFACTOR NNNN CFACTOR NNNN may be specified when RESTORE LOGICAL is used to increase or decrease the space occupied by a file The NNNN is a percentage or multiplying factor of the form NN NN so that CF 110 would increase the file allocation by 10 and CF 90 would decrease by 10 CHALT CCCCCCHH BBBBBBBB The CCCCCC is a zero to six digit decimal number representing a cylinder and HH is a two digit decimal number leading zero representing a head It is used with COPY PHY or COPY ALL If the starting trac
190. er the command POOL DRZAP will then display the existing pool and ask for a pool update command The ADD command is used to initially define a pool id and to add additional disk volsers later The DELETE command is used to fully delete a pool by entering DELETE POOLID ALL or to delete individual disk volsers by entering DELETE POOLID VOLSRI1 VOLSR2 No more than seven volsers may be added or deleted in each command and the pool id and volsers must each be six characters long The command DELETE may also be entered as DEL To allow use of the entered pools you must set the DRD POOLS option as specified in the preceding page s Page 202 Appendix III Dr D POOLS Feature BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Appendix IV Dr D Operating Environment Dr D is compatible with any IBM system ES90xx 30xx 43xx or plug compatible CPU operating under the VSE ESA VSE SP VSE or DOS MVT VSE operating systems and any disk or tape device supported by those operating systems Dr D will operate with or without the following system options a a c d e f Seek separation DASD file protect Asynchronous processing AP YES FOR MULTITASKING RPS support VS PFIX support VS Spooling systems POWER GRASP SPRINT etc Dr D may beinvoked in any partition such as a From the console SYSLOG where it will begin reading control cards from SYSLOG From the card reader SYSRDR where it will begin
191. erride the normal sequence of events by specifying TAPE REW Miscellaneous Operations Page 125 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE TAPE RUN TAPE NOR in conjunction with SAVE or RESTORE If specified with SAVE the tapeout tape will be closed with the appropriate REWIND REWIND and UNLOAD or NO REWIND and reopened before saving Likewise specifying TAPE on a RESTORE control card will close the tapein tape with the specified option and reopen the tape prior to restoring Example 6 Save two packs This job stream performs two backups and closes the tape out informing the operator to mount the next tape JOB SAVE TWO PACKS ASSGN SYS003 131 ASSGN SYS004 132 ASSGN SYS010 280 TLBL TAPEOUT SAVE EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE ALL SSYSNO SYS003 TOUT SYS010 SAVE ALL SSYSNO SYS004 TAPE RUN OPERATOR MOUNT NEXT TAPE amp It is important to remember that if TA XXX is specified on a control card the tape is closed immediately with the appropriate option before anything is saved or restored By putting TA XXxX on the next card the user can close a tape after the save or restore This raises some questions In the cases where there is no next card or the user wants to rewind the tape after a save but the next card is arestore card adummy function N OP is employed Specifying RE NO or SA NO will put
192. es 64 Miscellaneous Operands a A 120 Savi NO ariera aeai iia 64 Non VSAM SD DA isser 82 VNO LES n ave N aN 16 196 Physical Save Restore Copy sssseee 66 VOLSELEGT Sis cevstisdicebscivacshaadbcenduedesstvenss 196 Private Libraries ceeeeeeseeeeees 162 167 VOL SERFS wieceticei tnd ete cts 196 RM ODE Opera u e sssssseesseesseesseesseesseensees 84 Volume Functions System Libraries o essssssssssesstssssssssseesssees 159 Compacting Reorganizing sesssssee 55 Tape PUNCHES cates tatcaescaleneaiceneeteas 121 COPYING acest sncthives dor ascrote vest Aire eer 49 User Exits aiaeag nan 104 Copying disk to GSK ssssssssssssssssstrsrssssnne 57 Volume FUNCTIONS ceccccceccseceesseceeeeeeeees 58 REStOrIN Oena enen aaeain araia 49 Volume Logical s es 79 Restoring from tape 52 VSAM id cei A ee ots seen ale ce 27 SAVING stich A ene 49 VSE SP Library FUNGON 109 Saving tO CAPO eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeaes 49 SUPPERS ica ira Na a ARS 193 Summary of Control Card Formats 58 BIM Dr D Page 253 Volume Logical eseeeeeeeeeeteteteteteeeeeteneteees 71 XSS a a a A a Aa aN 198 Summary of Control Card Formats 79 Volume Serial NUMDELS cece 119 VRTY PE Sirnea iiia 196 VSAM AIX Record Selection s 46 Alternate Index Feature s 39 Auto Definition Feature 28 Build Alternate Index Feature 39 Catalog Logical Feature 13 Complex Record Selection cccccscsceees 48 COPYING sie sith dade ete eee ease 2
193. essing will be displayed on the terminal usually at line 24 The Dr D ON LINE messages are documented in the Dr D user manual and are assigned the range of 401 through 449 Transaction abends and dumps may accompany the diagnostic messages to provide useful information for system debugging The Dr D ON LINE transaction dumps can be identified via DRDn These dumps only occur when a message will not suffice and should be sent to your Dr D technical support department for further action Page 8 Introduction BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Running Dr D ON LINE under VSE Interactive Interface Once you have setup Dr D ON LINE to run under the VSE Interactive Interface you may activate the Dr D ON LINE interface via a VSE Interactive Interface panad When the Dr D ON LINE interface has completed control will be returned to the VSE interactive interface panel Introduction Page 9 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Installation Dr D is shipped on an unlabeled tape or cartridge containing a POWER offload of aRDR queue job When this tape is loaded into your RDR Queue there will be one POWER job INSTALL which will catalog Dr D to your libraries Step 1 Load Distribution Tape Mount the distribution tape on a tape drive and enter the following POWER VSE command on the console S RDR cuu where cuu is the address of the tape drive Step 2 Release Install J ob Alter the POWER job INSTALL t
194. estore SD files saved with the Data Tape feature This example restores the two SD files saved in example 3 reblocking each file JOB RESTORE SD FILES USING THE DATA TAPE ASSGN SYS008 181 TC REW 181 FILL FIXED BLOCKED SAM FILE SD ENT S SOOGL 1 0 25 300 FIL2 VARIABLE BLOCKED SAM FILE SD ENT SYSO001 1 0 4500 6000 APEIN FIXED BLOCKED SAM FILE TDI0001 VARIABLE BLOCKED SAM FILE EC DRD SIZE 200K DATA RFILE FIL1 DTAPE YES TA REW UPSI 111 LREC 100 NRECDS 100 ORE DATA RFILE FIL2 DIAPE YES VARIABLE YES LBLOCK 16000 ORE NOP TAPE REW Dr D Data Tape Feature Page 135 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE GETIAPE Sub Program The GETTAPE subroutine can be called from a user program to access a data file found on a Dr D save file The save file must be on tape this subroutine will fail trying to open a save file stored on disk This user program into which this subroutine is included can be relocatable self relocating or linked at a fixed address as long as standard calling protocol is observed such as produced by COBOL and ASSEMBLER Use of this subroutine eliminates any need to understand the complexities of the Dr D save tape including identification of embedded contro
195. evice JOB REDUCE VTOC FROM 15 TRACKS TO 5 TRACKS EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCT ION VTOCMOVE RVOLSER CKD111 RBEGIN 88400 RHALT 88404 amp NON VSAM SD and DA Data Files Page 89 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE VTOC Mile Delete Function The VTOC delete function allows files to be deleted using the same flexible selection process used in the SAVE RESTORE LOGICAL and LISTVTOC functions This can be useful when reorganizing DISK space or when moving files from one DISK to another or anytime single groups of files are to be deleted To prevent the accidental deletion of files this function uses a slightly different approach to file selection no file is deleted unless PARTIAL SELECT REJECT is entered IF the PARTIAL parameter is not entered the only action taken is the listing of the files that would be deleted Additionally the FD TEST parameter should be used initially to produce a list of files to be deleted Once the list has been checked for correctness then FD DELETE can be used to actually delete the file s Example 1 Test run of the DELETE function no files will be deleted The following example produces a list of files in a PAYROLL system that have been moved to a new disk pool using SAVE LOGICAL and RESTORE _OGICAL and now must be deleted from the source disk s eee eet ee lll
196. exceed the number of cylinders from laba information Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 27 INVALID ALLOCATIONS CL CCCTI RL CCCTISL C CCTTPL CCC RC 128 FBA type disk use code gt BBBBBBDDD in place of CCCTT Where CCCTT are the allocations for CORE IMAGE RELO SOURCE and PROCEDURE libraries respectivdy CCC is the number of cylinders in the library TT is the number of directory tracks BBBBBBDDD is FBA library amp directory blocks Cause CCCTT BBBBBBDDD was neither S or numeric or the core image allocation was zero Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 28 PHYSIC AL DISK ADDRESS MISSING INVALID RC 128 Cause A function requiring the entry of disk start and end address is being performed and a required disk address is invalid or not entered A disk address may be invalid for three reasons 1 the start address exceeds the end address 2 the end address exceeds the device limit 3 for CKD disks the head number is not within assumed specified limits Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 30 RESI XXX BUT ALXXXX NOTON CYL BOUNDARY FALE START C CCHH STOP C CHH RC 128 Where XXX is the subject of the COPY RESTORE operand FILXXXX is the default or explicit filename of a private library or SYSTEM residence file CCCHH represents the file start and stop extents CCC is the cylinder HH is the head Cause When copying restoring either a private library PS PR PC PP or a SYSTEM residence file reorg the files must be on a cylinder bou
197. f extents of the save file and restore file are independent of each other Upon restoring Dr D will fill each extent in order switching to the next extent as the current one becomes full the input and output extents are treated asynchronously Example 1 Copy Three extents to One This example creates a job stream to copy a three extent file over to a one extent file JOB S1 MERGE THREE EXTENTS TO ONE DLBL THREE zZ EXTE SYS001 111111 1 0 20 20 EXTE SYS001 111111 1 1 40 20 EXTENT SYS001 111111 1 2 60 20 Z DLBL ONE EXTENT SYS001 111111 1 0 1000 60 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K COP Y DATA SFILE THREE RFILE ONE amp Page 84 NON VSAM SD and DA Data Files BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 2 Split One extent into Three This example splits a one extent file into three JOB S1 SPLIT ONE EXTENT INTO THREE DLBL ONE EXTENT SYS001 111111 1 0 1000 60 DLBL THREE EXTENT SYS001 111111 1 0 20 20 EXTENT SYS001 111111 1 1 40 20 EXTENT SYS001 111111 1 2 60 20 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K COPY DATA SFILE ONE RFILE THREE amp However sometimes you might want to switch output extents before each fills up Putting SYNC YES
198. fixed decimal bytes YYYYY represents the total number of bytes not fixed in decimal The sum of XXXXX and YYYYY is the total number of bytes Dr D attempted to fix Cause When executing in the virtual mode with PFIX support in the supervisor Dr D will attempt to fix the above mentioned portions in real storage When there is insufficient real core for this the message is logged Dispo Asmany as possible pages are fixed and the job continues DOCTOR 23 SYSXXX IS ASSIGNED IGN OR UA RC 128 Where SYSXXX is a default or explicit SYS number Cause While trying to set DASD file protect limits for a particular SYS number Dr D has determined that the SYS number is assigned UA or IGN Action Make the correct assignment and rerun the job Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 24 SYSXXX IS ASSIGNED TO NON DASD RC 128 Where SYSXXX is a default or explicit SYS number Cause While trying to set DASD file protect limits for a particular SYS number Dr D has determined that the SYS number is assigned to a non disk type device Action Make the correct assignment and rerun the job Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 26 NO MATCH ON SYSRES END CYL ALLOC XXX BUTLABEL YYY RC 128 Where XXX is the sum of the specified or default library allocations plus begin cylinder sub directories etc plus end cylinder label area YYY is the number of cylinders as computed from the extent card for the filename supplied in RF Cause The allocated number of cylinders
199. for SYNC Operand Synchronize Output Extents with Input RESTORE DATA ETC SYNC YES COPY DATA Page 86 NON VSAM SD and DA Data Files BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Dr D LISIVTOC Function The DR D LISTVTOC function provides a compact but complete report of the files in the VTOC of one or more disks This function is almost identical to the DR D VTOC SAVE LOGICAL feature with the same file selection capability The only difference is that no files are saved and FUNCTIONS VTOC is specified instead of SAVE LOGICAL Like SAVE LOGICAL either single or multiple disks may be processed For DR D LISTVTOC up to 30 volsers may be entered to designate the pool of disks from which individual files are to be listed The report is produced in FILE ID sequence with all files selected sorted together allowing a complete alphabetic list of all files in asingle pool of disks At the end of file listing a space map is printed showing the location and size of each available space on each disk in the pool of disks specified The FORMAT keyword can be used to affect the report in several ways If FORMATS A is specified no space map is printed If FORMAT 8 is specified individual files are not listed If an extent listing is desired a two character operand is used where the second is an E i e FORMAT AE FORMATE OR FORMAT XE if neither option A OR B is desired Example 1 List all VIOC entries of
200. four VSAM files using the Data Tape feature It assumes the files are all defined with fixed length records JOB P0O1 SAVE VSAM USING THE DATA TAPE FEATURE ASSGN SYS007 181 MTC REW 181 DLBL FIL1 AR CUST NA VSAM CAT IJSYSUJ DLBL FIL2 ASSISAM VSAM CAT IJSYSUJ DLBL FIL3 CAMAST FOUR SIX VSAM CAT IJSYSUJ DLBL FIL4 TLBL TAPEOUT AR CUST NA TLBL TDOOO001 ASSISAM BL TDOO002 CAMAST FOUR SIX TLB DO0003 LABS SAMPLES FILE EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE VSAM SFILE FIL1 DTAPE YES FAST YES TAPE REW UPSI 111 DIAPE YES FAST YES D D SAVE VSAM SFILE FIL2 SAVE VSAM SFILE FIL3 SAVE VSAM SFILE FIL4 SAVE NOP TAPE REW APE YES FAST YES APE YES FAST YES LABS SAMPLES FILE VSAM CAT IJSYSUJI Example 2 Restore four VSAM files with Data Tape feature This example restores four VSAM files saved in example 1 It assumes all the VSAM files are either null or have been defined as reusable JOB P02 RESTORE VSAM USING THE DATA TAPE FEATURE ASSGN SYS008 181 MTC REW 181 TLBL TAPEIN AR CUST NA TLBL TDIOO0O1 ASSISAM TLBL TDIO0002 CAMAST FOUR SIX
201. g backup or restore of files in logical record format This method should be used in most situations If records are to be created see the following section User Exit Type 1 Dr D loads the user program into the partition use an EXEC size large enough for both Dr D and the user program and before each logical record is processed by Dr D it is passed to the user exit along with three one byte flags to indicate end of file whether backup or restore is in operation and a user supplied record delete flag The EOF flag is set to E to indicate end of file while the function flag is set to B to indicate backup or R to indicate restore On return to Dr D the user exit may place a D in the delete flag to request that the current record be deleted If saving the record is not written to the tape If restoring the record is not restored Dr D passes five address constants to the user exit as pointers to the logical record the EOF flag the function indicator the delete flag and the logical record length This means that the user exit must have a USING or ENTRY type statement that establishes the addressability of these five items If the user exit is written in ANS COBOL the GSIDMNSO module supplied on the DRD install tape must at link edit time be substituted for the IBM supplied ILBDMNSO module This is most easily achieved by adding an INCLUDE to the link edit DO NOT REPLACE THE IBM MODULE Page 98 User Exits BIM
202. git numeric then it is assumed to be the actual DD DLBL name to be used and to represent a standard or user DLBL The cluster records used to build the AIX may be selected by adding PARTIAL SELECT to the FUNCTION control card and including a record selector card for each AIX to be built selectively If multiple AIX s are built then each selector must be prefixed by the relative AIX number the first AIX is 1 the 2nd is 2 etc See section Build AIX Record Selection on page 46 for more about the record selection language Non contiguous key AIX s may be built by specifying PARTIAL SELECT on the FUNCTION B8UILDAIX control card and then including one or more KEY definition statements having the following format KEY P1 L1 P2 L2 Pn Ln The P represents the relative position in the base cluster while the L is the length of the key data at the P position relative to one 1 3 means position 1 length 3 Since IDCAMS and VSAM do not support non contiguous keys directly the AIX must be defined as NOUPGRADE and the key specified need only have a length great enough to contain the total length of key segments specified Please note that a patch to VSAM module IKQVRM is required to allow use of non contiguous key AIX s AIX records may be made unique by use of the UNIQUE keyword This is achieved by appending a four byte key suffix to each AIX key The suffix is a sequential binary number that thereby makes each key
203. gth was specified and the file block size is not evenly divisible by it Action None Appendix X Dr D Messages Page 227 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 94 UPSI XXXXXX1X IS SPECIHED BUT SAVE AND RESTORE BOTH SPECIHED RC 128 Cause The UPSI setting indicates that a MATCHING RESTORE is to be performed but a mixture of restore save copy control cards have been entered Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 95 LIBR UNABLE TO DEANE SPECIFIED LIBRARY RC 128 Cause The IBM LIBR program has been called to define an SP2 library when LIB N EW has been specified and the library cannot be defined Action Review LIBR output on SYSLST Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 96 SP2 LIBRARY DISK ERROR INVALID LIBRARY FORMAT RC 128 Cause An unformatted track has been detected or an unrecoverable disk error has occurred within an area of the library being read or written Action Run the IBM LIBR test function to test the library for errors Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 97 DIRECTORY ERROR PROCESSING SUB LIBRARY SSSSSSSS RC002 Cause During VSE SP library backup an error in the directory has caused processing of the sub library listed to be aborted Action Run the LIBR test function to determine library condition Dispo Backup continues with the next sub library if possible DOCTOR 98 BAC KUP NOTSAVE ALL C UR OR WRONG DEVICE TYPE Cause During standalone restore DR D has found tape data
204. hat had neither the FIND or RF PARAMETER Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 89 Dr D SOFTWARE ERROR RC 128 Cause Dr D has detected an illogical condition during processing which it assumes to be an error it has created Action If option dump was not in effect resubmit the job with the dump option A memory dump will be produced SVC 255 Please contact your Dr D representative DOCTOR 90 WRONG LENGTH RECORD ATCCCHHR HEX C CCHHR RC002 Cause A wrong length record has been detected at the listed CCCHHR Action None DOCTOR 91 ASSUMED SPEC IHED BLOC K SIZE AAAAA LESS THAN BLOCK RC 128 SIZ BBBBB found atc ylinder CCCC head HH record RRR Cause Dr D has encountered a physical block greater than the assumed or specified blocksize Action Increase the blocksize to at least track capacity and rerun use BL In case of some disk errors a count area may be read that indicates a physical block exceeding track capacity usually in an unused area of the disk The erase function can in some cases be used to clear the bad count area Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 92 LOGICAL REC ORD TOO LARGE FOR SPEC IAED BLOCK SIZE RECORD LENGTH RC 128 Cause A logical record has been read that is larger than the assumed or specified blocksize Action Increase the blocksize see BL parameter and rerun the job Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 93 BLOCK SIZE NOTEVENLY DIVISIBLE BY SPECIHED LOGICAL RC 128 Cause The logical record len
205. hat was loaded in the RDR Queue to run in a partition that has labels established for link editing A RDR INSTALL DISP D CLASS Step 3a Installation in VSE SP and VSE ESA When job INSTALL starts up it will pause allowing you to enter required JCL to catalog Dr D to your VSE SP or VSE ESA system Note that the required responses are in lower case BG partition 0 assumed JOB INSTALL DR D THIS IS DR D VER X X X EXPIRATION DATE YY DDD PAUSE ENTER TO LIBDEFS FOR CL 0 libdef catalog vsesp drdlib O HIT ENTER AFTER THE LIBDEF IS ACCEPTED THEN WAIT FOR THE PAUSE THEN ENTER EXEC LIBR PARM ACCESS SUBLIB LLLLLLL SSSSSSSS PAUSE ENTER COMMANDS 0 exec libr parm access sublib vsesp drdlib O input sysipt Q HIT ENTER PAUSE CATALOGING COMPLETE APPLY ANY FIXES NOW 0 PAUSE DR D INSTALL COMPLETED 0 PAUSE TYPE CANCEL TO BYPASS MANUAL PRINTING cancel bg EOJ INSTAI Page 10 Installation BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Step 3B Installation in VSE and MVT ESA not VSE SP or VSE ESA When job INSTALL starts up it will pause allowing you to enter required JCL to catalog Dr D to your VSE or MVT system Note that the required responses are in lower case BG partition 0 assumed JOB INSTALL DR D
206. he LB and VARIABLE YES keywords must be specified for variable length records When restoring to SAM files reblocking may be accomplished by adjusting the value specified for the NR keyword for fixed length records or the LB keyword for variable length records Using the SAVE file Although intended for use by Dr D only user written programs can read the SAVE file created with the Data Tape feature The actual blocksize found in the SAVE file will approach the value specified or defaulted for the BLKSIZE keyword but never actually reach that value Dr D always builds internal buffers with all potential control information which varies with the file organization and file format as well the device type on which the file resides All that control information however is renoved before the buffer is actually written to the save file If you choose to read the SAVE file for fixed length records choose a blocksize value equal to the largest multiple of the logical record size that does not exceed the value specified or defaulted for the BLKSIZE keyword If you Dr D Data Tape Feature Page 133 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE choose to read the SAVE file for variable length records choose a blocksize value equal to the value specified or defaulted for the BLKSIZE keyword Use of these techniques will always satisfy Logical IOCS requirements Example 1 Save four VSAM files to tape with Data Tape feature This example saves
207. he disk to be saved copied restored is either assigned UA IGN or a non disk type device Action Correct the assignment and rerun the job Dispo The job is canceled Page 216 Appendix X Dr D Messages BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE DOCTOR 05 REST PUTLABEL BUT ALXXXX NOTSD ORDA RC 128 Where FILXXXX was the filename specified in RF Cause REPU was specified but the file s organization is not SD or DA Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 06 NO DLBL EXTENTS FOR ALXXXX RC 128 Where FILXXXxX is the filename subject of e amp ther an SF or RF operand of the control statement Cause There are no DLBL EXTENT cards either inJCL or standard labels for the file Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 07 FILE NAME UNSPECIFIED FOR SAVE RESTORE XXX RC 128 Where XXX is DATA REORG or PS PR PC PP Cause For SAVE DATA SFILE must be specified RESTORE DATA RFILE must be specified COPY DATA SF and RF must be specified COPY RESTORE REORG RF must be specified COPY RESTORES PR PC and LIB N EW RF must be specified Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 08 RESTORING VOLUME FROM A XXXX TO A YYYY RC 128 Where XXXxX is the save disk type YYYY is the restore disk type Cause The saving and restoring disk types differ for volume SAVE REST COPY i e A 3375 was saved and is being restored to a 3380 Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 09 INVALID OPERAND SAVE XXX BUT RESTO RE YYY RC 128 Where XXX was the
208. he disk volume serial number s for operations where normal LIOCS processing is not used Whenever the operand is entered Dr D checks to see if there is a usable assignment for the disk s and attempts to make an assignment if necessary thereby eliminating the need for JCL assign statements If a proper assignment cannot be made or the disk volser specified cannot be located an error message is produced Dr D will attempt to make necessary disk assignments anytime the disk volser is known from the SV RV CV or EXTENT statement Example 4 Specify disk Volume Serial number This example is for the operator that needs to save a pack whose serial number is 654321 but is unsure of the physical disk address JOB O4 SAVE DISK VOLSER 654321 BRSSGN SYS007 280 TLBL TAPEOUT EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE ALL SVOLSER 654321 amp Miscellaneous Operations Page 119 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 5 Copy entire Cylinder This example copies the entire second cylinder from 3380 on 131 serial ABCDEF to 3380 on 132 serial 123456 JOB O5 FIRST EXEC DRD SIZE 200K COPY PHYS CBEGIN 100 CHALT 114 RMODE IMAGE RVOLSER 123456 SV ABCDEF amp Summary of Control Card Formats for Miscellaneous Operands Log Message on Console OPERATOR XXX XXX FUNCTION LOG MSG PRIOR TO SAVE RESTORE COPY
209. he file s high used RBA relative byte address IGNORE This parameter is used in conjunction with PARTIAL to prevent cancellation when no files are selected for backup restore See DOCTOR 171 and DOCTOR 316 error messages EXITFBFFFFFHHH EXITFUFFFFEGGG EXIT Statements are individual director cards required immediately after an operation director card containing the USER parameter EXITISA A BBBCCCDDDDDEEEEE is specified when user exits are processing ISAM files Parameter values are IS Indicates ISAM organization AA No Tracks cylinder overflow BBB No Logical records per physical block CCC Keylength DDDDD Logical record length EEEEE Starting position of key counting from 1 EXITFBFFFFFHHH is specified when user exits are processing fixed blocked SAM or DAM files Parameter values are FB Indicates fixed blocked FFFFF Exact physical blocksize Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords Page 179 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE HHH No Logical records per block EXITFUFFFFFGGG is specified when user exits are processing fixed unblocked SAM or DAM files Parameter values are FU Indicates fixed unblocked FFFFF _ Exact physical blocksize GGG Key length If akey is present it must start in position one of the record Only one exit Card permitted per operation card This parameter is invalid for other functions or operations EX
210. he tape 2 the time and date the tape was created 3 adescription of each save that was done to create the tape If UPSI 1 is used the report is produced on SYSLST only If execution is abnormally terminated via an illegal SVC 255 there is a format error on the save tape This probably means the tape has been scratched or it s not a save tape Dr D Listtape Function Page 147 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Dr D Tape Copy Feature Dr D Logical Dr D can copy tapes in two different modes The first copies at the logical tape file level with an open and close for each input and output tape The second copies in image mode does not open or close tapes and expects each input tape to fit within the limits of its corresponding output tape In eather mode tape blocks can be modified by supplying pairs of scan and replace control cards Tape Copy Feature The logical tape copy function allows single or multi volume tapes to be copied and if desired reblocked in the process Normal Dr D tape commands are used to REWIND UNLOAD tapes and stacked multi file tapes may be processed since tapes are normally opened and closed with NO REWIND Input and output tapes are assumed to have standard labels but input may be unlabeled if the NO VOLI1 message is ignored Example 1 Tape Copy without Reblock Example 2 Ta 7 amp JOB TAPE COPY WITHOUT REBLOC ASSGN SYS007 181
211. her TA PETWO or TAPEO003 then the UPSI setting is not needed to invoke the creation of the additional tape s Invoking the creation of the third tape always implies creation of the second tape i e specifying UPSI XXXXXXXX1 is equivalent UPSI XXX1XXXX1 and specifying TD TAPEOO3 is the same as TD TAPETWO TAPEO03 TI TO TT T3 SYSXXX TAPEIN TAPEOUT TAPETWO TAPE003 GLOBAL To specify a tape SYSNO different from that assumed This parameter must be used on the first control card or repeated on the 2nd if the Ist card is SAVESPL Itis then effective throughout an execution of Dr D TO cccchh CKD disk only For RESTORE ALL CURRENT with AREA SELECT this allows the selected area to be restored to a new cylinder and head location If the cccchh is preceded by the letter K the cylinder number of the SAVED area is retained This parameter iS added to the AREA selector card not the RESTORE ALL CURRENT statement TSTAMP XXXXXXXX TIME STAMP GLOBAL The TSTAMP XXXXXX keyword is used to select VSAM files or library members based on their time stamps At this time it applies to SAVE RESTORE LOGICAL FUNCTION LCAT FUNCTION DELETE FUNCTION DIR SAVE RESTORE LIB The operand is either an absolute date or a date relative to today the machine IPL date If an absolute date the format is YYDDD where YY is the year and Page 194 Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE
212. i ani 176 CPE a aa n art aianinn gd aie 119 176 Creating a Format 1 Label 113 CY SNOS a er eine 176 CTLOWER S erara taadaa aaia aa iaaa 176 CUPPER Sheta ia cine ta ia 176 87201 D E E E E E E 177 CVOLSER Sarai a aega 119 E EAT 177 CY LOF LO Sn hia aE ie 177 D DA Data Files Saving and Restoring eeeeeeeeeteteees 80 Summary of Control Card Formats 82 USING RM ODE 1 eeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeaes 83 Data Tape Feature 133 DATE Sssicaisieisstisatineaisanunnt irai 177 DCONTROLA gt cesesscscscsseseseeesesetenseseeeeenes 177 DDS a aisha aaa 177 DELET ES inncan aalan 178 DIRT RK S iiiiisctsnnncud ancuweiictnian 178 Disk POOIS tiiiestiscaiinescisiteseetnatitaariadieesce 55 Backup And Restore 71 DM A Senne tale ten 178 DOS VSE Operations s s s 205 Dr D ON LINE Installationen 11 IMCPOGUCTION sscesesessseessscssssssssreesesasseseseees 8 DTA PE Sai swncentvissdvunatiadivnnectiasies 178 E EBSi hora dinar a aa a iraan 179 Emulate Tape Feature 129 EOF Sa eip ariaa aeiiaaie 179 Erasing a DISK sssssssssesssssrssessesrrsrssrerrsrsereness 114 Summary of Control Card Formats 114 ERRORS a aaan anai aeiaai 179 Examples Copy Disk to DiSk ssssssssessssrsrssierrersres 6 J CL sitiididevatouniinicu cad aai 3 Restore to DiSK eeeesseseseceetetetetseseeeeeeteeaes 6 Save Disk tO Tape eseseseseseteeeeeeetseeeteeaes 6 EXIT Statement ccecccseteseseeeeseeseseeeeeees 179 EXPIRED Sifs
213. icating the highest efficiency and least disorganization For information on how to use the FORMAT parameter please refer to the keyword section of this manual Example 1 Using the LDIREC TORY function list all members in Lib PRD2 List all members of the PRD2 library lieeutasscaauemess JOB LIST ALL MEMBERS EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION LDIRECTORY SFILE PRD2 amp Example 2 List members changed oradded to the library List all members changed added to the library in the last two days JOB LIST MEMBERS ADDED CHANGED EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION LDIRECTORY SFILE PRD2 TSTAMP gt 1 Page 110 VSE SP Library Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 3 List all phases in the library regardless of sub library List all members of type PHASE regardless of their sub li brary JOB LIST MEMBER TYPE PHASE EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION LDIRECTORY SFILE PRD2 MEMBER SELECT t SELECT ALL SUB LIBRARIES PHASE SELECT PHASES JIIIIIT SELECT ALL MEMBERS TERMINATE SELECTION amp Example 4 List all phases that have changed in sub library TEST List all PHASE type members changed since MAY 1 1991 AT 9 AM but only those in sub library TEST JOB LIST MEMBE
214. ications No additional CICS support is required for Dr D ON LINE Step 5A Updating The CICS PCT Add the following copy statement to your PCT source reassemble and catalog it COPY DRDSPCT Step 5B Updating The CICS PPT Add the following copy statement to your PPT source reassemble and then catalog it Installation Page 11 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE COPY DRDSPPT Step 5C Adding Dr D ON LINE to the VSE Interactive Interface The Dr D ON LINE interface will also support the VSE Interactive Interface The following steps illustrate the changes required to implement the Interactive Interface support for Dr D ON LINE 1 Activate the Interactive Interface 2 Select the Resource Definition panel 3 Select the User Interface Tailoring panel 4 Add Dr D ON LINE selection via M aintain Selection Panels Name DRDCICS Type 1 Text Dr D ON LINE Interface 5 Add Dr D ON LINE selection via Maintain A pplication Profiles Name DRDCICS Activate DRD Code 1 Case 1 Data4 ESDRD Show 2 Page 12 Installation BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE VSAM Data File Functions VSAM Catalog Logical Feature The Dr D VSAM LOGICAL feature is designed to enable some or all of the objects within a VSAM catalog to be saved or restored with a single Dr D statement At the same time the feature allows individual objects to be selected for restoration if desired Tapes produc
215. ied it loses any attributes regarding private or system per se Specifying the type of library to be built reassigns these attributes Also the restored library is independent of the saved library in the following parameters size location on disk and types of disks Upon restoration the library is automatically condensed Also you may tell Dr D to specifically include or exclude certain members from the library when restoring see Section Member Selectior on page 169 for more information on MEMBER SELECT REJECT Since a restore condenses a library Dr D may be used as a high speed library backup and condense system Warning NEVER RESTORE A CORE IMAGE LIBRARY TO THE SYSRES YOU ARE CURRENTLY IPLed FROM Saving Restoring Copying System Libraries How to Save a System Library Specifying SAVE COPY SC SR SS SP will SAVE COPY a system CORE RELO SOURCE OR PROC library respectively The SYSRES on which these libraries reside is assumed to be on the drive where SYSRES is assigned This may be overridden by specifying an alternate SSY SN O SY SXXX Thus you may save a system library from which a SYSRES is not PLed Example 9 Save Source Statement Library from SYSRES This example saves the system source statement library from SYSRES and then from a non resident SYSRES pack on 131 JOB L9 ASSGN SYS007 280 TLBL TAPEOUT SSL ASSGN SYS015 131 SIZE 200K E SSOURCE E SSOURCE SSYSNO SYS015
216. if this message appears DRDCNVRS 06 UNSUPPORTED CONVERSION OPTION 0000000000000 Cause The conversion system cannot determine how to convert the specified statement or statement option Appendix X Dr D Messages Page 245 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Appendix XI Sample Reports 1ve654 DR D LIST VTOC DOSRES SYSWK1 12 11 1998 PAGE 001 01 46 PM TIME STAMP SELECTOR NONE SSM LAST TYPE SEC CREATED EXPIRES ACCESSED CISIZE VOLSER START END START SIZE SEQ DOS LABEL FILE FF230FFF7490 AREAL DA N 1 13 1998 1999 366 421376 DOSRES 59136 59455 59136 320 DOS PAGING FILE FF230FFF7490 DA N 1 14 1998 1999 366 421376 DOSRES 125568 142463 125568 16896 DOSRES 315072 331455 315072 16384 DOSRES 331456 446143 331456 114688 SYSWK1 376704 393599 376704 16896 FILE TOTAL 164864 1 13 1998 1999 366 SYSWK1 306688 376703 306688 70016 1 13 1998 1 13 1998 SYSWK1 478912 479103 478912 192 1 13 1998 1999 366 SYSWK1 479104 479167 479104 64 8 17 1998 8 24 1998 SYSWK1 eles 2 59134 1 13 1998 1999 366 SYSWK1 196672 233727 196672 37056 4 06 1998 1999 366 SYSWK1 485168 488167 485168 3000 4 06 1998 1999 366 SYSWK1 482168 485167 482168 3000 4 30 1998 1999 366 SYSWK1 479168 482167 479168 3000 5 12 1998 12 31 1999 SYSWK1 754048 759103 754048 5056 4 06 1998 1999 366 SYSWK1 467776 472831 467776 5056 1 13 1998 1999 366 SYSWK1 465600 467647 465600 2048 1 13 1998 1999 366 SYSWK1 393600 465599 393600 72000 1 13 1998 1999 366 DOSRES 59456 59839 59456 384 5 12 1998
217. iler labels Since the tapes are not opened a warning message DOCTOR 610 is issued before the first copy begins so that the operator will know to be especially careful to insure that only scratchable tapes are mounted on the output drive s The user should be aware that the VOL label is copied exactly so that there is then more than one tape with the same volume serial number and be aware of possible problems if a tape management system is in use This copy method copies data and tapemarks until 1 the EOT reflector is sensed on input or output or 2 a tape error occurs on the input tape If end of output occurs the operator will be asked whether to treat as end of input or to continue on another tape If end of input or tape error occurs it is treated as end of copy For information on how to use the FORMAT parameter please refer to the keyword section of this manual Example 4 Image Tape Copy JOB IMAGE TAPE COPY ASSGN SYS007 181 OUTPUT TAPE ASSGN SYS008 180 INPUT TAPE EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION CTAPE FORMAT IMAGE TAPE Dr D Tape Copy Feature Page 149 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 5 Image Tape Copy Dual output JOB IMAGE TAPE COPY WITH ASSGN SYS006 182 SECOND ASSGN SYS007 181 OUTPUT ASSGN SYS008 180 INPUT UPS ILLI EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION CTAPE FORMAT IMAGE
218. ill fit is copied If it is smaller then the remainder of the receiving block is left as found pe ee a JOB P13 COPY EXEC DRD SIZE 200K set global options gt COPY NOP UPSTI 111 PRINT YES update one block gt CO PH CV CKD476 SB 601R5 RB 902R7 RM UPDATE amp Volume Functions Page 65 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Summary of Control Card Format for Physical C YL HEAD Operations Save an Area of a Disk CKD gt E PHYSICAL EOF YES SSYSNO SYSXXX SBEGIN CCCHH HALT CCCHH STLOWER HH SUPPER HH VM YES FBA gt E PHYSICAL SSYSNO SYSXXX SBEGIN BBBBBB SHALT BBBBBB Restore an Area Ofa Disk CKD gt RESTORE PHYSICAL RMODE X RSYSNO SYSXXX RBEGIN CCCHH RHALT CCCHH RTLOWER HH RUPPER HH VM YES AREA X FBA gt ES TORE PHYSICAL RSYSNO SYSXXX RBEGIN BBBBBB RHALT BBBBBB AREA XX Copy an Area ofa Disk CKD gt COP Y PHYSICAL RMODE X EOF YES SSYSNO SYSXXX RSYSNO SYSXXX SBEGIN CCCHH RBEGIN CCCHH CSYSNO SYSXXX CBEGIN CCCHH SHALT CCCHH RHALT CCCHH STLOWER HH RTLOWER HH SUPPER HH RUPPER HH CHALT CCCHH CTLOWER HH CUPPER HH FBA gt E PHYSICAL RESTORE PHYSICAL SSYSNO SYSXXX RSYSNO SYSXXX BEGI
219. inate its use SPACE n This parameter is used to control spacing on the LISTCAT and the LISTVTOC reports The report normally prints one blank line in between files so enter a value from 2 9 to cause additional blank lines between files SPLIT NO Used during NON VSAM RESTORE LOGICAL to prevent SD files from being split into multiple extents when a reorganizing restore is performed DA files are never split SSYSNO SYSXXX SSYSN O SY SXXX where SYSXXX is any valid SYSTEM number SYSRDR SYSIPT SYSPCH SYSLST SYSLOG SYSRES SYSRLB SYSSLB SYSUSE SYSREC SYSLNK SYSCLB SYSVIS SYSCAT or SYS000 SYSO001 etc This Page 192 Appendix I Summary of Dr D Keywords BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE entry is specified when Dr D needs a SYSN O for an input disk for a save or copy operation STLOWER XX ST XX where XX is a two digit decimal number leading zero representing a lower head limit It may only be used in conjunction with saving copying a physical extent SA CO PHY when you don t want to save the entire extent but just a split cylinder portion of it SUPPER XX SU XX where XX is a two digit decimal number leading zero representing an upper head limit It may only be used in conjunction with Saving Copying a physical extent SA CO PHY when you don t want to save the entire extent but just a split cylinder portion of it SVOLID XXXXXX SVOLID AAAAAA BBBBBB CCCCCC DD
220. index AIX0101 during the restore of the base cluster BA SE JOB RESTORE BASE CLUSTER amp BUILD AIX DLBL IJSYSUC VSAM USER CATALOG VSAM DLBL AIX0101 DATA MASTER AIX VSAM DLBL BASE DATA MASTER BASE VSAM TLBL TAPEIN DATA MASTER BASE ASSGN SYS008 280 input tape DLBL SORTWK1 0 EXTENT SYS010 WORKO1 EXEC DRD SIZE 1400K FUNCTION BUILDAIX RF BASE AF 1 VA YES AB 500 ASSGN SYS010 DISK VOL WORKO1 SHR Example 5 Build altemate index during copy of base cluster This example builds an alternate index AIX0101 during the copy of the base cluster BA SEIN COPY BASE CLUSTER amp BUILD MULTIPLE AIX S IJSYSUC VSAM USER CATALOG VSAJ AIX0101 DATA MASTER AIX VSAM BASEIN DATA MASTER BASE VSAM BASEOUT DATA MASTER BASE SAVE VSAM SORTWK1 0 EXTENT SYS010 WORKO1 ASSGN SYS010 DISK VOL WORKO1 SHR EXEC DRD SIZE 1400K FUNCTION BUILDAIX SF BASEIN RF BASEOUT AF 1 VA YES AB 500 VSAM Data File Functions Page 43 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 6 Build multiple altemate indexes during restore The number of alternate indexes to be built is specified via the AF keyword
221. ing Action If you are a customer please call product support to get a permanent password for this product If you are a trial and are still testing the product then you must call product support to get a password to extend thetrial period Dispo The job continues the product will continue to function until the number of days is zero DOCTOR 992 INTERVENTION REQUIRED ON CCUU READY DEVICE AND PRESS ENTER Cause A required device must be readied so that the standalone restore can continue Ready the device and then press the enter key DOCTOR 993 STANDALONE RESTORE PROCESSING COMPLETED Cause All standalone restore processing is complete and no more restores can be invoked without a reipl of the DR D standalone supervisor DOCTOR 994 NEED TAPE VOLUME SEQUENCE xx TAPE MOUNTED WAS yy Cause During standalone restore a tape was mounted that was not the next tape in volume sequence order Action The rejected tape yy is unloaded mount the correct tape xx DOCTOR 996 ENTER VOLSER OF DISK TO RESTORE Cause Standalone restore inquiry Action Enter the VOLSER of the saved disk to be restored or hit enter if the disk is the next on the tape DOCTOR 997 ENTER ALTERNATE TAPE C UU IF DESIRED Cause Standalone restore function inquiry Action Hit enter if no alternate tape is to be used or enter either CUU the alternate or CUU CUU primary alternate or CUU primary no alternate if a drive other than the ipl d dr
222. ini disk VTOC JOB VIOC MOVE TO CYLINDER ZERO EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION VTOCMOVE RVOLSER MINI02 RBEGIN 1 RHALT 6 amp NON VSAM SD and DA Data Files Page 95 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE VTOC Expiration Date Modify This function allows the expiration date of selected files to be set to 99 366 so that the files will be considered permanent by the operating system Files are selected using the same logic as the other VTOC driven functions with one additional selection parameter the DATE keyword can be used to specify a date for selecting files by their existing expiration date 99 365 is assumed If a file s expiration date is equal to or greater than the DATE and any other selection criteria is satisfied then the file is selected and its expiration date is changed to 99366 This function was created to solve the problem of files having expiration dates of 99 365 to indicate permanent non expiring Those files will be considered expired in the year 2000 unless their dates are changed to 99 366 Example 1 Update the expiration date of all files in a pool of disks The following example updates the expiration date of all files in the VTOCs of the disks in a disk manager pool defined by the POOL ID POOLO1 Any file having an expiration date greater than 99 364 has its expiration set to 99 366 permanent non expiring eee a C JOB DATEFIX1
223. ion of files by three methods 1 Full Reorganization Each file is restored contiguously starting with the first or only disk filling each disk or disk area as fully as possible This method is invoked by specifying either EB Rnnnnnn for single volume restore or AR for multiple volume restores This method may leave existing file extents in unused areas of a disk pool 2 Full In Place Reorganization All disks in the pool are reorganized while keeping each file s extents in place on its original disk s This method is invoked by specifying EB RS and AREA 3 Partial In Place Reorganization Selected disks are reorganized keeping each file s extents in place on its original disk s This method is invoked by specifying EB RS A REA and VOLSEL Volume Functions Page 79 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE NON VSAM SD and DA Data Files Saving Restoring Copying SD DA Data files To work with a data file specify SAVE COPY RESTORE DATA SFILENAME must always be specified when SAVE COPY DATA to inform Dr D of the file to be read Likewise RFILENAME must always be specified when COPY RESTORE DATA Additionally DLBL and extents must be provided for either in the standard labels or JCL for those files If COPY DATA both SF and RF must be specified and they must be unique Dr D will interrogate the DLBL to ascertain whether it is SD DA or ISAM For CKD disk an SD file may be restored
224. is used positioning must begin with the first tape of the set but if FIND SSSSSS is used positioning may begin with any volume as long as the user mounts a volume containing the desired backup or one preceding it Miscellaneous Operations Page 127 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 9 Save multiple volumes This example demonstrates the use of multiple volume backups on the same tape JOB SAVE MULTIPLE VOLUMES TLBL TAPEOUT ASSGN SYS007 280 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE ALL SVOLSER 111111 SAVE ALL SVOLSER 222222 SAVE ALL SVOLSER 333333 SAVE NOP TAPE REW amp Example 10 Restore from multiple volume save This example demonstrates how to position the tape when you have multiple volume backups on the same tape JOB RESTORE FROM MULTIPLE TAPEI SYS008 280 DRD SIZE 200K E ALL RVOLSER 222222 FIND 222222 E NOP TAPE RUN NOTE Once the tape is positioned any appropriate restore function may be specified Page 128 Miscellaneous Operations BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Emulate Tape DR D Emulate Tape Feature Dr D has the ability to use a disk file in place of tape This feature can be useful in a number of situations each of which will be discussed in detail e Unattended Backup e Generic Processi
225. iveis to be used for restoring See standalone restore section for more explanation DOCTOR 998 STANDALONE RESTORE MOUNTREEL nn Cause During a standalone restore end of volume has been reached and the next volume is needed Action Mount the next tape volume If an alternate tape drive is in use be sure to use the right drive Hit enter when the next tape is mounted If the tape laba sequence number does not match the nn the tape is unloaded and the message is repeated Page 242 Appendix X Dr D Messages BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE DOCTOR 999 COMPONENT PROGRAM LOGIC ERROR XXXX Cause Dr D has diagnosed an internal error Action Call Dr D software support Dispo The job is canceled Appendix X Dr D Messages Page 243 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Conversion Utlity Messages The following messages are produced by the Dr D Conversion Utility DRDCNVCU 01 CONVERT CONTROL SIATEMENT MISSING Cause The mandatory Convert control statement is not the first input statement or what not passed via the EXEC parameter facility DRDC NVC U 02 INPUTI O ERROR OC CURRED Cause A physical I O error occurred during the reading of the input statements DRDCNVCU 03 INVALID CONVERSION TYPE Cause The specification for the CON VERT keyword is unknown DRDC NVC U 04 LOAD FAILURE FOR XXXXXXXX Cause The phase xxxxxxxx is not resident on any of the current libraries referenced DRDCNVCU 05 INVALID COMMAND OPERAN
226. ix digit number as the total library size in blocks and a three digit directory block field Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords Page 175 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE CN DATA INDEX CISITZE DATA INDEX GLOBAL The CN DATA INDEX keyword is used to override the cisize s of VSAM files being defined by the Dr D VSAM auto definition feature If a number greater than 256 is entered it is used to replace each file s DATA INDEX cisize If less than 257 it is used to multiply each file s existing cisize This is a global parameter that remains in effect throughout the current execution or until a new value is entered enter N to terminate its effect If both data and index cisizes are entered they are separated by the CN 4096 512 for instance COPY XX To make the program operate in the copy mode Disk to Disk it is only necessary to put both the SAVE XX and RESTORE XxX keyword pairs on the same card In most cases the operand of both keywords are identical and can then be replaced by COPY XX One exception is in copying a SYSTEM to PRIVATE or vice versa library Here SAVE XX and RESTORE YY must be specified to denote the differing type of libraries See Appendix VIII Table of Save Restore or Copy Commands on page 207 CP YES NO TAPE COMPRESSION GLOBAL If CP YES is specified during backup to tape data compression is used to reduce tape usage and channel ac
227. ize beyond 200K is of no benefit and may degrade performance due to reduction in partition GETVIS C If Dr D is executing in the virtual mode and PFIX support is generated into the supervisor it will attempt to fix as much as possible of the I O buffers and frequently used code in real storage The Dr D system consists of the following phases DRD DMANPRNT DOCTOR26 DOCTOR56 DRVIS DOCTOROO DOCTOR27 DOCTOR57 DRZAP DOCTORO1 DOCTOR29 DOCTOR58 DRZAPC DOCTORO2 DOCTOR31 DOCTOR59 DUMP SERV DOCTORO3 DOCTOR33 DOCTOR60 SSBGSIO1 DOCTORO4 DOCTOR34 DOCTOR61 SSBGSIO2 DOCTORO5 DOCTOR35 DOCTOR62 SSBGSI03 DOCTORO6 DOCTOR36 DOCTOR63 SSBGSIO7 DOCTORO7 DOCTOR37 DOCTOR64 SSBGSI08 DOCTORO8 DOCTOR38 DOCTOR67 SSBGSIO9 DOCTORO9 DOCTOR39 DOCTOR68 SSBGSI10 DOCTOR10 DOCTOR40 DOCTOR69 SSBGSI11 DOCTOR11 DOCTOR41 DOCTOR70 SSBGSI12 DOCTOR12 DOCTOR42 DOCTOR71 SSBGSI13 DOCTOR13 DOCTOR43 DOCTOR72 SSBGSI14 DOCTOR14 DOCTOR44 DOCTOR73 SSBGSI15 DOCTOR15 DOCTOR45 DOCTOR74 SSBGSI16 DOCTOR16 DOCTOR46 DOCTOR75 SSBGSI17 DOCTOR17 DOCTOR47 DOCTOR76 SSBGSI18 DOCTOR18 DOCTOR48 DOCTOR97 SSBGSI19 DOCTOR19 DOCTOR49 DOCTOR98 SSBGSI20 DOCTOR20 DOCTOR50 DOCTORCN SSBGSIAV DOCTOR21 DOCTORS51 DOCTORMS SSBGSIVS DOCTOR22 DOCTOR52 DOCTORPC SOCTOR95 DOCTOR23 DOCTOR53 DOCTORSF SOCTORI6 DOCTOR24 DOCTOR54 DOCTORVL SOCTOR99 DOCTOR25 DOCTOR55 DOCTORWW CKD ONLY PHASES FBA ONLY PHASES Appe
228. ize of the original library i e if the original library has 100 cylinders and 10 directory tracks and the rebuilt one has 150 cylinders it will have fifteen Stabilized Components Page 163 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE directory tracks This may be overridden by explicitly specifying DIRTRKS NN or N NN FBA For LIB NEW only two methods are available to specify to Dr D where the new library is to be located 1 Default filenames DLBL EXTENTS for IJSYSCL IJSYSRL IJSYSSL and IJSYSPL are supplied in JCL or standard labels and Dr D will open the file IJSYSCL IJSYSRL IJSYSSL or IJSYSPL for COPY RESTORE PC PR PS PP respectively 2 Explicit filenames DLBL EXTENTS for the library are supplied and the filename is specified in RF Example 19 Create Private Relocatable library This example assumes a tape a 3350 with a RELO library of 50 cylinders and 20 directory tracks It creates a private relo library on a 3380 with 100 cylinders and 19 directory tracks Two methods of achieving this goal are shown JOB L19 ONE ASSGN SYS008 280 TLBL TAPEIN RELO ASSGN SYSRLB 1C1 DLBL IJSYSRL IJSYSRL 99 360 SD EXTENT SYSRLB 222222 1 0 19 1900 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE PRELOLIB DIRTRKS 19 LIBRARY NEW JOB L19 TWO ASSGN SYS008 280 TLBL TAPEIN RELO ASSGN SYS013 1C1 DLBL AFILE I
229. k It changes the expiration date of each file being replaced on disk so that no overlap messages occur and no operator intervention is needed JOB VL9 REORGANIZE DISK POOL SYS008 181 TC REW SYSO08 LBL TAPEIN DRD SIZE 200K NOP UPSI 111 O SV VOLSR1 RV VOLSR1 VOLSR2 VOLSR3 DEL 1500 1500 9000 R EBEGINEXTENT RS NOP TAPE REW T j E Io loo Example 10 System Manager estore Restore the files from Example 8 Let System M anager allocate the files during the restore The files were saved from a 3340 disk and are being restored to space on CKD 3380 disks so the tracks to be allocated must be adjusted using the CF parameter We know that five 3340 track length records can fit on each 3380 track so a ratio of oneto five is needed to adjust the 3380 allocation or CF 020 JOB VL10 SYSTEM MANAGE ASSGN SYS008 181 TC REW SYS008 1 TAPEIN 1 SYSIN IJSYSIN NEW TRACKS 15 SYS001 DRD SIZE 200K E NOP UPSI 111 OGICAL SVOL VOLSR1 RVOL VOLSR1 DMAN SM CFACTOR 020 R1 SYS000 SYSRDR EW SYS008 1 TAPEIN IJSYSIN IJSYSIN OLD SYSIN Note that the PID POOL ID parameter is used to direct the files to a particular disk V VOLSR1 is added to the DLBL s Page 76 Volume Func
230. k JCL Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 173 UNSUPPORTED VSAM OBJ ECT TYPE X RC 128 Cause Dr D encountered a VSAM object which it did not recognize Action Check JCL If problem persists call product support Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 174 VSAM CATALOG OPEN ERROR RC 128 Cause VSAM returned an error when Dr D tried to open the catalog for reading Appendix X Dr D Messages Page 233 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Action Check the IBM manual VSE VSAM messages and codes for an explanation of the VSAM message which precedes this one Check JCL Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 175 DATASET XXXXX IN USE RC 128 Cause During a VSAM logical save Dr D encountered a file open in another partition Dispo Depending on the VUSE parameter A Thejobis canceled B Thefileis ignored and not saved C The fileis saved D The operator is given the opportunity to respond IGNORE CANCEL NULL SAVE or Enter to retry open DOCTOR 176 DATASET XXXXXXX EMPTY IGNORED Cause The VNULL parameter in a VSAM logical save was set to IGNORE and Dr D encountered an empty file Action None Dispo The fileis ignored and processing continues DOCTOR 179 DEHNING VSAM DATASET XXXXXXX DELETING Cause An information message issued during a VSAM automatic definition Action None Dispo Processing continues DOCTOR 181 NO AVAILABLE PROGRAMMER LOGICAL UNITS RC 128 Cause Temporary assignment s cannot be
231. k drive or the ending address physically comes before the starting address Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 13 PUTLABEL SPECIFIED IN COPY SAVE MODE RC 128 Cause COPY PUTLABEL or SAVE PUTLABEL was specified on the control statement Action Correct control statement to read RESTORE PU Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 15 ERASE DISK SPECIFIED IN COPY SAVE MODE RC 128 Cause SAVE ERASE or COPY ERASE was specified on the control statement Action Correct to RESTORE ERASE Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 16 SAVING FROM RESTORING TO PACK VOL SER NO NNNNNN SYSXXX C UU RC 128 Where NNNNNN is the volume serial number SYSXXX is the default or explidt SYS number CUU is the device address pointed to by the SYS number Cause Dr D will gain information about a particular SAVE COPY RESTORE either by accessing the information itself or letting LIOCS do it by performing open close routines Examples of the first are volumes and some library and miscellaneous functions Examples of the latter are data files and some types of library save copy restores Whenever the control information is garnered in the former fashion this message is issued to confirm your intentions For the latter types of access the normal DOS LIOCS procedures and messages insure against errors and this message is not issued Action If the correct pack is in the correct drive hit the EOB key to continue or else type C to cancel Dr D DOCTOR 17 LINKED PHASE E
232. ks for the save and restore extents are equal SHALT and RHALT may be replaced by CHALT For FBA disks this becomes a one to eight decimal digit field representing the ending block number CISPLIT NN The CISPLIT NN keyword is used with the SAVE LOGICAL VSAM backup in conjunction with PARTIAL SELECT REJECT to select files having a number of Cl splits equal to or greater than the number specified This keyword may not be abbreviated and is entered as a file selector card See also CASPLIT NN CK YES NO yes assumed CK NO is used to ignore CKD disk count area errors during backup of files or volumes such as VM Mini Disks where the count area may not reflect the true location of the physical blocks preventing issuance of message 76 CLIBRARY CCCTT CLIBRARY CCCTT where CCC is a three digit decimal number leading zeros representing the number of cylinders to be allocated to a SYSTEM CORE IMAGE library and TT is a two digit decimal number leading zero representing the number of tracks for that SYSTEM library s directory This operand is only specified on COPY RESTORE REORG CLIBRARY specifies the allocation for the new SYSRES library Specifying S same in place of the CCCTT operand causes Dr D to use the saved library s allocation In any case CL must be specified since you can t build a SYSRES without a core image library For FBA disks this becomes a nine digit number consisting of a s
233. l information and compression techniques There are 4 functions included in the GETTAPE subroutine e SETTAPE e PASSCARD e GETTAPE e CLOSTAPE SETTIAPE Function The SETTAPE function provides for specifying the programmer logical unit number to be used to read the Dr D save tape for specifying the filename to be used to identify the save tape and to identify the data file residing on the save tape If used the SETTAPE function must be called prior to the first call to the GETTAPE function and all fidds must be supplied If no call is made to the SETTAPE function this subroutine will default to programmer logical unit SY S008 for filename TAPEIN and will read the first data file found on the save tape The data area passed when calling the SETTAPE function is as follows Start Position Length Field Description 1 6 Programmer logical unit number in the form SY Snnn where nnn is a numeric value from 000 through 255 7 7 Filename of the TLBL used to identify the save tape left justified and padded with blanks if less than 7 characters 14 46 Filename or file id of data file residing on the save tape If specifying a filename use only the first 7 positions of this field and pad with blanks if less than 7 characters If specifying a fileid place a single quote in the first position the 44 character file id in the next 44 positions left justified and padded with blanks if less than 44 characters and a single quo
234. l to PASSCARD for VSAM records CALL PASSCARD FILEINFO DS BC DC COBOL Example of call to PASSCARD for Fixed Blocked Records 01 FILE INFO 03 LE UE TAPE 03 iL UE FB us Ll UE 00800 g3 7 UE 7010 CALL PASSCARD USING FILI COBOL Example of call to PASSCARD for VSAM Records 01 FILE INFO 03 FILLE PIC X 4 VALUE TAPE 03 FILLE PIC X 2 VALUE VS CALL PASSCARD USING FILE INFO GETTAPE Sub Program Page 139 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE GETIAPE Function The GETTAPE function yields the next logical record from the data file identified or defaulted to in a preceding call to the SETTAPE function and described either by a preceding call to the PASSCARD function or by a control card provided as SYSIPT input The first call to the GETTAPE function will accomplish opening of the save tape without any repositioning Therefore the save tape must have already been properly positioned Data from each call to the GETTAPE function is stored in your program s receiving area in the following formats VSAM KSDS and ESDS with Fixed Length Records saved with SAVE VSAM and VARIABLE NO Start Length Field Description 1 X Actual Record VSAM KSDS and ESDS saved with SAVE LOGICAL or VSAM KSDS and ESD S saved wi
235. le cluster definitions to be changed while at the same time providing maximum automation for regular backup and reorganization functions It is also fully compatible with existing Dr D job streams using IDCAMS Device Independence The Dr D VSAM automatic definition feature fully supports device independence between saved and restored clusters The catalog device type is examined during arestore and is compared with the save device type If they are different the space allocations for the restored cluster are adjusted in proportion to the rdative track capacities or FBA blocksize of the two device types Full independence between CKD and FBA devices is supported Copying VSAM Clusters The feature is fully supported during copying of a VSAM cluster COPY VSAM SFILE FILE001 RFILE FILE002 AUTO YES Copying between the same or different VSAM catalogs is allowed Page 28 VSAM Data File Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Multivolume VSAM Catalogs When a VSAM catalog controls more than one volume the automatic definition feature can restore the volumes in a number of ways When a VSAM cluster is saved the volume on which it resided both prime and candidate are recorded in its saved definition When restoring these volumes are compared to the volumes owned by the catalog If all volumes recorded for the cluster are owned by the catalog then they are used in its definition
236. le is saved if applicable or b the correct save tape is read and c the control card reflects reality then Dr D is at fault Action Call product support DOCTOR 208 USER NOT ANISHED READING ALE Cause User program failed to read to end of input file before returning to Dr D interface Action Users should wait for the EOD before returning Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 209 USER CALLING FOR MORE RECORDS AFTER ALE END Cause User program requested more input records after end of file was indicated Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 210 AX BLK BLOCK SIZE NOTEVENLY DIVISIBLE BY BLOCKING FACTOR Cause Control card in error as the block record size Action Correct control card and rerun job Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 211 AX BLK RECORD WITH KEY ENCOUNTERED Cause Control card specified fix blk but record has a key Action None Dispo The job is canceled Page 236 Appendix X Dr D Messages BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE DOCTOR 213 NON NUMERIC HELD ON CONTROLCARD Cause Control card error Action Correct control card and rerun job Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 214 VAR UNB TOO LARGE A RECORD READ Cause Logical record length exceeds block length Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 215 VAR UNB WRONG LENGTH KEY Cause Actual key length disagrees with control card Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 216 VAR UNB BLOCK PREHX NOTEQUAL AC
237. licit SYS number CUU is the device address pointed to by the SYS number DDDD is the type of disk eithera 2311 for 2311 2314 for 2314 2319 3330 for 3330 334A for 3340 M35 or 334B for 3340 M70 3350 for 3350 3375 for 3375 3380 for 3380 3390 for 3390 Cause During a SAVE RESTORE COPY PHY you have either 1 specified an upper or lower head limit that exceeds the capacity of the disk or 2 your specified lower head limit exceeds the upper head limit Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 74 LIBRARY FALLED UP WTH MEMBER XXXXXXXxX RC002 Where XXXXXXXX is the name of a member of the restore library YYY is the subject of a RESTORE or COPY operand on the control statement Cause While restoring copying the indicated library Dr D ran out of room in the library area The indicated member was the first one that could not fit Action Enlarge the library and rerun the restore copy process Dispo The restore copy continues However the indicated member and all following members are not restored or copied DOCTOR 75 DIREC TORY ALLED UP WITH MEMBER XXXXXXXX RC 002 Where XXXXXXXX is the name of a member of the restore library YYY is the subject of a RESTORE or COPY operand on the control statement Cause While restoring copying the indicated library Dr D ran out of directory tracks The indicated member was the first one that couldn t fit Action Enlarge the directory and rerun Dispo The restore copy contin
238. ll of the labels from the saved disk even though all weren t copied If you do not want those labels in the VTOC use the DR D FUNCTION DELETE to remove them Use the VOLSER VOLOUT VO XXXXXX keyword to set the serial number of the output disk to a value different from the volume serial number of the input disk If neither RVOLSER nor RSYSNO is specified then the disk having the assumed SYSNO assigned to it is used as the output device The assumed SYSNO as supplied is SYS002 but see Appendix II Setting Assumed Options on page 199 Use of RVOLSER is recommended to avoid the possibility of copying to the wrong disk Example 12 Copy Curent areas disk to disk This example copies the active areas of a disk VOLSER 111111 to another disk VOLSER 222222 retaining the volser of the target disk VOLOUT 222222 Expired files are not copied add EXPIRED YES to include expired files JOB EXAMPLE 12 COPY DISK TO DISK EXEC DRD SIZE 200K set globals gt COPY NOP UPSI 011 PRINT YES copy the disk gt COPY CUR SVOL 111111 RVOL 222222 VOLOUT 222222 Volume Functions Page 57 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 13 Copy all blocks tracks from one disk to another This example copies a 3380 from 151 to a 3380 at 152 JOB EXAMPLE 13 COPY ALL TRKS BLKS DISK TO DISK ASSGN SYS001 151 ASSGN SYS002 152 EXEC DR
239. lueis the OPERATOR XXX XXX OP XXX XXX where XXX XXX is a 1 to 80 position message This optional parameter will log out on SYSLOG The operator then has the opportunity to EOB and continue processing or hit CANCEL to cancel the job This operand may be specified in conjunction with a Save Copy or Restore function in which case it will log out immediately before any processing is done or it can be on a card all by itself If the message contains imbedded blanks commas equal signs it must be enclosed in quotes PARTIAL SELECT REJECT PID XXXXXX NONE For volume logical Save Restore indicates that files are to be selected or rejected by individual and or generic file ID For volume logical VTOC restore specifies the disk manager pool identifier into which files are to be allocated Used in conjunction with the DM disk Page 186 Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE manager parameter In some cases PI N ON E should be used to allow the disk manager to properly process cataloged files PL CCCTT CKD BBBBBBBBB FBA For CKD PL CCCTT where CCC is a three digit decimal number leading zeroes representing the number of cylinders to be allocated to a SYSTEM procedure library and TT is a two digit decimal number leading zero representing the number of tracks for that SYSTEM library s directory For FBA PL 8BBBB
240. ly WR PPPPPPPP GLOBAL This keyword is used to enter the VSAM catalog password for the catalog being restored to or deleted from WS PPPPPPPP GLOBAL This keyword is used to enter the VSAM catalog password for the catalog being saved or listed from XL YES NO For VSAM restore this keyword specifies whether KSDS files are to be defined with the EXTRALARGEDATASET attribute If NO is specified then the attribute is suppressed even if it was present in the saved file This keyword is effective only if an IDCAMS define is initiated use the FD keyword to force delete define in case the file exists in the receiving catalog XS N For RESTORE LOGICAL VTOC this keyword allows the starting extent sequence number for each file to start at other than the assumed value zero Page 198 Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Appendix Il Setting Assumed Options Dr D assumed options can be customized by the user through the DRZAP phase modifier utility These options are stored in the phase DRD and in the past were customized by DRZAP or other utilities such as the IBM MSHP program DRZAP can now do this customization in a more user friendly interactive fashion either under CICS or in batch mode If a corresponding DR D keyword exists for any option the value entered will be the same as those specified in the keyword section As each existing option is displayed enter the desired
241. m each JOB statement encountered The CMS filetype of JCL will be used for each CMS file CMS POWER performs the same function as CMS YES except the filename will be extracted from each POWER JOB statement encountered SAVE LOGICAL indicates that you wish to have SAVE LOGICAL Appendix IX Dr D Conversion Utility Page 211 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Dr D statements generated for the backup restore of VSAM files TFNI XXXXXXX specifies the TLBL filename for the input tape to be used TFNO xxXXXXX specifies the TLBL filename for the output tape to be used The following CMS commands will retrieve the SYSPCH output from the RDR and place it on CMS files Order RDR nnn place rdr file on tape of queue Readcard build CMS files from rdr file Page 212 Appendix IX Dr D Conversion Utility BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Conversion Examples The following examples illustrate various ways to convert existing jobs to Dr D Example 1 Maxback conversion This example illustrates the jobstream required to convert a Maxback jobstream to Dr D ASSGN SYSPCH PUNCH JOB CONVERT CONVERT MAXBACK TO DR D ASSGN SYS004 SYSIPT EXEC DRDCNVCU CONVERT MAXBACK EOJ YES PWREOJ YES JOB JNM BUSYSRES CLASS A DISP L LST CLASS A DISP L JOB MAXBAK BACKUP SYSRES TO TAPE ASSGN SYS000
242. maller and then increase the CI size on the restore In the same catalog a number of files have been defined with small Cl sizes causing poor performance and poor disk track capacity utilization Save all files with Cl size 2048 or smaller and then restore increasing Cl size to 11 476 JOB SAVE AND REORGANIZE TLBL PEOUT EXE D SIZE 200K SAVE NOP UPSI 111 PRINT LIST CP YES SAVE LOGICAL SCAT IJSYSUC PARTIAL SELECT ASSOCIATE CISIZE 2048 E NOP TAPE EIN SIZE 200K NOP UPSI 111 PRINT LIST LOGICAL RCAT IJSYSUC FDE E D CNSIZI NOP TAPE RUN Page 36 VSAM Data File Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 3 Save all files in a catalog that have excessive CA and CI splits due to inadequate freespace Then restore increasing the CA freespace to 20 and the CI freespace to 10 In the same catalog some files have high activity with frequent addition of records throughout the key range of the file The Dr D LISTCAT report reveals that the files are having excessive CA and Cl splits due to inadequate free space Save the selected files and restore them increasing the Cl freespace to 10 and the CA freespace to 20 JOB LIST FILES FOR FREE SPACE CHANGE EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION LCAT SCAT IJSYSUC PARTIAL SELEC
243. mary secondary allocation class CX PS Alters index primary secondary allocation class SO DATA INDEX Alters data and index share options Buffer space and CI sizes are entered as either an absolute value greater than 256 or as a multiplier of each file s buffer or Cl size BUFF 4096 sets each file s buffer to 4096 while BUFF 2 would double each file s existing buffer size VSAM Data File Functions Page 35 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 1 Save and Reorganize files with the CA and CI parameters Save and reorganize files in a catalog that have more than one CA split or more than five Cl splits or more than four allocations The catalog has one large file spanning five disks that cannot have its allocations reduced so reject it during the backup JOB SAVE AND REORGANIZE SELECTED FILES TLBL TAPEOU EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE NOP UPSI 111 PRINT LIST CP YES SAVE LOGICAL SCAT IJSYSUC PARTIAL REJECT ASSOCIATES YES CASPLIT 1 CISPLIT 5 VERY BIG VSAM FILE SAVE NOP TAPE REWIND TLBL TAPEIN EXEC DRD SIZE 200K ALLOCS 4 RESTORE NOP UPSI 111 PRINT LIST RESTORE LOGICAL RCAT IJSYSUC FDEF INE C RESTORE NOP TAPE RUN amp Example 2 Save a number of files with a defined CI size of 2048 or s
244. meters to Dr D during the SAVE RESTORE operation The information within the parentheses is appended to the generated control card and is not checked until the SAVE RESTORE begins DD DDNAME The DD parameter can be used whenever file selection by file id is desired but the file id is to be obtained from a DLBL The DLBL name specified is used to find the DLBL from the label area and may be a standard or user label The DD must be coded with the DLBL DTF name as the keyword operand This parameter is coded as a selector card with PARTIAL SELECT REJECT and not on the SAVE RESTORE LOGICAL control card Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords Page 177 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE B YES DELETE YES is used to cause the RESTORE LOGICAL VTOC function to change the expiration date of files about to be restored so that no overlap messages are produced and the operator is not required to enter DELETE as each file is restored Note That the files on disk are not deleted but the RESTORE EXPIRATIONDATE function is invoked to alter their expiration dates to 00000 E PPPPXX DELETE PPPPXX where PPPP is a four digit decimal number leading zero less than 4097 denoting the position in a record relative to one of a one byte delete code and XX is a two character field representing that delete code in hexadecimal Each X may be one of the following codes 0123
245. more widgets than a figure supplied on a SYSIPT input transaction This KSDS file contains fixed 90 byte length records and has been saved by Dr D using SAVE VS and VARIABLE NO COBOL Source IDENTIFICATION DIVISION PROGRAM ID VENTE LE STOP RU Execution JCL JOB CNTIT TLBL TAPEIN ASSGN SYS008 280 EXEC CNTIT 07500 TAPEVS amp ENVIRONMEN DIVISIO DATA DIVISION WORKING STORAGE SECTION 77 NUMBER OF SALESMEN PIC X 6 COMP 3 VALUE 0 01 HE CARD 02 WIDGETS PIC X 5 02 FILLER PIC X 75 01 HE MASTER RECORD 02 KEY IS SALESMAN PIC X 5 02 SALESMAN NAME PIC M30 a 02 SALESMAN ADR PIC X 50 02 WIDGETS SOLD PIC X 5 02 A BUNCH OF OTHER FIELDS PIC X 100 01 FILLER REDEFINES HE MASTER RECORD 02 FILLER PIC X L6 88 EOD VALUE THE END OF DATA FILE PROCEDURE DIVISION ACCEP HE CARD CALL GETTAPE LOOP CALL GE APE USING THE MASTER RECORD IF EOD GO TO HE END OF FILE IF WIDGETS SOLD GREATER THAN WIDGETS ADD 1 O NUMBER OF SALESME GO TO CALL GETTAPE LOOP THE END OF FILE DISPLAY SALESMEN WHO SOLD ORE THAN WIDGETS WIDGETS IS UMBER OF SALESMEN
246. mploy SY S000 and SY S001 to set proper device types JOB D9 DLBL A 3375 ISAM 99 360 ISE EXTENT SYS004 888888 4 0 12 12 EXTE SYS004 888888 4 1 24 24 EXTE SYS004 888888 1 2 48 7200 ASSGN SYS000 1C1 insure MASTER INDEX is valid device ASSGN SYS001 1C1 insure PRIME DATA is valid device ASSGN SYS004 1C1 amp TLBL TAPEOUT ASSGN SYS007 280 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE ISAM SFILE A E B Stabilized Components Page 155 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Summary of Control Card Format for Data Files ISAM Save Data File ISAM SAVE DATA SFILE FFFFFFE IS Restore Data File ISAM RESTORE DATA RFILE FFFFFFF DELETE PPPPHH FAST YE CYLOFLO NN DT AABBBCCCDDDDDEEEEE Copy Data File ISAM SAVE DATA RESTORE DATA SFILE FFFFFFF RFILE FFFFFFE ELETE PPPPHH NRECDS NN CYLOFLO NN FAST Y COPY DATA Page 156 Stabilized Components BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Non VSE SP Library Functions The following section discusses Core Image Relocatable Source Statement Procedure and DOS Private libraries A system library may be restored as a private library and vice versa In other words once a library is saved or cop
247. n PPPP was non numeric 0 or greater than 4096 or HH wasn t one of the following 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 47 CARDC OUNT XX INVALID OPERAND RC 128 Where XX is the subject of the CARDCOUNT operand on the control statement Cause Either the 2 digit CARDCOUNT operand was non numeric or zero or the operand appeared twice during the execution of Dr D Appendix X Dr D Messages Page 221 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 48 CARDC OUNT XX EXC EEDED RC 128 Where XX is the subject of the CA RDCOUNT operand on a submitted control statement Cause XX number of cards was specified to bein the JCL but Dr D read the XX 1 card Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 49 WARNING CARDS MISSING FROM J CLCARDCOUNT SHOULD BE XX BUTWAS YY RC 128 Where XX is the subject of the CARDCOUNT operand on a submitted control statement YY is the actual number of cards read since and including the card with the CARDCOUNT operand on it until but not including the Cause The actual count YY is smaller than it should be Action Replace YY with XX Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 50 SEQNO XX INVALID OPERAND RC 128 Where XX is the subject of the SEQN O operand on the control statement Cause The 2 digit sequence number is either zero or non numeric Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 51 SEQNO XX BUTRALE IS AC TUALLY YY
248. n it was saved NOTE 2 SAVE ERASE SAVE EXPIRDATE COPY ERASE COPY EXPIRDATE SAVE CCF RESTORE IPLTAPE COP Y CCF COPY IPLTAPE SAVE PUT FORMAT 1 LABEL COPY LOGICAL COPY PUT FORMAT 1 LABEL ARE ALL UNDEFINED AND INVALID NOTE 3 Only the first two 2 characters of the keyword and operand are examined SA P or SAVESPLTAPE SA 12345SPXYZ are equivalent and acceptable Appendix VIII Table of Save Restore or Copy Commands Page 209 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Appendix IX Dr D Conversion Utility This Appendix describes how to use the Dr D conversion utility that will convert OEM Dump Restore job control to Dr D format Westinghouse Disk Utility System is a registered trademark of Westinghouse Inc Maxback DUSP are registered trademarks of Bludiine Software Faver is a registered trademark of Computer Associates Inc A set of programs have been developed that will allow users of various OEM Backup Restore utility packages to implement Dr D without manually converting their existing Backup Restore job streams The Dr D conversion utility automatically converts job streams of various OEM Backup Restore products to the Dr D format The Dr D conversion utility will allow users of other OEM Backup Restore package to implement Dr D immediately eliminating the need to convert existing Backup Restore jobs
249. n process to those files that fully or partially reside on a particular disk Two facilities are available to allow GENERIC specification of names A character in any position is a wild character Dr D does not examine that position in selecting aname A character indicates that the remainder of the specification is wild any name matching up to the character to the left of the will be selected without further checking The following examples illustrate this point 1 VSAM WORK FILE Selects any object whose name ends with the characters VSAM WORK FILE starting in position 9 PAYROLL Selects any object whose name starts with the characters PAYROLL PARTS LIST Selects any object whose name has the characters PARTS LIST in positions 9 to 18 5 PAYROLL Selects any object where PAYROLL occurs in any ID position Page 14 VSAM Data File Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE The PARTIAL REJECT keyword can be used to produce the opposite effect All objects are saved unless their names match the selection criteria The VSAM automatic definition feature is always invoked for all objects saved by a SAVE LOGICAL statement to save VSAM catalog definitions along with the data Users may specify what Dr D will do when it finds VSAM object in use in another partition by means of the VUSE keyword VUSESNULL WILL BACKUPA FILE ASNULL VUSESGNORE BYPASSANY FILE THAT ISO
250. n with the current library JOB L24 MERGE MEMBER ASSGN SYS008 280 TLBL TAPEIN SOURCE SAVE EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE SSOURCE LIB ADD ME A PROG1234 A in any position of a member control card removes that position in the name from consideration in the selection or rejection process To select or reject all library members beginning with IJK from a save tape supply the member card WK 7 Likewise to select or reject all members with an 8 in the fifth position of the name 1 1 8711 Note This important distinction a card such as ABCD will only select or reject the member ABCD while one such as ABCD will select or reject not only the member ABCD but also any of its cousins such as ABCDOOO1 ABCDxxxx etc Stabilized Components Page 169 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 25 Save Core Image library This example creates a Private Core Image library whose only contents are the thirteen phases and three transients of the ANSI COBOL COMPILER 360N CB 482 Following are two alternative job streams to accomplish the same goal JOB L25 LONG ASSGN SYS008 280 TAPEIN CORE LIB IJSYSCL PCIL 99 360 SD 111111 1 0 20 1000 DRD SIZE 200K RE PCORE LIB NEW DIRTRKS 20 ME L11 r12 L20 L21 L22 L30 L40 L50 L51 L60 L61 L70 BER BR1 UL
251. ndary Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 31 DIRTRKS XX NOTNUMERIC RC128 Where XX is the subject of the DIRTRK S operand Appendix X Dr D Messages Page 219 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Cause The specified 2 digit directory tracks is non numeric or zero Or the specified 3 digit directory blocks is non numeric or zero Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 32 SAVE REST XXX ON SYSXXX C UU BUT LIBRARY NON EXISTENT RC 128 Where XXX is PS PR PC PP SS SR SC SP SY SXXX is the default or specified SYS number CUU is the device address pointed to by SYSXXX Cause REST COPY with LIB 0 or LIB A or SAVE was specified for a library but the target library is either non existent or not of the type specified Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 33 LIBRARY X INVALID OPERAND RC 128 Where X is the subject of LIB on the control statement Cause LIB was neither N new O old A add nor C create SP n nor E extend SP n Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 34 RESTORE XXX BUT IBRARY NEW INVALID FOR A SYSTEM LIBRARY Where XXX is either SC SP SR SS Cause LIB N is invalid when restoring a SYSTEM library Action To create a new SYSTEM library use the REORG function Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 35 ENTER RESTORE DISK TYPE Cause During astandalone restore Dr D needs to know the type of restore disk Action Respond with any of the following 2311 for 2311 2314 for 2314 2319 3330 for
252. ndix VI DOS VSE OPERATIONS Page 205 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Appendix VII Contool Card Format Dr D performs one operation per logical card Any number of logical cards may be submitted on one execution of Dr D If an operand contains embedded blanks it must be contained within quotes The keyword pairs on a card do not have to be in any particular order Dr D reads 80 position control statements from either SYSIPT or SYSLOG If the EXEC DRD is read from SYSRDR then Dr D starts reading from SYSIPT If the EXEC DRD was keyed in on SYSLOG it reads from SYSLOG To switch reading from SYSIPT to SYSLOG or vice versa insert a control statement with in the first six positions of the control card A from either SYSIPT or SYSLOG terminates execution All other control statements have the following format which always begins in column one CC1 Data gt KEYWORD1 0P1 KEYWORD2 O0P2 KEYWORD3 OP3 KEYWORDX OPX Each keyword is followed by followed by its operand A comma must follow each keyword pair except the last which must be followed by a blank Continuation Cards Cards may be continued by specifying an asterisk as the last keyword i e after the last comma This step may be repeated as many times as necessary Abbreviations Since Dr D only looks at the first two positions of each keyword the statement SAVE CURRENT
253. ng e VSAM to SAM or SAM to VSAM Conversion Invoke the Tape Emulation feature by using DLBL EXTENT JCL statements instead of TLBL TAPEIN and TAPEOUT are the only DD names allowed the TDDNAME parameter is ineffective If DTAPE is used only one file should be saved restored in each Dr D execution UNATTENDED BACKUP The backup can take place after hours with no mounting or dismounting of tapes required avoiding the necessity to stop online processing for backups Additionally VSAM reorganization can be accomplished without operator intervention Later the disk file can be copied to tape for archival storage while online processing continues GENERIC PROCESSING Certain functions require the use of tape as intermediate storage often preventing the use of those functions due to the unavailability of tape drives For example the SAVE RESTORE LOGICAL function does not operate in COPY mode but is useful for creating test files with its RENAME capability VSAM TO SAM OR SAM TO VSAM CONVERSION If the TAPEIN or TAPEOUT file is disk and the DTAPE data tape option is in effect the file is created or read as a user format file Fixed block or Variable block format This allows files to be copied from one format to another If DTAPE is not specified the file is created in Dr D segmented format and cannot be processed by user programs and is expected to be in that format if being input to Dr D For aCKD disk useth
254. not consistent with the required backup type or device type This could be caused by tape errors wrong tape mounted etc Action Make sure that the correct tapes are mounted in the right order If the problem persists try using different tape drives If the VSE system is operational try the restore under VSE If a VM operating system is available try the standalone under VM DOCTOR 99 INADEQUATE MEMORY ALLOCATED TO PARTITION RC 128 Cause Not enough partition memory is available to allow allocation of buffers amp tables for specified function Action Allocate more partition memory size either by use of the appropriate allocate command or the SIZE PARAMETER on the EXEC control card DOCTOR 100 SAVE RESTORE TYP XXX PARM1 AAA PARM2 88B PARM3 CCC etc Where TYP XXx is one of the following VOL ALL LIB SC VOL CUR LIB SR DATA DA LIB SS DATA SD LIB SP DATASSAM LIB PC DATA VSAM LIB PR DATA LOGICAL LIB PS PHYSICAL LIB PP REORG LIB LI PARM X YYY is one of the following CYLOFLOW gt CYLINDER OVERFLOW NRECDS BLOCKING FACTOR KEYLEN KEY LENGTH DATALEN DATA LENGTH Page 228 Appendix X Dr D Messages V S A BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE LOG RECDS RD WRTTN NUMBER LOGICAL RECORDSREAD WRITTEN LOG RECDS DELETED NUMBER LOGICAL RECORDS DELETED BLKS RD WRTTN NUMBER OF PHYSICAL BLOCKS READ OR WRITTEN INCLUDING EOF RECDS EOF CCC HH RRR ON CUU THE DISK AND DEVICE ADDRESSES OF THE FIRST EOF RECD READ WRI
255. ntation e Disk manager pool backup restore e Individual and pool list VTOC Dr D is especially useful and fast for a wide range of SAVE RESTORE and COPY functions Dr D can BACKUP Dr D allows you to save any volume logical disk file or library to tape or disk file RESTORE tape to disk Dr D allows you to restore any volume logical disk file or library from tape or disk file to disk COPY from disk to disk Dr D allows you to copy any volume logical disk file or library from disk to disk Dr D manipulates the three entities most needed of a disk utility disk volumes data files and libraries In addition it also provides a number of miscellaneous functions Volumes Dr D SAVES RESTORES or COPIES the entire or just active portions of a disk It can also create IPL records on the save tape so the tape may later be PLed and restored in a standalone fashion or under VM Introduction Page 1 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Data Files Dr D Saves Restores or Copies entire logical disk files These files Libraries may be VSAM direct access sequential or indexed sequential multivolume multiextent contain user labels be split cylinder or any combination thereof For maximum flexibility the restored or copied file does not need to be restored to the same disk location it need not be the same size it need not contain the same number of extents and it need not reside on the same type of disk as
256. ntification field 44 bytes Date current if 1O as saved if EX 8 bytes Julian Day current if 1O as saved if Ex 3 bytes Time current if lO as saved if EX 8 bytes DLBL type S SEQ D gt DAM CHSC ESSE 1 byte Error Flag 1 byte Reserved 104 bytes 2 A command to Dr D in the form of a call to send receive or look at a record and establish linkage to the data area PUTREC sends a logical record to Dr D IO only GETREC receives a logical record from Dr D lO or inspects a logical record being processed by Dr D EX 3 When using PUTREC a signal is required to Dr D that all is complete This is accomplished by using PUTREC to send Dr D the data string END OF DATA FILE 4 Anexit from the user program to Dr D Additional Dr D parameters and control cards are required On the Save Restore card USER PHASENAM MM TZZZZZZ is present Phasename is the cataloged name of the user program with provisions as stated above MM is the mode IO to Send Receive logical records EX to inspect logical records T is the core image type catalog L for relocatable or self relocating programs A for absolute address programs ZZZZZZ is either the decimal length for type L programs or the hexadecimal load address for absolute address programs An EXIT parameter card is also required For VSAM files EXITVSAABBBCCCDDDDDEEEEE refer to Appendix VII Summary of Dr D C
257. ntiguous area on another volume From the tape produced in the first example this example restores the files saved from the disk on 132 VOLSER 222222 to another disk on 133 VOLSER 333333 It then restores the files to the contiguous area starting with track 12 JOB VL4 TAPEIN SYS008 280 DRD SIZE 200K OGICAL SVOL 111111 VOLSEL 222222 RVOL 333333 EBEGIN R12 E NOP TAPE REW Example 5 Save files less than a week old Save all the files from disk volser 111111 except those that will be expired seven days from the IPL date JOB VL5 ASSGN SYS007 280 TLBL TAPEOUT EXEC DRD SIZE 200K E LOGICAL SVOLSER 111111 UPSI 111 E NOP TAPE REW Page 74 Volume Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 6 Single file restore Restore file 3 from the volume backup using the single file type Dr D operation TLBL TAPEIN ASSGN SYS002 131 ASSGN SYS008 280 DLBL FILE3 FILE3 EXTENT SYS002 222222 1 0 20 1000 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE DATA RF ILENAME FILE3 SKIP 002 RESTORE NOP TAPE REW NOTE The first backup file contains VTOC file information All files following this file are user files Example 7 Save selected files Save the files residing in a pool of di
258. numeric RIDENT file identification parameter or by use of the RF parameter Note If an operand has embedded blanks it must be enclosed in quotes The disk is assumed to be at SYS002 but can be altered by specifying the RSY SN O or RVOLSER parameter The desired expiration date is specified by the DATE NNNNN parameter NNNNN is a 5 digit number representing the Julian date in the form of YYYDDD A file may be retained indefinitely by specifying DATE RETAIN equivalent to DATE 99367 A file may be deleted by putting DATE DELETE equivalent to DATE 00001 Example 12 Alter expiration date Assume a file on 131 whose file ID is TEST FILE which expires today January 1 1990 This example alters the expiration date to a week from today ij JOB E12 BSSGN SYS002 131 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE EXPIRATIONDATE RIDENT TEST FILE DATE 90008 This function can also be used to set the time stamp and flags in a VTOC format one label to the values needed for a VSAM data space This might be needed if the data space was saved and then restored as a direct access file Example 12a Change restored VSAM space from directaccess to VSAM JOB B12A ASSGN SYS002 131 DLBL VSPACE Z9999992 VSAMDSPC TA593912 T437E5BA EXEC DRD SIZE 200K E EX RFILE VSPACE DATE RETAIN VSAM SET TS 80000000
259. o a disk Dr D will read the volser and compare it to that specified requesting that the correct disk be mounted if possible For RESTORE LOGICAL VTOC up to 30 volsers may be entered to designate the pool of disks to which individual files are to be restored The pool of disks specified is assumed to be in one to one correspondence with the SV volsers If used during VSAM restore with auto definition it allows the user to specify which volumes of those assigned to the catalog is to receive the file rather than the normal volume allocation process see VSAM Auto Definition Feature on page 29 If RV NO is entered the file definition will exclude any data or index volume specification RWORD XXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX are one to eight characters representing the password of the VSAM file being restored to SAVE XX This keyword is specified when a disk to tape function is required XX is the operation desired Only the first two 2 characters of the operand need to be specified SBEGIN CCCCCCHH CKD BBBBBBBB FBA The CCCCCC is a zero to six digit decimal number representing a cylinder and HH is a two digit decimal number leading zero representing a head For FBA the BBBBBBBB is a one to eight digit block number Leading zeros are not required For CKD disk you may also append an R and a 1 3 digit record number in conjunction with RMODE UPDATE during COPY RESTORE PHYSICAL Page 190 Appendix
260. ocessing using the RESTORE CURRENT AREA COMPACT method This method can be used with the three major disk management systems CA DYNAM EPIC and CA SYSTEM MANAGER This method is preferable to the RESTORE _OGICAL method for a number of reasons 1 Itis substantially faster 2 Because the files are not opened critical information in the VTOC such as generation numbers creation dates etc are not changed 3 One disk at a time can be compacted even though there may be files on the disk that have extents on other disks allowing easier management of the compacting operation For this method to operate correctly several aspects must be considered 1 Atthis time this method can only be used with the CKD disk type 2 During SAVE or RESTORE of the disk being compacted no files on that disk can be allocated or deleted and none accessed during the RESTORE compacting operation The HV keyword can be used to prevent problems Volume Functions Page 55 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE in this area or the disk can be detached from the disk manager while compacting 3 If a VTOC index is used it must be regenerated after compacting is completed 4 The System Manager Verify function must be run against the compacted disk to update the System M anager extent information 5 If EPIC cataloged files are used the job should be set up so that DR D can update the EPIC catalog see example Example 10 Disk reorganization
261. ocksize in a preceding RE NOP control card BUFE ERSPACE NNNNNN GLOBAL The BUFFERSPACE keyword is used to override the buffer space for each VSAM file being defined by the Dr D auto define feature If a number greater than 256 is entered it is used as the buffer space for each file If it is less than 257 it is used to multiply each file s existing buffer space If BU 1 is entered then no buffer space will be generated during the restore when a delete define takes place for a VSAM file This is a global parameter and remains in effect throughout the execution or until reentered enter BU N to discontinue its use CARDCOUNT XX CARDCOUNT XX where XX is a two digit decimal number leading zero representing a count of Saves Copies and Restores While this operand if specified does not have to appear on the first control card it can t appear more than once It represents a count of control cards including the one it appears on until the last one that should be in the job stream This count excludes continuation cards cards and the card If the specified count is either exceeded or not fulfilled the operator is informed CASPLIT NN The CASPLIT NN keyword is used with the SAVE LOGICAL VSAM backup in conjunction with PARTIAL SELECT REJECT to select files having a number of CA splits equal to or greater than the number specified This keyword may not be abbreviated and is entered as a file s
262. od O il nw UHNDVUYHYAE E NOP TAPE RES E Volume Functions Page 77 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 12 File Rename restore Restore the files from Example 8 The files are to be used for testing so rename them appropriately and restore them to a test disk starting at track 15 JOB VL12 ASSGN SYS008 181 MTC REW SYSO08 TLBL TAPEIN EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE NOP UPSI 111 RESTORE LOG SVO PAYROLL P TES COSTS BUCKS RENAME P TEST1 E RESTORE VOLSR1 RVOL VOLSRT EBEGIN R15 PARTIAL SELECT Page 78 Volume Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Summary of Control Card Formats for Volume Logical Operations Logical Save Restore from a Volume OGICAL S1 E1 S2 E2 R ETE YES ER X NNNNNN OR EBEGIN RNNNNNN OR EBEGIN RS f ED YES NO ASSUMED PAR SELECT REJECT RVOLSER SSSSSS OR RVOLSER VOLSN1 VOLSN2 SVOLSER SSSSSS OR SVOLSER VOLSN1 VOLSN2 VOLSEL SSSSSS OR VOLSEL VOLSN1 VOLSN2 VSAM YES NO ASSUMED Disk Reorganization The RESTORE LOGICAL VTOC feature allows the elimination of disk fragmentation and or relocat
263. of files this function uses a slightly different approach to file sdection no file is reset or dedeted unless PARTIAL SELECT REJECT is entered IF the PARTIAL parameter is not entered the only action taken is the listing of the files that would be deleted emptied Additionally the FD TEST parameter should be used initially to produce a list of files to be deleted reset Once the list has been checked for correctness then FD DELETE or FD RESET can be used to actually delete empty the file Example 1 Test Run of the DELETE Function no files will be deleted The following example produces a list of files in a PAYROLL system that have been moved to a new catalog using SAVES OGICAL and RESTORE LOGICAL and now must be deleted from the source catalog JOB DELETE VSAM TEST RUN NO FILES DELETED DLBL IJSYSUC VSAM USER CATALOG VSA EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION DELETE RCAT IJSYSUC FDELETE TEST PARTIAL SELECT PAYROLL ERMINATES FILE SELECTION ERMINATES EXECUTIO After checking the file list the job is resubmitted as follows JOB DELETE VSA DLBL IJSYSUC VSAM USER CATALOG VSAM EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION DELETE RCAT IJSYSUC FDELETE DELETE PART
264. ol card of the group Example 1 Save all files This example saves all the files except those files that are expired on the disks having volser 111111 and 222222 JOB VL1 ASSGN SYS007 280 TLBL TAPEOUT EC DRD SIZE 200K OGICAL UPSI 111 SVOLSER 111111 222222 OP TAPE REW Example 2 Restore after interuption Restores the tape produced in Example 1 This example assumes the restore was interrupted after restoring 15 files It now begins with the sixteenth restore JOB VL2 TLBL TAPEIN ASSGN SYS008 280 ASSGN SYS002 131 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K ORE LOGICAL SVOLSER 111111 RVOLSER 111111 SKIP 015 ORE NOP TAPE REW Volume Functions Page 73 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 3 Restore specific file Restores from the tape produced in Example 1 This example restores the file with I D DATA FILEl and any files starting with GL SYS but does not restore GL SYS GARBAGE It starts each extent at relative track 1 to allow a disk management system to allocate disk space JOB VL3 ASSGN SYS008 280 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K TLBL TAPEIN ESTORE LOGICAL SVOL 111111 RVOL 111111 PARTIAL SELECT EBEGIN 1 E1 R D GL SYS GARBAGE REVERSE G R Example 4 Restore of files from one volume to a co
265. ommands for an explanation of the values of AA through EEEEE For SAM or DAM files fixed blocked EXITFBFFFFFHHH where FFFFF is the exact physical blocksize and HHH is the number of logical records per block User Exits Page 101 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE For SAM or DAM files fixed unblocked EXITFUFFFFFGGG where FFFFF is the same as above and GGG is the key length If a key is present it must start in the first position of the logical record The EXIT cards for FB FU are for proper de blocking and disk writing Examples of User Exit Func tions Example 1 ANS COBOL JOB MYJOB OPTION CATAL PHASE MYPROG INCLUDE GETREC EXEC FCOBOL IDENTIFICATION PROGRAM ID MY DIVISION PROG WORKING STORAGE IC X 16 VALUE 77 DATA END P 01 MY RECORD LINKAGE SECTIO SECTION N 01 DOCTOR AREA 05 DOCTOR CARD 05 DOCTOR 05 DOCTOR DTF NAME DISK ID 05 DOCTOR 05 DOCTOR DATE JULIAN DAY 05 DOCTOR 05 DOCTOR TIME DLBL TYPE 05 DOCTOR E 05 FILLER PROCEDURE DIVI RROR F L SION ENTRY USE REXIT USING DOCTOR ARE EAD DOCTOR CALL GETR EC USING IF MY RECO RD DATA GO TO WRITE DOCTOR CALL PUTR END OF INP EC USING MY R PIC PIC PIC PIC PIC PIC
266. on a Restore Copy for an SD or DA data file will cause the save and restore files extents to become SYNCHRONIZED If there were 100 and 200 records respectively in the first and second extents of a save file then there will be exactly 100 and 200 records respectively in the first and second extents of the restore file even though they might be able to hold more Whenever SYNC YES is specified the restore file must have as many extents as the save file and each restore extent must be able to accommodate at least as many records as its corresponding save extent Putting SYNC YES for an ISAM file will be ignored Example 3 Transfer file to 3 extent Example 3 takes a 3 extent random file on a 3350 and transfers it over to three larger extents on a 3380 At the same time it keeps all the records in their corresponding extents JOB S2 COPY ILLUSTRATING USE OF SYNC YE DLBL INPUT F3350 99 365 DA EXTE SYS001 654321 1 0 20 100 EXTE SYS001 654321 1 1 120 100 EXTE SYS001 654321 1 2 220 100 D x LBL OUTPUT F3380 99 365 DA X SYS001 987654 1 0 19 114 XTE SYS001 987654 1 1 133 114 X XE SYS001 987654 1 2 247 114 C DRD SIZE 200K COP Y DATA SFILE INPUT RFILE OUTPUT SYNC YE amp NON VSAM SD and DA Data Files Page 85 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Summary of Control Card Format
267. one by setting LIB A ADD In either case the restored library already exists and may be communicated to Dr D by any of the four optional ways shown below 1 Default filename IJSYSCL IJSYSRL IJSYSSL IJSYSPL 2 Specified filename RFILE 3 Specified filelD RIDENT with default SYSNO SYSCLB SYSRLB SYSSLB SY SPLB 4 Specified file ID RIDENT and specified SYSNO RSYSN O the default is LIB OLD Example 18 Backup Condense Private Source library This example condenses a Private Source statement library on 131 Assume SYSSLB is permanently assigned to 131 Also assume DLBL EXTENTS for IJSYSSL arein the label area JOB L18 BACK UP PSL ASSGN SYS007 280 TLBL TAPEOUT SAVE PSL EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE PSOURCELIB JOB L18 CONDENSE PSL ASSGN SYS008 280 TLBL TAPEIN SAVE PSL EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE PSOURCELIB Sometimes it is necessary to change the size of the directory or library or create a private library on a pack where there wasn t one before To accomplish this specify LIB N NEW It will create and format an empty private library before Copying Restoring The library will have a total size equal to that specified in the DLBL and extents defining the library The rebuilt library will have a number of directory blocks or tracks in exact proportion to the ratio of directory size to the total s
268. ossible standalone restore situation JOB EXAMPLE 1A STANDALONE WITH TAPE MANAGER first file on tape gt TLBL TAPEOUT DRD STANDALONE 1 2nd file on tape gt TLBL BACKUP DOSRES BACKUP 2 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K DRD programs to tape gt SAVE IPL set global options gt SAVE NOP UPSI 111 PRINT LIST CP YES save the disk gt SAVE CUR SV DOSRES EX YES TD BACKUP amp ASSGN SYS007 280 MTC REW SYS007 TLBL TAPEOUT EXEC DRD SIZE 200K DRD programs to tape gt SAVE IPL set global options gt SAVE NOP UPSI 111 PRINT LIST CP YES save the disk gt SAVE CUR SV DOSRES EX YES unload the tape gt SA NOP TAPE RUN JOB EXAMPLE 1B STANDALONE WITHOUT TAPE MANAGER amp Note No other control statements should precede the SASPL and there should be no other parameters specified on the same line as the SASPL control card See section Restoring disk volumes from tape on page 52 For NON STANDALONE restore of standalone tape Note Whenever possible the restore should be run under VM or VSE to insure the greatest possible recovery from non permanent disk errors Volume Functions Page 69 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Standalone restore under VM CMS The following job stream creates a SAVESPL tape
269. oughput This allows the backup to continue on another reel For the RESTORE LOGICAL function the restore must begin with the reel containing the VTOC Appendix X Dr D Messages Page 241 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE or VSAM CATALOG contents first backup file After the contents info is read a search for the selected file s is started and EOV may be forced and the reel containing the file s mounted Dispo The job will continue normally with the next reel The user must insure that the correct reel is mounted at the appropriate time when restoring or the search may fail DOCTOR 617 UNREC OVERABLE ERROR HAS OCCURRED ON OUTPUT TAPE WHILE SAVING OBJ ECT BEING SAVED CAT CCCCCC CUU VVVVVV ENTER CANCELTO ABORT OR YES TO RECOVER BY FORCED END OF TAPE VOLUME Action Enter Cancel to Abort or Yes to recover by forced end of tape volume Dispo If CANCEL is entered the job is canceled If YES is entered the tape is positioned and forced to EOV end of volume allowing a correct backup to be produced in spite of the tape error The operator should schedule the reel or cartridge for cleaning or disposal Note The error message contains information on the type of file or disk that was in the process of being saved when the unrecoverable error occurred DOCTOR 666 PRODUC TWILL EXPIRE in xxx DAYS Cause The product has started a count down when the number of days reaches zero the product will cease function
270. oved DRDITTO and various other online services How Dr D ON LINE Works Dr D ON LINE is a set of programs written in CICS command leve code that interactively builds job streams to perform batch Dr D services The Dr D ON LINE programs use the CICS basic mapping facility to perform terminal displays and interact with the user Dr D ON LINE provides panel s that the user can fill out to provide information for the Dr D job stream to be built The user can specify the I O device information the VSE and POWER job information as well as the Dr D function to be provided through these panels The Dr D ON LINE interface does not actually perform the Dr D function it builds a job stream that can be submitted to a batch partition for execution The job stream created can also be pulled into an online editor and used as a skeleton for future Dr D processing Dr D ON LINE Operating Procedures Once you have updated CICS for the Dr D ON LINE transaction programs and maps you can activate the Dr D ON LINE interface Running Dr D ON LINE asa Transaction A single transaction called DRD will activate the CICS interface for Dr D ON LINE Enter the DRD transaction ID to bring up the main menu panel and choose the Dr D service to be performed Program function key 3 will get you out of the current panel and terminate the transaction from the main menu panel Diagnostics and errors that occur during the Dr D ON LINE interactive proc
271. parameters are used Page 80 NON VSAM SD and DA Data Files BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 1 Save SD and DA files This example saves an SD and a DA file to tape It also generates a logical record count for the SD file DLBL SEQFILE DISK FILE 01 99 360 SD EXTENT 737723 1 0 20 3980 EXTENT 737724 1 1 20 2000 8 DLBL RANFILE DISK FILE 02 99 360 DA EXTENT 434729 1 0 20 2320 TLBL TAPEOUT SAVE TAPE ASSGN SYS007 280 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE NOP PRINT YES UPSI 111 SAVE DATA SFILE SEQFILE EOF YES LRECORD 100 CPRESS YES SAVE DATA SFILE RANFIL Example 2 Restore SD and DA files This example restores the files from Example 1 DLBL FILEONE DISK FILE 01 99 360 SD EXTENT 737723 1 0 20 3980 EXTENT 737724 1 1 20 2000 8 DLBL FILETWO DISK FILE 02 99 360 DA 0 EXTENT 434729 1 0 20 2320 TLBL TAPEIN SAVE TAPE ASSGN SYS008 280 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE NOP PRINT YES UPSI 111 RESTORE DATA RFILE FILEONE RESTORE DATA RFILE FILETWO NON VSAM SD and DA Data Files Page 81 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE
272. pe is the same If restoring under VM see that the virtual disk is defined at least as large as the saved disk DOCTOR 147 TRACK CAPACITY EXCEEDED ATC YLINDER CCCCC HEAD HH RC128 REC ORD RRR Cause While restoring data to a CKD type disk a block being restored will not fit in the remaining space on the track Action If the backup is from a disk of the same type and track capacity check to see that the tape has no errors and that the correct backup is on the tape by running the Dr D FUNCTION LTAPE If no problems are found contact product support Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 148 ALE SAVED FROM FBA DISK IN NON CI FORMATCANNOT RC002 BE RESTORED TO CKD DISK NO DATA RESTORED Cause A file saved from FBA disk was in non Cl format so the logical blocksize cannot be determined for restore to a CKD type disk Action None Dispo The file is opened creating a format 1 label in the VTOC but no data is restored and processing continues It may be possible to restore this file type using the DATA TAPE feature DOCTOR 149 LAST EXTENT FOR DISK ALE TAPEOUT ATDISK ADDRESS CKD OR FBA ADDRESS HERE LASTADDRESS WRITIEN IS DISK ADDRESS Cause The tape file TAPEOUT has been directed to disk and at end of job this message allows the user to see how much of the disk file has been used up Dispo None normal end of job follows DOCTOR 150 UNABLE TO OPEN VSAM ALE VSAM ERR CODE XXX RC 128 Cause The VSAM file could not be opened S
273. r disk at save time are restored JOB VSAM SELECTION ASSGN SYS008 TAPE TLBL TAPEI DLBL UCAT2 VSAM USER CATALOG TWO VSAM EXEC DRD SIZE 200K ESTORE NOP BLOCKSIZE 65496 UPSI 111 EST LOGICAL RCAT UCAT2 SVOL VSAM01 ASSOC YES PARTIAL SELECT BY VOLUME SERIAL NUMBER Dn O ESTORE NOP TAPE RUN amp Unique File Bac kup Restore VSAM UNIQUE files can be saved restored by either the catalog driven SAVE RESTORE LOGICAL function or the SAVE RESTORE VSAM function In either case additional DLBL and EXTENT JCL statements are required in order for the file to be defined If the RESTORE LOGICAL function is used the generated DTF DDNAME is altered replacing the first character Thus the name is changed from FiLnnnn to DiLnnnn and XiLnnnn If the RESTORE VSAM function is used the first character of the RFILE name is changed in the same way do not start the RFILE name with D or X Example 9 Unique File backup using SAVE LOGICAL This example shows the backup of a UNIQUE file from a VSAM Catalog JOB V9 UNIQUE FI TLBL TAPEOUT EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE NOP UPSI 111 BLOCKSIZE 65496 PRINT YES WS MCATPASS SAVE LOGICAL SCAT IJSYSCT PARTIAL SELECT ASSOC YES FAST YES E BACKUP UNIQUE KSDS FIL
274. racter D in position 15 of the record use DE 0015C4 For UNBLOCKED files the relative location within the record must include the key area If SAVESSAM is used logical IOCS is used to save the file This allows PSAM files to be saved copied by Dr D A DTF is initialized as follows 1 If SYSOO1 is assigned to disk its device type is used for the prime data device 2 If SYSOQOO is assigned to disk its device type is used for the master index device type when using a master index 3 If SYS000 SY S001 is not assigned to disk the SYSRES device type is used in either case Data tapes may be saved and restored for ISAM files instead of Dr D format tapes When saving specify DT YES and the Data Tape will be produced in fixed block format The blocksize will be the largest possible for the assumed or specified blocksize BL NNNN To change the blocking factor on the tape specify BL NNNN where NNNNN is less than 32752 and is the blocking factor times the logical record length plus 10 The extra ten spaces are needed for boundary considerations and will not be used Only as many complete logical records as can be placed in the size NNNNN will be written to the tape When restoring a Data Tape to an ISAM file considerably more information is required than if a Dr D save file is used NR and CY parameters may not be used when restoring ISAM files from data tapes The required parameter is Stabilized Components Page 15
275. rary Member selection is based on sub library type member name and time stamp Generic groups of members can be selected by use of the character Sub library and type selectors are prefixed by the plus and exclamation Members of one sub library may be restored to another sub library by use of the TO sub library designation This is accomplished by prefixing the sub library name with the ampersand amp If the TO sub library does not exist in the receiving library Dr D will create it before adding the selected members Restore Method Dr D uses two different methods for restoring library members The assumed method LIB PHYSICAL uses Dr D s own member and directory output routines If LIB LIBR is specified then Dr D invokes the LIBR functions for member and directory output The two methods differ in several aspects 1 The LIBR method requires more GETVIS memory and more free space in the library but may be suitable for libraries in active use 2 The LIBR method changes the date of the member while LIB P retains the date as saved Timestamp Selection and Incremental Backup Use of the TSTAMP keyword allows Dr D to do incremental backup of libraries to greatly reduce backup time for daily backup This is accomplished by doing full backups periodically weekly monthly etc and then doing incremental backups more frequently daily twice daily etc The incremental backup would use a time stamp selector
276. re than once with or without card data to one or more of the user exit programs User programs can be any mix of IO or EX modes in any single execution of Dr D In order for user exit programs to execute properly GETREC or PUTREC must be the first entry points in the link edited program This is most easily accomplished by placing INCLUDE PUTREC or INCLUDE GETREC immediately after the PHASE card The only current use for DOCTOR ERROR FLAG is when an ISAM create encounters a key not greater than the previous key written High value is returned in the DOCTOR ERROR FLAG User exit programs must not use STOP RUN statements use GOBACK statements instead User Exits Page 103 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Summary of Control Card Formats for User Exit Func tions Enable User Whitten Programs To enable user written programs to access modify or delete logical records during backup and restore EXIT NF PPPPPPPP To enable user written programs to generate intercept or inspect logical records during Dr D runs EXITISAABBBCCCDDDDDEEEEE EXITFUFFFFFGGG EXITFBFFFFFHHH RESTORE DATA ETC USER PHASENAM MM TZ2ZZ222Z Page 104 User Exits BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE VSE SP Library Functions Saving Restoring Copying VSE SP Libraries Dr D can save restore copy all selected members of a VSE SP lib
277. reading control cards from SYSIPT Or from the PROC library where it will begin reading control cards from the procedure if present else from SY SIPT Appendix IV Dr D Operating Environment Page 203 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Appendix V Setting UPSI Bits Dr D tests all eight UPSI bits to determine if any special action is required If bit O UPSI 1 ison Dr D does not wait for an operator reply after messages 16 or 66 If bit 1 UPSI x1 is on Dr D will log all the control cards it reads onto SYSLOG and SYSLST if the print option is set If bit 2 UPSI xxl is on Dr D will log out statistics about the save restore or copy at its conclusion on SYSLOG AND SYSLST if desired If bit 3 UPSI xxx is on during a save a duplicate backup tape will be created on SYS006 TLBL TAPETWO If bit 4 UPSI xxxx1 is on during volume SAVE COPY operations data checks during read data operations are noted on the console log The operator is then given the option to RETRY CANCEL or IGNORE the error If bit 5 UPSI xxxxx is on during volume SAVE COPY operations data checks during read data operations are noted on the console log The error is automatically ignored but is noted on the console NOTE Ignoring data checks may produce unpredictable results and is not generally recommended Data integrity is usually lost and files having pointers may be unusable If bit 6 UPSI xxxxxx1 i
278. red no files within the reorg area will be cylinder aligned If ALL is entered each file within the reorg area of the disk will be aligned ALLOCS NN Do Not Abbreviate This operand is used with the SAVE LOGICAL VSAM backup to select files based on the number of allocations for each file It is used as a selector card in conjunction with PARTIAL SELECT REJECT and causes files to be selected not rejected if they have allocations equal or greater than that entered If ALLOCS 0 is entered only files having no allocations are sd ected AREA SELECT REJECT COMPACT or AREA S1 E1 S2 E2 For use during restore copy of data areas by ALL CURRENT or PHYSICAL save methods This allows restore to be selective down to the track or FBA block level Like library member selection control cards are entered to define the areas to be restored to As many Select Reject cards may be entered as will fit in partition memory and have the following format 000000 0001111 123456 7890123 BBBBBB BBBBBBX for FBA disk Page 172 Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE CCCHH CCCHH X for CKD disk In each case beginning and ending disk address is specified as either FBA block number or CKD cylinder and head track Column 13 is optional and may be used to override the A REA SE RE specified for that control card only Overlapping specification is allowed with sub
279. red by the WORK keyword is not valid Action Correct the parameter and resubmit the job if it cance s Dispo Processing continues if possible DOCTOR 126 ALE SELECTION COMPLETE OK TO INTERRUPT Cause A RESTORE LOGICAL function with PARTIAL SE RE is being performed and the file selection process is complete Action If you wish to skip to a new tape volume you can now request that DRD force end of volume see DOCTOR 616 message Dispo Processing continues DOCTOR 130 DEVIC E NNNN SUBC HANNEL NUMBER NOT KNOWN Cause During standalone restore a subchanne is specified that is invalid or not available Appendix X Dr D Messages Page 231 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Action Restart the standalone process entering a usable number DOCTOR 131 SUBCHANNEL NNNN DEVICE NUMBER NOTKNOWN Cause During standalone restore a device is specified that is invalid or not available Action Restart the standalone process entering a usable number DOCTOR 132 SUBCHANNELIS DISABLED FOR DEVICE Cause During standalone restore a device is specified that is not enabled Action Restart the standalone process entering a usable number DOCTOR 133 DISK COMMAND REJ ECTI O FAILURE Cause During standalone restore a disk i o has failed The most likely cause is that the recdving disk is too small to contain the disk being restored Action Check to see that the receiving disk is at least as large as the saved disk and that the device ty
280. restore operations LIBRA RY X LIBRARY X where X may be N new O old or A add For VSE SP libraries two additional values are allowed C create and E extend This entry applies for COPY RESTORE SC SR SP SS PC PR PS or LI N means create a new library equivalent to doing a CORGZ O means restore to an already existing library on a pack overlaying its contents and an A means restore to an already existing library on a pack merging with what s already there If you add an entry to a library which already has a member with the same name that Page 184 Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE LOWK member is deleted and replaced by the new one LIB N is invalid for VSE SYSTEM libraries The VSE SP CREATE and EXTEND modes assume that no restoring copying are to take place but that a library is to be Created or Extended Copy Restore may follow if desired If LIB LIBR is specified the restore function will use LIBR facilities rather than Dr D physical IOCS routines LIB PH is assumed RY GLOBAL The LO parameter is used to specify the lowest key of a file to restore see HIKEY also If the key contains spaces enclose it in quotes if you wish to enter the key in hexadecimal enter it as LO X Once entered it applies to the next file restored only The key should be entered as a contiguous string and be totally contained
281. rom file candidates or C to cancel Page 234 Appendix X Dr D Messages BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE DOCTOR 187 WARNING VTOC ON DISK VOLSER oxxx IS ABOUTTO RC 128 BE MOVED TO OR RESIZED AT DISK ADDRESS nnnnnnnn IS THIS CORRECT Action Check to see that the disk listed is not being used in any way that would cause the VTOC to be updated while it is being moved this could happen anytime a file is dosed Then reply YES if the move can be safely accomplished or NO to abort the move DOCTOR 188 NEW LOCATION SPECIFED FOR VTOC IS INVALID OR RC 128 ALREADY ALLOCATED OR NEW SIZE IS IMPROPER Cause TheVTOC move Function has discovered that the new VTOC location is occupied by a file the current VTOC the VOL1 of the disk or is outside the range of the disk If the size of the VTOC is being reduced there could be labels in the VTOC that would be lost Action Check a VTOC list to see if a file occupies the new location and either move the file or delete see DELETE FUNCTION Otherwise choose a new location for the VTOC If the size of the VTOC is being reduced print the VTOC to see if labels exist in the part of the VTOC being dropped Dispo Job is cancded DOCTOR 189 EARLY EOF OCCURED WHILE PROCESSING MALE ALE ID RC002 Cause A control interval has been input that is not in proper Cl format possibly due to file corruption or file not closed Dispo The BACKUP COPY continues But the file should be checked for
282. s supplied is SYS001 but see A ppendix II Setting Assumed Optiong on page 199 for more information To save a volume or disk area for standalone restoration SAVESPL followed by SAVE ALL CURRENT PHYSICAL Volume Functions Page 49 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 1 SAVE C URRENTVTOC driven bac kup disk to tape This job stream saves the SYSWK1 disk volume by the SAVE CURRENT method Expired files are saved the tape is compressed and the saving of each sequential SD file ceases on reading the end of file EOF after the last data block JOB EXAMPLE 1 SAVE CURRENT DISK BACKUP ASSGN SYS007 280 MTC REW SYSO07 TLBL TAPEOUT MY PACK SAVE EXEC DRD SIZE 200K set global options gt SAVE NOP UPSI 111 PRINT LIST CP YES save the disk gt SAVE CURRENT SV SYSWK1 EXPIRED YES EOF YES unload the tape gt SA NOP TAPE RUN amp Example 2 Save ALL trac ky blocks of disk to tape This job stream saves a VM sysres that occupies the first 100 cylinders of a 3380 The disk is defined as a full native 3380 to VSE JOB EXAMPLE 2 SAVE ALL VOLUME BACKUP ASSGN SYS007 280 MTC REW SYS007 TLBL TAPEOUT MY PACK SAVE EXEC DRD SIZE 200K set global options gt SAVE NOP UPSTI 111 PRINT LIST CP YES save
283. s for that SYSTEM libraries directory For FBA disk BBBBBB is the total library size in blocks DDD is the number of directory blocks This operand is only specified on COPY RESTORE REORG to allocate the new SYSRES library If it is omitted the allocation default is zero and the library is not created Specifying S Same in place of the CCCTT or BBBBBBDDD operand causes Dr D to use the saved libraries allocation E X CKD DISK ONLY RMODE X where X is l Image S Squeeze U Update or A Addon Page 188 Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE This keyword is used to indicate how DR D is to arrange the data being written on the tracks of the output disk during restore or copy of non VSAM data files and physical extents If IMAGE is assumed specified the output mirrors the input If SQUEEZE is assumed specified as many blocks as possible are written to each output track If U is specified the input block s data is updated into the blocks of output tracks The U mode is only allowed with RESTORE COPY PHYSICAL and requires the addition of the starting and ending record numbers on the SB SH and RB RH parameters If A is specified the input blocks are added to the output tracks starting at the record specified by the RB parameter Squeeze mode is assumed The A mode is also only allowed with RESTORE COPY PHYSICAL and requires the addition of the star
284. s on during file restore operations a table of control cards is built allowing restore control cards matched against files on the input save tape using either the RF name or FIND name Note This UPSI should be set in the job control statement Only individual file restores are allowed and are limited in number to those that will fit in the control card table See Appendix II Setting Assumed Options on page 199 To determine the maximum number use the sum of the truncated card length plus one Bit 7 UPSI xxxxxxx1 is used to override the PRINT LIST option that directs all printed output to SYSLST with no SYSLOG output If on control cards are printed on SYSLOG even though PRINT LIST is specified Dr D allows the UPSI bits to be specified on the control card as well as the JCL The same character specification 1 0 and X apply A default UPSI specification is included with the utility and can be changed at installation time Page 204 Appendix V Setting UPSI Bits BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Appendix VI DOS VSE OPERATIONS The following are some considerations for operating Dr D under DOS VSE ESA A Dr D may be executed in real EXEC DRD REAL or virtual storage EXEC DRD B Dr D should be executed with size nnnKk where nnn is at least 200 and should be increased by 2 for each 1 000 byte increase in tape blocksize above the assumed 65 496 byte tape blocksize Increasing the EXEC s
285. saved Users may also reorganize the files and or the entire disk or pool of disks The files saved by this method may also be restored as specified in section 4 The following section provides general information about the use of logical volume operations When Saving the SV parameter must be entered and if restoring both SV and RV must be specified to allow processing and distinguish VTOC from VSAM Catalog processing During Restore the SV is required for tape positioning In either case the VO Volselect may be used to select the volume s used to determine whether a file is to be Saved Restored as follows If saving any file that fully or partially resides on a selected volume is saved in its entirety If restoring the VO refers to the Volume Serial s of the saved disk s and the selection logic is the same as when saving Starting with Dr D version 6 5 1 files are saved in file id sequence instead of the unpredictable order as found in the VTOC s The files saved by this method may also be restored as specified in section 4 The following section provides general information about the use of the logical volume operations When Saving the SV parameter must be entered and if restoring both SV and RV must be specified to allow processing and distinguish VTOC from VSAM Catalog processing During Restore the SV is required for tape positioning In either case the VO VOLSELECT may be used to select the volum
286. sed having been replaced by VSAM in most cases RBEGIN CCCCCCHH CKD BBBBBBBB FBA The CCCCCC is a zero to six digit decimal number representing a cylinder and HH is a two digit decimal number leading zero representing a head For FBA the BBBBBBBB is a one to eight digit block number RBEGIN is required with RESTORE COPY PHY ERASE specifying a starting cylinder and head number or block at which to begin restoring or erasing For CKD disk you may also append R and a 1 3 digit record number in conjunction with RMODE V A during COPY RESTORE PHYSICAL RCAT XXXXXXX Used during restore of VSAM files using the VSAM catalog logical feature Specifies the DLBL name not file ID of the catalog used to restore into RESTORE XX Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords Page 187 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE This keyword is specified when a tape to disk function is required XX is the operation desired see Appendix VIII Table of Save Restore or Copy Commands on page207 Only the first two characters of the operand need to be specified RFIL RENAME XXXXXXX RF XXXXXXxX are one to seven alphanumeric characters the first of which is non numeric Whenever it is necessary to specify the name of a file being restored or copied to Dr D this entry must be included XXXXXXxX is the filename as specified in the DLBL EXTENT cards The DLBL EXTENT cards must be present in either the job
287. sets processed first for example RE PH RB 000001 RH 100000 AR SE 1 1000 11 11R This would restore FBA blocks to 1 10 and 12 1000 with block 11 rejected The same results from RE PH RB 000001 RH 100000 AR SE 1 10 12 1000 Relocation of disk areas is possible with use of RB and RH parameters Area selection is based on the addresses restored to not the addresses saved from In the example above if the area being saved from was 100001 200000 then the blocks restored to 1 10 and 12 1000 would have originally been located at 100001 100010 and 100012 101000 AREA S1 E1 S 2 E2 This form of the AREA parameter is used to define the area s of disk to be saved from or restored to during SAVE _LOGICAL VTOC processing Each set of parameters is a starting and ending track or FBA block number separated by a dash If the specification is a repeat of the last entered a single R may be entered The entries are assumed to be in one to one correspondence with the SV entries if saving or the RV entries if restoring ASSOC YES NO When Saving Restoring VSAM with SAVE RESTORE LOGICAL indicates whether associated files are to be Saved Restored Note That this does not apply to SAVE VSAM type backups only those produced by SAVE LOGICAL AUTO YES NO OVERRIDE ROTATE For VSAM indicates whether automatic file definition is to be invoked and to allow the d
288. sk space on three 3380 disks having volume serial numbers VOLSR1 VOLSR2 and VOLSR3 Save only the files that fully or partially reside on VOLSR2 and VOLSR3 JOB VL7 SAVE SELECTIVELY FROM POOL OF DISK FILES BRSSGN SYS007 181 MTC REW SYS007 TLBL TAPEOUT EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE NOPERATION UPSI 111 SAVE LOGICAL SVOL VOLSR1 VOLSR2 VOLSR3 VOLSEL VOLSR2 VOLSR3 SAVE NOPERATION TAPE REW amp Example 8 Save selected files Save the files residing in a pool of disk space on three 3380 disks having volume serial numbers VOLSR1 VOLSR2 and VOLSR3 The space on the first disk is in cylinder 1 through 100 the second and third 100 through 600 We cgt a POOL OF DISK FILES JOB VL8 SAVE ASSGN SYS007 181 MTC REW SYS007 TLBL TAPEOUT EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE NOP UPSI 111 SAVE LOG SV VO SAVE NOP TAPE REW iSR1 VOLSR2 VOLSR3 AREA 15 1500 1500 9000 R amp Volume Functions Page 75 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Note That the AR ranges are stated in tracks or FBA blocks and the cylinder addresses have been converted accordingly Example 9 Restore and Reorganize This example restores and reorganizes the pool of disk space saved in example aight keeping each extent of each file on its original dis
289. some cases users may wish to use tape SYSNOS or DDNAMES TAPEIN TAPEOUT other than the assumed values To do so add the TOSTAPEOUT and or TITSXTAPETWOS gt and or TIXTAPEIN keywords to the control card Note If the first is SAVESP you must repeat on the next card as well Miscellaneous Operations Page 121 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Use the operand TD DDDDDDD to change the tape DDNAME from TAPEIN TAPEOUT TAPEIN is changed if doing a restore TAPEOUT if doing a save Except for the case of SAP the values entered will hold throughout an execution of Dr D You can do any combination of Saves Restores and Copies within one execution of Dr D All Dr D save restore tapes have standard labels unless LA BEL N O is specified To illustrate consider a user has saved three data files in a row EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE DATA SFILE FILEX SAVE DATA SFILE FILEY SAVE DATA SFILE FILEZ The save tape would have the following format ER IS 001 ER IS 002 ER IS 003 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K ORE DATA RFILE FILE ORE DATA RFILE FILE ORE DATA RFILE FILE
290. stream or the label area This entry is applicable for COPY or RESTORE Data PU Reorganize PC PS and PR NOTE For copies SFILE and RFILE must be unique or the file copied on top of itself RHALT CCCCCCHH CKD BBBBBBBB FBA For CKD disk CCCCCC is a one to six digit decimal number representing a cylinder and HH is a two digit decimal number leading zero representing a head For FBA Disk BBBBBBBB is the ending block number This is required with RESTORE COPY PHY ERASE and denotes an ending track block at which to terminate restoring or erasing For CKD disk you may also append an R and a 1 3 digit record number in conjunction with RMODE J A during COPY RESTORE PHYSICAL RIDENT XXX XXX RIDENT XXX XXX are 1 44 characters This specifies the file ID of a library to be copied restored This operand may be used in place of RFILE in certain cases where it might be more advantageous or easier to specify a file ID instead of using DLBL and extents and specifying the filename This keyword applies to RESTORE or COPY PC PS PP or PR It is also used to identify the file on the RESTORE EXPIRDATE function RL CCCTT CKD BBBBBBDDD FBA RMOD For CKD RL CCCTT where CCC is a three digit decimal number leading zeroes representing the number of cylinders to be allocated to a SYSTEM relocatable library and TT is a two digit decimal number leading zero representing the number of track
291. sumed to be the head number and those to the left are the cylinder CCCCCCHH For FBA disk types the whole number is an FBA relative block number In any case no leading zeros are needed If no ending RHALT disk address is entered the ending is made equal to the beginning so that only one track FBA block is erased cleared Example 2 Erase Disk Assume two 3380 s on 131 and 132 This example erases all of the pack on 131 and the last half of the pack on 132 It also erases cylinder 705 of a 3375 on 155 E2 SYS002 131 SY S003 132 SYS004 155 DRD SIZE 200K E ERASE RBEGIN 101 RHALT 84500 E ERASE RBEGIN 40000 RHALT 84500 RSYSNO SYS003 E ERASE RBEGIN 70500 RHALT 70518 RSYSNO SYS004 Summary of Control Card Format for Erasing the Disk Erase Disk CKD gt E RSYSNO SYSXXX RBEGIN CCCHH RHALT CCCHH MOD11 Y FBA gt E RSYSNO SYSXXX RBEGIN BBBBBB RHALT BBBBBB Default RSYSNO SYS002 Page 114 Miscellaneous Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Altering the Access Creation or Expiration date ofa File Using the RESTORE EXPIRDATE facility of Dr D does not really restore anything but does update the expiration date of a file on a pack This is the assumed default value if not specified on the control card The correct file is communicated to Dr D via the 1 44 alpha
292. t additional file selector keywords are provided to select files by number of CA CI splits number of allocations percent of file space in use and Cl size These keywords must be entered in the same manner as file ID selectors must not be abbreviated and cannot be entered on the SAVE RESTORE COPY FUNCTION control card They also must be used in conjunction with PARTIAL SEL REJ and are always used to select files i e files must first be selected by the file condition sedectors before other selection rejection criteria are considered These additional file condition selectors are ALLOCS VNN SELECTS FILES BY NUMBER OF ALLOCATIONS CISPLIT NNN SELECTS FILES BY NUMBER OF CI SPLITS CASPLIT NNN SELECTS FILES BY NUMBER OF CA SPLITS CISIZE VNNNN SELECTS FILES BY DATA CISIZE FREESPACE gt NN SELECTS FILES BY FILE FREESPACE Once the files are selected and saved additional generic global keywords are provided to cause file definition modification and a reorganizing restore These keywords are entered on the RESTORE LOGICAL control card and affect each file restored These additional restore keywords are FDEFINE C Causes primary allocation size recomputation FDEFINE M Causes primary allocation size recomputation FDEFINE D Use if FDEFINE C is not entered and redefinition is required FREESPACE Cl CA Alters Cl and CA freespace CN DATA INDEX Alters data and index Cl size BUFF NNNN Alters buffer space CD PS Alters file pri
293. t support DOCTOR 113 INCONSISTENT PARAMETERS SPEC IHED RC 128 Cause Parameters have been specified that do not logically go with the function being performed An example would be specifying file type parameters with non file type operations Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 114 LIBRARY HAS OVER 16 EXTENTS RC 128 Cause The VSE SP library create extend feature has detected that the target library in VSAM space already has 16 or more extents or that a non VSAM library will have more than 16 extents after creation extension Action If the library is in VSAM space a listcat will show how many extents exist If the Library is in non VSAM space list VTOC and examineJCL EXTENT cards Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 115 LIBRARY HAS NO ADDITIONAL EXTENTS RC 128 Cause The VSE SP library extend feature has determined that target library cannot be extended Action If the library is in VSAM space a listcat will show how many extents exist If the Library is in non VSAM space list VTOC and examineJCL EXTENT cards Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 116 CONTROLINTERVAL FORMAT ERROR IN ALE file id RC002 Cause During the backup of a VSAM file one or more control intervals have been found to bein incorrect format possibly due to VSAM CI split processing Action Check to see that the file is valid If the file is usable the backup can be used to restore the file reorganizing and correcting any format errors Dispo The backup con
294. te in the last position Page 136 GETTAPE Sub Program BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Assembler Example of call to SETTAPE with FIND for File ID CALL SETTAPE NEWOPTS NEWOPTS DS OCL59 DC CL6 SYS010 DC CL7 SVTIAPE DC COLE DC CL44 MY DATASET FILE ID DE CETERE Assembler Example of call to SETTAPE with FIND for Filename CALL SETTAPE NEWOPTS DS OCL20 DC L6 SYS010 DC L7 SVTAPE DC L7 DISKFLE COBOL Example of call to SETTAPE with FIND for File ID 01 NEW OPTIONS 03 FILLER UE SYSOQ10 03 FILLER 1 SV 03 FILII UE QUO 03 FILLI UE MY 03 FILII 1 QUO CALL SETTAPE USING NEW OPTIONS COBOL Example of call to SETTAPE with FIND for Filename 01 NEW OPTIONS 03 FILLER PIC X 6 VALUE SYS010 03 FILLER PIC X 7 VALUE SVTAPE 03 FILLER PIC X 7 VALUE DISKFLE CALL SETTAPE USING NEW OPTIONS GETTAPE Sub Program Page 137 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE PASSC ARD Function The PASSCARD function provides for identifying the format of the data file to be read from the save tape If used the PASSCARD function must be called prior to the first call to the GETTAPE function If no call
295. te the matching catalog header record If the saved catalog had a different name from the restored catalog then the saved catalog is identified on the RESTORE LOGICAL statement by using the SCAT parameter Example 5 VSAM catalog selective restore This exampleis similar to Example 4 except it bypasses the restore of VSAM USER CATALOG ONE and restores the saved contents of VSAM USER CATALOG TWO into another catalog called NEW VSAM USER CATALOG JOB VSAM CATALOG SELECTIVE RESTORE ASSGN SYS008 TAPE TLBL TAPEIN DLBL NEWCAT NEW VSAM USER CATALOG VSAM DLBL UCAT2 VSAM USER CATALOG TWO VSAM EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE NOPERATION BLOCKSIZE 654 96 UPSI 111 RESTORE LOGICAL SCATDDNAME UCAT2 RCATDDNAME NEWCAT RESTORE NOP TAPE RUN amp File Rename Feature During restore file IDs may be altered by several methods in conjunction with the PARTIAL SE RE parameter The IDs may be fully replaced transformed prefixed or any combination of these functions by the addition of rename control cards following the selector card used to select the file for restore The three possibilities are as follows 1 Starting in column 1 code T followed by a search string an and a replace string or space if the search string is to be removed Only the first occurren
296. ter and resubmit the job Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 54 POSTMION XXX INVALID OPERAND RC 128 Where XXX is the subject of the POSIT operand on a control statement Cause The specified 3 digit position operand was either zero non numeric or less than the current file number on the restore tape backward positioning is not allowed Action None Page 222 Appendix X Dr D Messages BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 55 SKIP XXX INVALID OPERAND RC 128 Where XXX is the subject of the SKIP operand on the control statement Cause The 3 digit specified skip operand was non numeric Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 56 ISAM RESTORE ALXXXX DASD ERROR at MBBC CHHR DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD RC 128 Where FILXXXX is the filename of the restored copied ISAM file DDD DD is the amp byte hexadecimal record ID of the form M EXTENT SEQUENCE NUMBER BB BIN NUMBER cc CYLINDER NUMBER HH HEADNUMBER R RECORD NUMBER Cause ISAM LIOCS detected a disk error at the specified location Action Rerun the job Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 57 ISAM RESTORE ALXXXX WRONG LENGTH RECORD ATMBBC C HHR DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD RC 128 Where FILXXXX is the filename of the restored copied ISAM file DDD DDD is the 8 byte hexadecimal record ID of the form M EXTENT SEQUENCE NUMBER BB BIN NUMBER cc CYLINDER NUMBER HH HEAD NUMBER R RECORD NUMBER Cause ISAM LIOCS detected a wrong length recor
297. th SAVE VSAM and VARIABLE YES Start Length Field D escription 1 2 Actual Record Length 4 Binary 3 2 Binary Zeros 5 x Actual Record VSAM RRDS with Fixed Length Records saved with SAVE VSAM and VARIABLE NO Start Length Field Description 1 2 Relative Record Number Binary 3 x Actual Record VSAM RRDS saved with SAVE LOGICAL or VSAM RRDS saved with SAVE VSAM and VARIABLE YES Start Length Field Description 1 2 Actual Record Length 8 Binary 3 2 Binary Zeros 5 4 Relative Record Number Binary 9 x Actual Record Blocked Fixed Length Records Start Length Field Description 1 x Actual Record Page 140 GETTAPE Sub Program BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE VSAM KSDS and ESDS with Fixed Length Records saved with SAVE VSAM and VARIABLE NO Start Length Field Description Unblocked Fixed Length Records Start Length Field Description 1 k Key If any 14k x Actual Record Blocked and Unblocked Variable Length Records Start Length Field Description 1 2 Key Length Zero if no key 3 2 Binary Zeros 5 2 Actual Record Length 4 Binary 7 2 Binary Zeros 9 k Key If any O k x Actual Record Undefined Length Records Start Length Field Description 1 2 Key Length Zero if no key 3 2 Binary Zeros 5 2 Actual Record Length Binary 7 2 Binary Zeros 9 k Key If an
298. th the single operand CVOLID CX PRIMARYCLASS SECONDARYCLASS GLOBAL The CX PCLASS SCLASS keyword is used to override the index allocation classes of VSAM files being defined by the Dr D auto define feature see also CD This is a global parameter and stays in effect throughout the current execution of Dr D or until changed by a new entry enter CX N to discontinue its effect CYLOF LO XX CYLOFLO XX where XX is a two digit decimal number leading zero denoting the number of tracks per cylinder to be allocated to cylinder overflow If omitted the number of CYLOFLO tracks for the saved file is used If no CYLOFLO tracks are desired set CYLOFLO 00 When CY XxX is used in conjunction with a volume backup the CY parameter limits the number of tracks read during each I O DATE XXXXXXX The DATE keyword is used to set the expiration date for VSAM and non VSAM files during file restore or the RESTORE EXPIRATION date function The entered field is usually a five digit number of the form YYDDD as a Julian date but may also take several other formats options For VSAM files specifying DATE 0 causes no TO date to be generated when IDCAMS file definition is invoked by Dr D For non VSAM files using the RESTORE EXPIRATION function the entered date can be prefixed with C or A if a creation or last access date is to be set DCONTROL The DC Dr D Control parameter is used to pass additional control para
299. than 65496 and at least as large as the logical record length plus 10 In no event will other than full logical records be written to tape When used during copy operations memory requirements may be reduced or increased with a resulting change in performance For VSE machines with limited memory performance may actually be improved by a reduction in blocksize through elimination of excessive paging With adequate real memory a larger block size should prove beneficial Do not use this parameter on the same Page 118 Miscellaneous Operations BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE control card as FIND SKIP or POSITION Instead use a preceding RE NOP control card to set the desired blocksize Specifying Tape Compression CP YES NO When saving to tape CP YES causes tape output to be compressed thereby reducing tape usage and channel access with improvement in backup speed provided CPU time is adequate Once invoked it remains in effect until CP N O is specified or execution ends Example 3 Specify Tape Compression This example describes a specific tape compression JOB 03 ASSGN SYS007 280 TLBL TAPEOUT RELO EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE PCORE BLOCKSIZE 65496 CPRESS YES SAVE PRELO CPRESS NO amp Specifying Disk Volume Serial Numbers SVOLSER RVOLSER CVOLSER The SV RV CV operands are used to specify t
300. that would cause all members changed since the last full backup to be saved each time the backup is run Recovery of the library then becomes a matter of restoring the last full backup and then restoring the last incremental backup Specifying the Library The assumed DLBL name is SYSLIB but may be changed by use of the SF and RF parameters Dr D does not distinguish between VSE SP system and private libraries and label information is always required VSE SP Library Functions Page 105 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Controlling Print Output Listing of sub library and member names can be controlled by use of the FORMAT keyword as follows EMBER NAMES PRINT SUB LIBRARY NAMES PRINT ON LOG ON LIST ON LOG ON LIST FORMAT A YES YES YES YES FORMAT B NO YES YES YES FORMAT C O YES NO YES FORMAT D YES NO YES NO FORMAT E O NO NO NO Examples of VS SP Library Functions Example 1 Save a library This example saves an entire library JOB SAVE A VSE SP LIBRARY ASSGN SYS007 180 TLBL TAPEOUT DLBL SYSLIB VSE SP LIBRARY EXTENT FBA250 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE LIBRARY UPSI 111 PRINT BOTH SAVE NOP TAPE REW amp Example 2 Restore a library Example 2 restores an entire library JOB RESTORE A VSE SP LIBRARY BSSGN SYS008 180 TLBL TAPEI
301. the VO parameter is used with SAVE LOGICAL VTOC to select files that fully or partially reside on the specified disk s during backup and likewise to select the files for restore based on the disk s they resided on during backup VRTYPE K E R S VR specifies the VSAM file type for restoring VSAM files as follows K Keyed files the assumed value E Entry sequenced files N Non Cl format files R Relative record files Page 196 Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE S VSAM managed sequential P PATH VSAM YES If specified during SAVE LOGICAL VTOC processing VSAM data areas are saved as DA files VSAM NO is assumed This method of saving VSAM files is not recommended as the VSAM area is saved as a DA file and must be restored as DA Use SAVE LOGICAL VSAM instead VSAM NO If specified during SAVE CURRENT processing CKD disk only the VSAM space is not saved VSAM YES is assumed VSAM SET If specified with RESTORE EXPIRATIONDATE the format one label for the specified file is changed to designate VSAM file type VSTYPE K E R S VS specifies the VSAM file type for saving VSAM files are as follows Keyed files the assumed value Entry sequenced files Non Cl format files Relative record files VSAM managed sequential PATH GCTHNDSMA VUSE CA IG NU SA OP VU specifies the option to be taken if VSAM files being saved are not shareable The
302. the relative position and the number of errors occurring at that point Thus if 5 errors occurred at the mid point of the tape a 5 would appear under the 50 heading If more than 9 errors occur at any point then multiple lines are printed for example 8 indicates that 819 errors occurred at that point 1 9 Either one or two tape drives can be used so that tape rewind can be overlapped with tape testing Since the tapes are not OPEN d a warning is issued stating the drives to be used allowing the operator to cancel if a conflict exists The number of tapes to be tested can be controlled by specifying TAPES NNN on the control card or by operator communication with Dr D The operator may also force early end of tape by entering M SG PI PI is the partition ID I E BG F1 etc and then entering EOV To terminate tape testing at the end of current tape enter EN DTEST after entering the MSG command Example 1 Tape Test using only one tape drive JOB TAPE TEST USING ONE TAPE DRIVE ASSGN SYS007 180 ASSIGN DRIVE TO USE EXEC DRD SIZE 200K FUNCTION TAPETEST TAPES 1 amp Dr D Tape Test Feature Page 151 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 2 Tape Test using two tape diives JOB TAPE TEST USING TWO TAPE DRIVE ASSGN SYS007 180 ASSIGN 1ST DRIVE ASSGN SYS006 181 ASSIGN 2ND DRIVE UPSI 1
303. the catalog driven SAVE RESTORE LOGICAL function or the SAVE RESTORE VSAM function In either case additional DLBL and EXTENT JCL statements are required in order for the file to be defined If the RESTORE LOGICAL function is used the generated DTF DDNAME is altered replacing the first character portion if the file is indexed Thus the name is changed from FilLnnnn to DILnnnn and XILnnnn If the RESTORE VSAM function is used the first character of the RFILE name is changed in the same way do not start the RFILE name with D or X VSAM Data File Functions Page 25 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Example 4 Unique File bac kup This example shows a UNIQUE file backup using SAVE VSAM JOB V4 VSAM SAVE OF A UNIQUE FILE USING SAVE VSAM TLBL TAPEOUT DLBL AIL0001 UNIQUE KSDS FILE VSAM CAT IJSYSCT EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE NOP UPSI 111 BLOCKSIZE 65496 PRINT YES WS MCATPASS SAVE VSAM SCAT IJSYSCT SFILE AIL0001 AUTO YES VUSE SAVE FAST YES Q SAVE NOP TAPE REW amp Example 5 Unique File restore This example is a restore of the previously saved UNIQUE file JOB V5 VSAM RESTORE OF A UNIQUE FILE USING RESTOR TAPEIN TAPEOUT AILO001 UNIQUE KSDS FILE VSAM CAT IJSYSC1 ENT FBA241 1 0 26982 1121 DILO001 UNIQUE KSDS FILE VSAM CAT IJSYSC1
304. the saved file Moreover aDA file may be restored or copied as an SD and vice versa VSAM or ISAM files will be automatically reorganized upon being restored or copied Dr D SAVES RESTORES or COPIES all DOS libraries Libraries may be System or Private Source Relocatable Procedure or Core The restored or copied library does not need to be restored to the same disk location it need not be the same size nor need it reside on the same disk type as the saved library A system library may be restored or copied as a private library and vice versa Also a library may be restored in a manner so as to add its contents to an already existing library again without regard to it being a system or private library All libraries are automatically condensed upon being restored or copied Dr D offers a reorganize feature which alters SYSRES allocations just prior to restoring system libraries Miscellaneous Dr D offers several features for handling a variety of tasks These include e Clear Disk all or a portion e Create a Format 1 Label e SAVE RESTORE or COPY a physical extent Specify starting and ending cylinder and head to delimit the extent As always the restored or copied extent doesn t have to 1 be restored or copied to the same location 2 be the same size or 3 even reside on the same type of disk as the saved extent Examples A wide range of examples are provided to cover most SAVE RESTORE COPY situations The user should
305. ting and ending record numbers on the SB SH and RB RH parameters This operand is only required with COPY RESTORE PHY since it is implied in all other types of saves and restores i e RM A for volumes RM S for Data DA and RM S for data SD if Restoring Copying to a different disk type Specifying RM tells Dr D to make the restored extent an exact image of the saved one Suppose you saved an area from a 3375 and restored it to a 3380 If the 3375 extent had five disk blocks per track by putting RMS the 3380 extent will also have five records per track even though it can contain more Likewise if the 3375 had a completely blank track so will the 3380 In other words RMS restores on a track by track basis exactly mirroring the saved extent On the other hand specifying RM S informs Dr D to use the full track capacity of the restoring device In this mode unused tracks or portions of track on the saved extent are skipped over and all data records are squeezed on the restoring device using the full capacity of the track While RM defaults to I unless the file type is SD and the disk type changes it may be necessary to override that assumption due to a peculiarity in the nature of the file Therefore RM may also be specified on COPY RESTORE DATA to override the default RP YES Return code Processing GLOBAL This keyword is used to allow program execution to terminate with a return code e
306. tinues DOCTOR 119 RMODE UPDATE SPECIRED BUTNO RECORD FOUND RC255 Cause COPY RESTORE PHYSICAL WITH RM U is specified but no disk block has been found on the CKD disk at the specified cylinder head record Action Check the disk address to see that it is correct If it is then print the disk track to insure that a block exists at that location Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 120 NO AIX DD NAME NUMBER ENTERED FOR AIX BUILD FUNCTION AF Cause FUNCTION BUILD has been invoked but no A F parameter has been entered Action Add the AF parameter and rerun the job Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 121 NEITHER SFNA ME NOR RFNA ME ENTERED FOR AIX BUILD FUNCTION Cause FUNCTION BUILD has been invoked but the base cluster has not been specified by either SF or RF Action Add the SF RF parameter s and rerun the job Dispo The job is canceled Page 230 Appendix X Dr D Messages BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE DOCTOR 122 BUILD INDEX FUNCTION ABNORMAL TERMINATION ERROR C ODE XXX Cause Abnormal termination of build aix function The error code specifies the cause as follows 002 Invalid cluster type 003 Aix isnot defined in VSAM catalog 004 JCL or CATALOG error Check to see that A F parameter matches the DLBL for the AIX 005 Build file specified not defined as AIX 006 AIX open error 007 TheAF parameter specifies more than 99 files 008 Sortinitialization error 009 Invalid AIX key length 010
307. tions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE File Rename During restore file IDs may be altered in conjunction with the PARTIAL SE RE parameter Several methods are available The IDs may be fully replaced transformed prefixed or any combination by the addition of rename control cards following the selector card used to select the file for restore The three possibilities are as follows 1 Starting in column 1 code T followed by a search string an and a replace string or space if the search string is to be removed Only the first occurrence of the string is replaced so use multiple T cards if you wish to transform multiple occurrences 2 Starting in column 1 code P followed by a string to be added to the front of the generated ID 3 Code the replacement ID starting in column 1 and GRENAMEG to the right of the replacement separated by at least one space Use the to halt character replacement or the to prevent replacement of individual characters Example 11 File Rename restore Restore the files from Example 8 The files are to be used for testing so rename them appropriately and restore them to a test disk starting at track 15 JOB VL11 ASSGN SYS008 181 TC REW SYSO08 TAPEIN DRD SIZE 200K E NOP UPSI 111 OG SVOL VOLSR1 RVOL VOLSRT EBEGIN R15 PARTIAL SE ROLL T CA Ts lot
308. tor D USERS GUIDE Example 6 Physical Save and Restore Assume a physical control file which does not have a label in the VTOC This example saves the area on the back of a 3375 disk on 231 Then it restores the area to the end of a 3380 on 1C1 The file is accessed in a sequential manner to fit the maximum number of records per track on the 3380 JOB P6 SAVE ASSGN SYS007 280 TLBL TAPEOUT PHYSAVE ASSGN SYS001 131 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K set global options gt SAVE NOP UPSI 111 PRINT YES save the disk area gt SAVE PH SB 19600 SH 19800 EOF YES SVOLID CKD231 rewind the tape gt SAVE NOP TAPE REWIND amp ASSGN SYS008 280 TLBL TAPEIN PHYSAVE EXEC DRD SIZE 200K set global options gt REST NOP UPSI 111 PRINT YES restore area gt RE PH RB 39900 RH 40100 RMODE S RVOLID CKD1C1 unload the tape gt RE NOP TAPE RUN JOB P6 RESTORE amp Example 9 Copy a Physical contol file This examples copies a Physical control file from a 3380 on 131 to one on 132 JOB P9 COPY input disk ASSGN SYS001 131 output disk ASSGN SYS002 132 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K set global options gt COPY NOP UPSI 011 PRINT YES copy the disk area gt COPY PHY CBEGIN 105 CHALT 9907 RMOD Volume Functions Page 63 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE
309. tore ISAM file as VSAM This example restores an ISAM file as a VSAM file It uses IDCAMS to create a catalog entry before restoring JOB V3 DLBL OLDFILE ISAM FILE ISE EXTE SYS001 000001 4 1 12 12 EXTE SYS002 000002 1 2 12 1200 EXTE SYS003 000003 1 3 12 1200 EXTE SYS001 000001 2 4 24 600 TLBL TAPEOUT BRSSGN SYS007 280 ASSGN SYS001 DISK VOL 000001 ASSGN SYS002 DISK VOL 000002 ASSGN SYS003 DISK VOL 000003 EXEC DRD SIZE 200K SAVE DATA SFILE OLDFILE MTC REW SYS007 E E CREATE NEW FILE g DLBL NEWFILE NEW VSAM VSA EXEC IDCAMS SIZE AUTO EFINE CLUSTER NAME EWE ILE D BUFFERSPACE 6144 FREESPACE 0 5 REUSE KEYS 5 0 RECORDSIZE 80 80 S D I PEED VOLUMES V00001 SHAREOPTIONS 2 ATA CISZ 2048 CYL 1 FILE DFILE NAME NEW DATA NDEX CYL 1 FILE XFILE NAME NEW INDEX RESTORE AS VSAM ASSGN SYS008 SYS007 DLBL VSAMFLE NEW VSAM VSA TLBL TAPEIN EXEC DRD SIZE 200K RESTORE VSAM RFILE VSAMFLE VRTYPE K amp Unique File Bac kup Restore VSAM UNIQUE files can be saved restored by either
310. ues However the indicated member and all following members are not restored or copied DOCTOR 76 REC ORD RRR ON TRACK CYL CCC HEAD HH THINKS ITISON CYL XXX HEAD YY Where RRR is the record number CCCHH is the cylinder and head number of the track the records reside on XXX YY is the cylinder and head number in the count field of the record All fields are decimal Appendix X Dr D Messages Page 225 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Cause While saving copying a disk Dr D has encountered a record whose count area does not reflect the actual track it resides on Action None Dispo While the incorrect count area remains on the save disk the correct count area is reflected on the save tape or copied disk The SAVE COPY continues NOTE If you ditto dump the bad track you may or may not see the bad record s DOCTOR 77 RESTORE TAPE NOTA Dr D TAPE RC 128 Cause The tape input to Dr D is not recognizable as a Dr D tape Either the wrong tape is mounted or the right tape is positioned wrong Action Mount the correct tape and hit enter or type cancel DOCTOR 78 INPUT BLOC KSIZE XXXXX EXC EEDS Dr D BLOC KSIZE YYYYY RC 128 Where XXXXX is the blocksize of the input tape YYYYY is the current blocksize of the Dr D program Cause An input file s blocksizeis larger than Dr D s buffer Action Rerun with a BLOCKSIZE parameter on the control card to enlarge the buffer Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 79 CTL ALE NOT PRESENT RC
311. uld be used to continue to hold the lock on following functions within that DR D execution IDCAMS PRINT GLOBAL INS LAB This parameter is used in conjunction with the PRINT keyword to cause the printing of IDCAMS VSAM file definition commands and print output when files are auto defined by Dr D EQUENCE NO This parameter is used with SAVE VSAM or COPY VSAM FAST YES must be in effect to cause KSDS files to be saved copied without using the sequence set of the file This is useful for re covering files whose sequence sets have been corrupted The user should be aware that this may cause the file to be saved copied out of sequence and that for this reason the file will probably need to be sorted and purged of duplicate records if duplicates exist before reloading This can be accomplished by either saving the file to tape DT YES specified or copying to an ESDS file followed by sorting and either copying back from ESDS to KSDS or restoring from tape DT YES specified EL NO GLOBAL LABEL N O allows the creation of a backup tape without standard labels This should be used only when a specific need for an unlabeled tape occurs since additional operator responses are required during restore LBLOCK SIZE XXXXX LB XXXXX where XXXXX iS a one to five digit field specifying maximum logical blocksize This allows variable blocked files to have their logical blocksize adjusted up or down during
312. unctionality is more limited for the Fixed Block Architecture FBA disk while functionality for Count Key Data CKD disk is more complete If an example has CKD DISK ONLY or FBA DISK ONLY indicated you must be sure that your disk is of the correct type If you are not sure of the disk type note that FBA disk space is allocated in blocks and uses relative block addressing while CKD disk are allocated in tracks cylinders and use cylinder head record or relative track addressing For RESTORE ALL CURRENT backup amp restore disk must be same type Only SAVE ALL CURRENT PHYSICAL backups can be restored standalone Saving disk volumes to tape Dr D will save an entire volume if SAVE ALL is specified but the SHALT parameter can be used to set the upper ending disk address to be saved Dr D will save any unexpired file extents IPL track and VTOC if SAVE CURRENT is specified Expired files may be included or excluded by use of the EXP YES NO NNN YYDDD parameter If YES is specified expired files are saved If the assumed value NO is used only those files that are unexpired as of the IPL date are saved If NNN is specified the NNN is added to the IPL date for expiration checking If YYDDD is specified it is used for expiration checking instead of the IPL date If neither SVOLSER nor SSYSNO is specified then the disk having the assumed SYSNO assigned to it is used as input to backup or copy The assumed SYSNO a
313. unique Correct paned and then re enter it DOCTOR 419 NO COPY INFORMATION TO PROCESS Cause The PF5 key has been depressed yet no copy information has been supplied Action Either enter copy information on the current pand or use the PF5 key to exit this function DOCTOR 420 SOURCE TARG ET LIBRARIES ARE THE SAME Cause The filename of the target library is identical to the filename of the source filename Action Dr D does not support copying to the same library Correct the pand or press PF3 to cancel the function DOCTOR 610 WARNING TAPE COPYING ABOUTTO BEGIN TAPES WLL NOTBE OPENED AND OUTPUT TAPES ARE OVERVWRITIEN DESTROYING ALL DATA ON THEM YOU ARE SETTO USE INPUT TAPE DRIVE CC UU AND OUTPUT TAPE IS THIS CORRECT Cause The TAPECOPY FUNCTION isin use and about to start Action Be sure that only expendable tapes are mounted on the output tape drive s listed Be sure that everyone is aware of the use of the drives and that no tapes are accidentally mounted a sign on the drive s might be prudent Then enter YES to begin copying or NO to cancel DOCTOR 612 ASSIGNMENTS INCORRECT FOR TAPE COPY FUNCTION Cause The tape assignments for tape copying are incorrect Action Check the assignments insuring that SY S007 is assigned to tape and if UPSI xxx1 is set that SY S006 is assigned to a different tape Also check that SY S008 is assigned to the input tape drive DOCTOR 613 END OF OUTPUT TAPE REACHED BEFORE END OF INPUT TAPE
314. urs DOCTOR 160 INVALID TIME STAMP ENTERED RC128 Cause The time stamp entered TSTAMP for file or member selection is eather invalid or inconsistent with the IPL date i e is a future date or more than five years before the IPL date Dispo The job is canceled Correct the time stamp and rerun DOCTOR 161 INVALID EXPIRATION PARAMETER ENTERED RC 128 Cause The expiration parameter entered EX xxx for file selection is invalid Dispo The job is canceled Correct the parameter and rerun DOCTOR 170 CATALOG ERROR WHILE DEFINING DATASET XXXXXXXXXX RC 128 Cause VSAM returned an error to Dr D while defining a VSAM cluster Dispo The job is cancded Consult the IBM manual VSE VSAM messages and codes for an explanation of the IDC message that follows this one DOCTOR 171 NO CATALOG INFORMATION FOR VSAM ALE XXXX CAT XXXX RC 128 Cause Dr D could find no entry in the VSAM catalog for the VSAM file If a SAVE VSAM function is used aJCL error is the likely cause If a SAVES_OGICAL function is used the file has probably been deleted by another job or task Action Enter CANCEL to cancel the job or GNORE to treat the file as null the file will be skipped during restore If ERRORAGNORE is specified for SAVE LOGICAL the backup will proceed as though IGN ORE was the response to this message DOCTOR 172 NO LABEL INFORMATION FOR VSAM ALE XXXXXX RC 128 Cause Dr D was unable to locate any label information for the VSAM file Action Chec
315. validity DOCTOR 190 WARNING MINI DISK MMMMMM ON DISK VOLSER VVVVVV RC 128 IS ABOUTTO BE CREATED ATDISK ADDRESS AAAAAA IS THIS CORRECT Action Check to see that the correct real disk is specified and that the RBEGIN and RHALT addresses are correct Then reply YES to proceed or NO to abort the function DOCTOR 199 INVALID AREA C OMPACTPARAMETERS ENTERED RC 128 Cause The Area Compact function has found that a file extent will overlap the limits of the area being compacted Dispo Check to see that the area s specified are correct I E that no file within an area extends beyond that area DOCTOR 200 WORD EXIT NOTIN COLUMNS 1 4 Cause The user s first call to eather GETREC or PUTREC caused it to read a control card from SYSIPT which it did However the control card was either not supplied or was incorrect A GETREC or PUTREC control card always has EXIT in the first four card columns Action None DOCTOR 201 REC FORM UNRECOGNIZED IN COLUMNS 5 6 Cause A control card for either GETREC GETTAPE or PUTREC has an illegal record format code The only valid ones are VS VSAM IS VSAM FB FIXED BLOCKED FU FIXED UNBLOCKED VB VARIABLE BLOCKED VU VARIABLE UNBLOCKED UN UNDEFINED Action None DOCTOR 202 AX UNB DATA SIZE WRONG MESSAGE GENERATED BY GETIAPE GETREC Cause A record has just been encountered that is not the length specified on the control card Action None Appendix X Dr D M essages Page 235 BIM Dr D
316. ven when abnormal termination occurs This allows conditional JCL to be used in conjunction with the Dr D return code RSYSNO SYSXXX RSYSN O SYSXXX where SYSXXX is any valid SYSTEM number see SSY SNOJ This entry is specified when Dr D needs a SYSNO for an output disk for a Copy or Restore operation ALL CUR PC PS PR PP SC SS SR SP ER PH or ER Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords Page 189 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE RTLOW ER XX RT XX where XX is a two digit decimal number leading zero representing a lower head limit It may only be used in conjunction with Copying Restoring a physical CO RE PHY when you don t want to restore to an entire extent but just a split cylinder portion of it RUPPER XX RU XX where XX is a two digit decimal number leading zero representing an upper head limit It may only be used in conjunction with copying restoring a physical extent CO RE PHY when you don t want to restore to an entire extent but just a split cylinder portion of it RVOLID XXXXXX RVOLID AAAAAA BBBBBB CCCCCC DDDDDD RV XXXXXX where XXXXXX iS 6 alphanumeric characters representing a volume serial number If specified when restoring or copying Dr D will locate the disk having the specified volser s and make appropriate assignments if possible If an assignment cannot be made or the sysno has been specified and the assumed specified sysno is assigned t
317. verride keyword is specified at a level to which it does not apply it will be ignored For example if VOLUMES is specified at the duster level it will have no effect since it is only recognized at the data and index levels The IDCAMS override feature cannot be used at the same time as the RESTORE LOGICAL feature However it is still possible to restore individual files with overrides from a SAVE LOGICAL tape by using RESTORE VSAM with a FIND parameter Page 30 VSAM Data File Functions BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE Dr D LISTIC AT Function VSAM LISTCAT FUNCTION The DR D LISTCAT function provides a compact but complete report of the objects files paths alternate indexes etc in a specified user or master VSAM catalog This function is almost identical to the DR D VSAM SAVE LOGICAL feature with the same file selection capability The only difference is that no files are saved and FUNCTION LCAT is specified instead of SAVE LOGICAL At the end of file object listing a space map is printed showing how much space is allocated and available on each disk assigned to the specified catalog Files may be selected by file ID disk time stamp and file condition see section VSAM TUNING on page B5 and to limit the size of the printouts see the FORMAT parameter in the keyword section Example 1 List all objects in a catalog JOB DR D LISTCAT ALL EXEC DRD SIZE 200K
318. vsintinta littl ne a a 180 F FAST Shsiets atintitin teats tach adidas 180 EDS irna RAE eerie ees 180 FILESIZE Siiri iae e tt avin tentvnds 181 FILETYPE S an a e ataa 181 FUND AE E A 181 FORMAT Sinoni 181 FREESPA CE csssesscscessesssssesetesesseseseeeees 182 FREESPA CES antrat aaa aain 182 FSEC URED Sn hrenn are rasdane ionnua ab andaian 182 FUNCTION ceceesecseeseeeeteeeeeteeeteeeeeeeens 182 G GENERATION cccccceeseseteseseseseeteseeeeeees 183 GEPTARE E E S ET 136 GR Saniha a a ai ainaani 183 BIM Dr D Page 251 H HIGH KEY Siicsisiccescctcresiveectesievetievivvenrernetens 184 How to COPY sii aa ais le aiid 6 Restores na ines 6 SOW E E E T 6 HVS pn aana S 184 l IDCA MSS n a width tia 184 Image Tape Copy Feature 149 INSEQU EN CE cesscssseescreseseeessesees 184 Mistal atis biasa asiriene i i rA 10 ISAM Saving Restoring Copying 153 Summary of Control Card Formats 156 K Keyword SUMMAary sssssssssesssseesrssrerrsrsersees 172 L LABELS ss sacs ainsi a a 184 LBLOCK SS ai kas AN A 184 LIBRARY Siira aha anaes 160 Listtape FUNCTION eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteteeee 147 LISTVTOC Function 87 Logical Tape Copy Feature 148 LOW KEY Sois cities ERAR 185 LREGSIZE iistasaddiwteniiiilintanod 185 EST Sahe a aaa a A a EA 185 M Member Select Summary of Control Card Formats 171 MEM BERS sici tite piae 185 Message to Operator eee 117 Messages aa Aiiateemaeiaiadtiles
319. will cause Dr D to operate in a track block physical mode The save disk is assumed to be assigned to SYS001 but can be overridden by setting SSY SN O SY Sxxx The restore disk is assumed to be assigned to SY S002 but may be overridden by setting RSYSNO They may both be replaced by using CSYSNO Anytime the SV or RV volsers are entered assignments are not needed provided that an assignment already exists or a temporary assignment can be made by Dr D Dr D starts by using the SBEGIN and RBEGIN operands for saving and restoring The SHALT and RHALT operands dictate when the saving and restoring cease The disk addresses entered are one to eight numeric digits in length with the suffix Rnnn if record block level processing is invoked by RMODE U If the target disk is a CKD type the two digits at the extreme right are assumed to be the head number with the rest of the number as the cylinder number If the target disk is an FBA type the whole number is the FBA block number In any case leading zeros are not required If an ending address is not entered it is made equal to the start address and a single track FBA block operation is performed If copying and the input and output disk addresses are the same they may be entered just once using the CBEGIN and CHALT operands Whenever you are copying or restoring in the physical sense CO RE PH you must specify the Restore Mode parameter RM if the assumed
320. xists if it doesn t it is defined If D is specified the file is always deleted and redefined If N is specified the file is deleted defined unless it is reusable or empty If C is specified the file is deleted and redefined with the primary allocation increased so that the restored file will be contained within the primary extent the secondary size allocation is retained If M is specified the primary size is recomputed based on the high used RBA of the file and its other attributes so that the primary will be the Minimum size needed to contain the data the secondary size is retained Page 180 Appendix Summary of Dr D Keywords BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE FILESIZE NNNNNN FILESIZE gt NNNNNN FILESIZE lt NNNNNN The FILESIZE keyword is used in conjunction with the VTOC LOGICAL functions and PARTIAL SELECT REJECT to select non VSAM files by the total number of tracks FBA blocks in the extents the non VSAM file has as defined in the VTOC s of the disk s being accessed by DR D It is entered as a selector card not as a keyword on the function control card The functions that use this keyword are BACKUP LISTVTOC PUNCH and DELETE FILETYPE K E S R The FILETYPE KESR keyword is used in conjunction with the VSAM LOGICAL functions and PARTIAL SELECT REJECT to select files by their type It is entered as a selector card not as a key word on the
321. y Dr D control statements may be printed on log or list see LST keyword in keyword section and UPSI settings Specific Notes 01 02 These statements are not required if you are not saving If a save is required in this job step either a DLBL or TLBL for TAPEOUT must be provided If aTLBL is used SY S007 must be assigned to the save tape There is one standard label tape file TAPEOUT created per execution of Dr D regardless of the number of files packs libraries etc saved during this run If multiple save tapes are to be created simultaneously see the section below Introduction Page 3 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE If aDLBL is used A DLBL and EXTENT must be provided to define a disk file large enough to contain the data to be saved If an FBA disk is used no CISIZE or BLOCK SIZE parameter is needed on the DLBL If a CKD disk is used the BLOCK SIZE parameter should be used to set the disk blocks to an efficient size use track length if possible 03 04 Unless you are restoring these statements are not required However if a restore is required in this job step then either a TLBL or DLBL for TAPEIN is necessary If aTLBL is used SY S008 must be assigned to the restore tape This standard label tape s file name isTAPEIN If aDLBL is used A DLBL and EXTENT must be provided matching that used during backup with the appropriate BLOCK SIZE DLBL parameter 05 07 Use DLBLS and EXTEN
322. y O k x Actual Record Regardless of file organization or record format end of data file is always indicated by the 16 character literal END OF DATA FILE placed in positions 1 through 16 of your program s receiving area Once end of data file has been indicated only a single call to the CLOSTA PE function is allowed Assembler Example of call to GETTAPE GETTAPE CLC DATAREA CL16 END OF DATA FILE DATAREA CALL BE DF ILEOF DATAREA DS Chis GETTAPE Sub Program Page 141 BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE COBOL Example of call to GETTAPE 01 DATA AREA 01 FILLER REDEFINES DATA AREA 03 FILLER PIC X 16 88 DA END OF DATA FILE VALUE END OF DATA FILE 03 FILLER PIC X CALL GETTAPE USING DATA AREA IF DA END OF DATA FILE GO TO END OF DATA FILE CLOSTAPE Function The CLOSTAPE function closes the save tape and should be the final call made to this sub program The tape is not repositioned when the close is accomplished No data area is passed when call the CLOSTAPE function Assembler Example of call to CLOSTAPE CALL CLOSTAPE COBOL Example of call to CLOSTAPE CALL CLOSTAPE Page 142 GETTAPE Sub Program BIM Dr D Doctor D USERS GUIDE GETIAPE Example 1 Using COBOL r
323. y of Control Card Formats 121 Setting UPSI Bits ceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees 204 Tape Test Feature ecsesceesesiseeeneees 151 SFILENAME cccssccsseseseseseeteseeeeteteeeeeees 191 MARES 32h iat iihatin tat E E EA 193 SH ALT aopen atea aaia a aain 191 TDDNAME ccsssssccsseessssssseseteeseeseeeseees 194 SIDEN E EAEE E A 191 Tl EEE E ESS 194 SKIPS i icvtnanadinhaadanini eaten 192 TOS a eave a stuns 194 SLIBRA RY ccsccssesessssseeseseesseceeeeeseseeeseees 192 DSTA MP Si fisisicetingerasshet sschereecevistoeseceienscneshs 194 MODE Sinarit kaa ias 192 Sea raa aeia 194 SOPTION Si aaa aaarnas Erna Ian 192 U Sort Function for Backup Files 145 SPA GE E E E 192 UNIQUE Sr eiaa ia iain 195 Specifying a Control Card Count 118 UPSI Bi Seana aaa 204 Specifying Disk Volume Serial Numbers 119 UPSI Sinana iiki 195 Specifying Tape Compression 00 119 User Exits EE A A atau aden 98 SPLITS arcen aaa ancient 192 USERS rea raa e a Ra EAEan 195 SSY SN OS visstiniciascieateetiiites 59 66 160 192 v Standalone Restore native OF VM s sssessessrerresrnsnrnrrennrnnresrennnnne 67 VP PBL ata cain sdacctsadeaSangcel saat enuaanaenaitnanes 196 STLOWER S 193 V BU RFS ctnttnadan cianedaidhnnen 196 Summary of Control Card Formats VCOM PRESS nauuna 196 Erasing a DIGG cnuidi on naam 114 VM Mini Disk ISAM ie cicd Rivest oer E vee 156 COPYING aikoina 64 Member SE amp l Ct iesise 171 RESLONING is t nindcanlandwii titti
324. y was encountered when restoring or copying an ISAM file Action None Dispo Messages 21 and 20 follow DOCTOR 63 ISAM RESTORE ALXXXX SEQUENCE CHECK Where FILXXXxX is the filename of the restored copied ISAM file Cause An out of sequence key was encountered while restoring or copying an ISAM file Action None Dispo Messages 21 and 20 follow DOCTOR 64 BLOC K SIZE XXXXX INVALID OPERAND RC 128 Where XXXXX is the blocksize specified as the subject of the BLOCKSIZE operand Cause The 5 digit blocksize was non numeric Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 65 UNPAIRED QUOTE ON CONTROL CARD RC 128 Cause A was encountered while scanning for the ending quote mark on the control statements Action Eliminate extraneous Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 66 SAVE TAPE CREATED ON DD DD DD ATTI TFTT RC 128 Where DD DD DD isthe date TT TT TT is the time Cause When restoring the date and time that the save tape was created is logged out Action Hit ENTER EOB to continue type C to canca Dr D DOCTOR 67 MEMBERLIST X INVALID OPERAND RC 128 Where X is either S for select or R for reject Cause The specified operand is neither S nor R Action None Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 68 PARTITION TOO SMALL FOR MEMBERLIST RC 128 Cause There is insufficient core for the member list Action ALLOC the partition with the next 2K increment in size and rerun job Dispo The job is canceled DOCTOR 69 SAVIN

BIM-Dr.D - CSI International

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents